Konig des Menschen VI (Archive 4)

This is the fourth archive for Konig des Menschen Chapter VI
===Turn XVI: 1475 - 1480===
====Mod Event====
*Blood Crow (Final): While Remanus III was busy training his blind wife, Frederique de Noyon, to help her grow in combat, Iskendir II invaded the newly independent Helborg in July 1476. Stephen the Great, who had recently helped Helborg break with Avaria in 1475, begged for Remanus III's assistance. As a fellow smaller nation fighting against the hordes, along with the fact that the fall of Helborg would allow more fronts for the Atoumans to push, Remanus was forced to aid a new ally. Remanus III found another ally (Stephan Bartok, different from Stephen the Great) that was the descendant of Erszebet Bartok, a participant in the Fourth Crusade. Their forces entered Helborg and pushed back the Atouman forces quite a bit. Furious, Iskendir II gotten the new puppet to Vilmnatz and sent him against Remanus III. Both Iskendir II and his puppet for Vilmnatz march against them. Frederique, upon hearing this, knew that a trap might be set and begged for Remanus III not to go. He did not listen, he was too focused on taking down Iskendir II once and for all. Upon the night to meet the Atouman forces, Remanus III and a small contingent were ambushed by Iskendir II. Remanus III finally was able to witness the man who blinded his wife, killed his old mentor, and possibly killed many more of his loved ones, once more. He managed to slash Iskendir II several times before falling himself. He spit in his face, prompting Iskendir to draw his sword and slash Remanus III. Bleeding out, Remanus III remembers his life finding his mentor after being freed from "slavery", witnessed him die in Constantinople, witnessed Maeve Dumort's disappearing, and many more. His family (Shauna, Frederique and child) fled to safety. It was a good call. Iskendir II ordered his men to impale Remanus along with his small contingent of men as retribution for everyone Remanus has ordered to die. Remanus did not die until the sun finally rises. He witnessed the sun lighting up the sky before he finally passed away.
*Blind Robin: With Shauna's help, the blind Frederique and her child fled to de Noyon's old home in 1477. Noel, who had taken over the farm and has his own family by now upon the death of Stella a year earlier, had greeted them. He taken them to the backyard where she witnesses her father and mother's grave. Frederique was nearly filled with grievance, until her child (and Shauna) cheers her up as they all talked to the graves, in hopes the parents hears them. Shauna tells Frederique that death is part of life and an inevitability, the only thing to blame is time (reflecting Morgan's own views, maybe she read his book?). What would matter is the memories and lessons they have after. Frederique, slowly understanding, nods and decides to retire at her home for the time being. She knows that if time is to blame for everything, then "time" would say that peace is not permanent. But how long would the peace last? Frederique wonders.
*Invention of the Matchlock mechanism: Shauna McCarthy, an expert in firearms, had experimented with the Arquebus, and came up with a design for a new mechanism for firearms. It was the first mechanism invented to facilitate the firing of a hand-held firearm. Before this, firearms (like the hand cannon) had to be fired by applying a lit match (or equivalent) to the priming powder in the flash pan by hand; this had to be done carefully, taking most of the soldier's concentration at the moment of firing, or in some cases required a second soldier to fire the weapon while the first held the weapon steady. Adding a matchlock made the firing action simple and reliable by a single soldier, allowing them to keep both hands steadying the gun and eyes on the target while firing.
*Burgundian Wars: After three successive defeats under the hands of the Swiss Confederacy, the Duke of Burgundy was killed in another clash in 1477, rendering the line of succession extinct. With this event, the Burgundian lands and the Franche-Comte to return to the French dominion, while Mary of Burgundy inherits the Burgundian Netherlands. In precarious times, Mary looks to two of Europe's powers to be married into: Castile-Leon and Westria, the Holy Roman Emperor. Which power succeeds in marrying Mary will the Burgundian Netherlands under a personal union, while the other power can declare war to contest their claims, should they choose to.
*Rise of Swiss Mercenaries: The consecutive victories of Swiss forces against Burgundy in the Burgundian Wars have led to a reputation of the Swiss being 'invincibles', leading to a spike of usage of Swiss mercenaries in European wars. However, this war also created dispute among the city and country cantons, an issue that will not be properly resolved until four years later
*Annunciation: A young genius is around town. Da Vinci has just completed and unveiled one of the first major paintings the young artist has done. There were several other paintings that were made, such as Madonna of the Carnation or The Baptism of Christ (though, it was a collaboration with Andrea del Verrocchio). Regardless, the young painter has made a name in the streets, and many more events will be on the way for the young genius.
*Decentralisation of the Aztec Empire: Due to certain religious and societal unrest over the last decades, the Aztec Empire's power over further regions have waned, leaving them no more than autonomous cities that pay an annual tribute.
*The War of the Lizard Gods (Part 4): As Mer'ku had fears surrounding the future of her own kingdom and as Mortal Bearer of Lustria, she was forced to negotiate peace with Pakhu. Peace is finally achieved in the realm, but at a cost. The Lustrian Kingdom is no more, with the title of the Mortal Bearer finally going down the drain after 300 years of history being put into waste. The kingdom is split into two, Khorn'kor and Amekrogu, both led by Pakhu and Mer'ku respectively. With the dissolution of the Lustrian Kingdom, the Oruk tribe had absorbed so much of Lustrian culture that they have already started patronizing some of the Lustrian gods as their own. They took whatever is left of Lustria and finally left Mer'ku's realm alone.
====NPC Event====
*Akecheta: The Empire annexes the territories it occupies in its movements
*Helborg: In late 1475, they became independent from Avaria under Stephen the Great. Peace was short lived, as the Atoumans invaded them in 1476 when Stephen refused Vassalship (or Suzerainty). With an alliance with Remanus III's forces, they had successfully beat back the Atoumans. Their luck changed when Remanus dies against the Atoumans. Helborg, in response, manages to make an uneasy truce in 1479, though the Atoumans hold the southern territory.
*Melita: Having cooperated with Venice as a trade port in exchange for ships and Venetian officers, the Melitan navy defeated an unprovoked attack from Sicily, sinking some two-fifths of the ships in action, with another few capsizing while retreating. Sicily would later deny any involvement in the invasion.
*Bara: After the skirmish, which killed some 20 soldiers total on both sides, Rakotomanjato felt insulted and demand a formal apology from Imerina.
*Mauretania: After a failed attempt at counterattacking, they get pushed back along the coastline.
*Florence: The plague breaks out in the city.
==== Archduchy of Westria ====
* Head of the State: 
** Emperor Friedrich VII Hohenstaufen (B 1420 - still alive), (R 1463 - present)
*** Head of the Government:
**** Leader of the Wien Council Count Hanz von Appelstroopf (B 1423 - still alive), (R 24 july 1472 - 30th Mars 1477)
**** Leader of the Wien Council Archbishop Julius Locher (B 1400 - still alive), (R 30th Mars 1477 - present)
***** Government: Absolute Feudal Monarchy ruled by an Archduke. Though a lot of powers are also vested in to a council. The title is Archduke of Westria, Last of the Romans. Our ruling dynasty is Hohenstaufen. We are also the Emperor of the HRE since 1351.
*** Heir to the throne:
**** Crown Princess Adelheid Hohenstaufen (B 1444 - still alive), (R 1463 - present)
*** Religious Head: 
**** Archbishop Julius Locher (B 1400 - still alive), (R 1459 - present)
*** Demographics:
**** Population:
**** Wien: Population: 16,280
**** Konr: Population: 8,950
**** Rich: Population: 11,100
**** Polanum: Population: 12,490
**** Bozn: Population: 14,260
**** Trieste: 13,050
**** Rural and smaller towns population: 1,188,920
**** Total population: 1,244,690
**** Religion: catholic christians (99%), others (1%)
**** Ethnicities: 95% Westrian, 4% Venetian, 1% others
** Economy: We are based on agriculture and trade through the danube river and with most of the HRE. We use our own coins which resembles a lot those of the old Roman empire. We have also started with trade from the sea through our port Trieste.
* Wars and conflicts: 
** Chief Commander: Heinrich von Stroof (B 1433 - still alive), (R 1465 - present)
** Army: Total of
** Spearmen: 4,100
** Swordmen: 2,420
** Bowmen: 2,410
** Cavalry: 2,430
** Crossbowmen: 1,440
** Navy: Total of
** Cocha: 12
** Cog: 12
** Hoy: 1
** Mediterranean brigantines: 3
** Heavy weaponry
** Cannons: 55
** Arquebus: 4
*** Events:
**** Castle construction: Joseph Schenck continues working to upgrade our large castle and modernize it for the area. The royal court have hired a lot of Italians to help him in his work knowing that the renissance comes orignally from Italy.  
**** Plotting: While the Archduke is gone the plotters have decided to execute their plan they are quite sure with the Archduke gone no one can stop them and his majesty will just have to accept a new council. There have already been talks with Julius Locher that he will be the next head of the council and that the bishops in the council won't get replaced in exchange of supporting the plotters  
**** Coup of 30th Mars 1477: On the night of 11th Mars 1477 some Styrian nobles managed to get some peasants to revolt in exchange for money. Heinrich von Stroof's dispatched some troops to put the revolters down weakening the defens of Wien. In Wien the garrison would revolt at midday 12th Mars. Small clashes between the loyalists and putschists would occur but the coup goes smoothly at the same time most of Styria rises up in rebellion against the council. Heinrich von Stroof decide to delare himself neutral not wanting to start a civil war. The Wien council shortly there after agrees to resign and give up to the demands of the putschists. The Archduke accepts the council resignation and implement of the new one from Burgundy when he gets the news.  
**** Reformation of the Council: The council is getting reformed to get more meritocratic and less aristocratic after the coup.  
**** Friedrich's visit to Burgundy: Friedrich VII despite being 57 at this time (1447) looks rather young for his age like he is in his 40s have decided to go to Burgundy and try to propose to Mary of Burgundy. He hopes she wants a mature man in her life, Friedrich is known for being humble and for a very so called virtuous upbringing by his mother, he hopes his high value of the virtues and respect for them will impress on the young Mary. Friedrich VII had actually before been married and have actually 3 daughters sadly his wife had passed away before he got the throne. Friedrich sincerely hope that he can marry Mary and get a son. Well in Burgundy he would try to flatter and impress her and tell her that he will have enduring love for her if they marry. He would also talk about the reniassance which the Archduke has great knowledge of and how he hope he could help spread it in Burgundy and also talks about the upgrading of the castle in Wien, visiting is a must for Mary he tells her when the additional construction is done and how magnificent the renissance upgrade will be. Freidrich would also tell her about the history of the Westrian nation and how his descandants goes back to Rome. Wanting to win her trust he would also talk about his daughters and how the death of his previous wife have made him have a hole in his heart hoping that she could heal, he would also talk about the poetry andother interest of the Archduke. He also would talk about that the Holy Roman Empire is a good strategic ally against France stating that they are much closer than any other nation since they are just at the the border of Burgundy. He would then try his best when he propsed to the young woman hopping that his way had given fruit.  
* Diplomacy:
====Wanka Empire====
*Government: Despotic Monarchy
**Monarch:
***Kukuri (r. 1391 - 1418) (b. 1355 - d. 1418)
***Nayaraq (r. 1418 - 1434) (b. 1386 - 1434)
***Interim (1434 - 1438)
**Sapa Wanka (The One Ruler of Wanka):
***Pachacuti (r. 1438 - 1471) (b. 1409 - 1471)
***Tupac Wanka (Pachacuti II) (r. 1471 - present) (b. 1439)
**Heir: Huayna (b. 1469)
**Pretenders: N/A
**Current Dynasty: Pachacutian
*Capital: Wankapampa
*Economy: As the Wanka Empire is born under the hands of the new leader, Pachacuti sought to centralise trade and transfer all the riches of the mountains into one place. A centralised planned economy is being partially implemented, while a 'tax' system is imposed to ensure that gold and silver flows into Machu Picchu, who Pachacuti sees as his own palace whenever he wishes to take a break (but not now as of this climate). Agriculture is still very much primitive but uses terrace farming to get around the mountainous terrain that prevents regular farming. The bartering system is still working pretty well and the Andean kingdoms are essentially 'cashless' in some contexts. There are llama and alpaca farms operating for food, wool and transportation. Guinea pigs are also considered a delicacy for some reason, but yes, it is a thing. Traders are important in communicating with other far-flung settlements, which also helps for gold and silver to be transferred in some way later in the 15th century into a place that only the Sapa Wanka can access, along with approved eyes.
*Demographics:
**Population: 820,000
***Wankapampa: 16,000
***Lima: 8,000
***Ica: 1,300
***Nazca: 8,200
***Qusqu: 16,600
***Abancay: 2,000
***Orcopampa: 2,100
***Arequipa: 900
***Atacama: 2,200
***Huachacalla: 1,400
***Calama: 600
***Puno: 1,200
***Collasuyu: 7,000
***Tiwanaku: 9,000
***Uyuni: 2,000
**Culture: 60% Quechua/Chirip, 40% Quechua/Sedena
**Religion: 100% Inca pantheon 
*Military: By the start of the 1460s, Pachacuti splits the whole army structure and formalising it into three army groups. This is to ensure refined logistics and dedication to each conflict, so that Pachacuti and his own generals can summarise how many troops would be needed to take on the country. The Northern Army is also still preparing for invasion, but unless Pachacuti finally subjugates the south, they are very much garrisoned in the north.
**Northern Army: 2360 soldiers
***170 elite warriors
***540 spearmen
***450 slingers
***800 archers
***400 axemen/clubmen
**First Southern Army (relocated to the north): 2790 soldiers
***30 elite warriors
***760 spearmen
***400 slingers
***600 archers
***1000 axemen/clubmen
**Second Southern Army (relocated to the north): 2050 soldiers
***500 spearmen
***350 slingers
***600 archers
***600 axemen/clubmen
**Overall:
***200 elite warriors (+20)
***1800 spearmen (+240)
***1200 slingers (+200)
***2000 archers (+200)
***2000 axemen/clubmen
*Wars and Conflicts:
**Guachima: (see Northern Conquests)
**Charcas: (see The Bountiful Conquests of Pachacuti)
*Diplomacy: N/A
*Events:
**Resumption of a Conflict: After a long conflict, Tupac Wanka, the second of the Pachacutian dynasty's Sapa Wanka, made a decision to resume the subjugation of other kingdoms on 1478 after halting most of the conquests under the guise of his father's death. He wanted to finish off the Charca and the Guachima and focus on the north, which will be his ambition of conquest.
**Northern Conquests (Part 2): With the last of the Guachima forces capitulating, the rest of Guachima is finally subjugated into Wanka by mid-1479. Tupac Wanka begins planning for the subjugation of other kingdoms in the future and believed that the capital of his kingdom is still not secure yet from any threat, given that Wankapampa is close to other foreign kingdoms that he hadn't subjugated yet. He needed the whole army to be relocated to the north and prepare for the final wave of invasions, so following the fall of Charcas, Tupac Wanka ordered two southern armies to the north, prioritising them to overwhelm the north with numbers and organised military.
**The Bountiful Conquests of Pachacuti (Final): After holding onto the front for few years, the other side of Charcas have lost thousands to tens of thousands of men from fighting and resisting, leading to two large armies to crush their resistance. By early 1479, Tupac Wanka has fully subjugated Charcas, ending Pachacuti's destiny to conquer the south. All of the armies are moved to the north by the orders of Tupac Wanka while away in Machu Picchu, preparing for the northern conquests...
**Script Stealing (Part 3, will be rpt.): The so-called Inca script, which is actually a set of pictographs that are now structured and formalised, continue to spread across the Wanka Empire throughout the 1460s and 1470s.
==== The Kingdom of the British Isles (Albion) ====
Government: Diarchy
*Pendragon: Amber (F, b. 1424 - ) (Reign: 1442 - )
****Son: Gawain (M, b. 1447 - 1467)
****Daughter: Abigail (M, b. 1455 - )
***Brother: Edward (M, b. 1441 - )
***Sister: Aurelia (F, b. 1399 - )
*Mordue: Lionel (M, b. 1388 - ) (Reign: 1430 - )
***Son: Leo I (M, b. 1407 - 1465)
****Leo III (M, b. 1445 - 1478)
****Casimir (M, b. 1454 - )
***Son: Leo II (M, b. 1423 - 1478)
**Brother: Henry II (M, b. 1398 - 1478)
Economy: The economy of British Isles consists of trade and commerce of a variety of materials. The primary export products of the UK are fish, wool, cloth, and a variety of vegetables.
Main Religion: Christianity
Cities and Demographics:
*Population:
*British Isles: 4.2 million
*France: 6.5 million
*Cities
**London: The capital of England, and location of the throne.
***Became the headquarters of the Red Drakes
**York: Main center of England’s eastern fishing company.
**Dover: Main location of the British navy. While elements of the navy are located throughout the territory, the headquarters of the navy are located here. In addition, Dover is the main trading hub between it and Caen.
**Brighton: A newer shipbuilding facility located on the English Channel.
**Glasgow: Main hub of Scotland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
***Became the headquarters of the White Drakes
**Caen: The main hub where products heading to Britain from land mount ships to cross the channel. Also acts as Henry’s base of operations in France
**Dublin: Main hub of Ireland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
*Wars and Conflicts
**War of the Drakes: A huge civil war between the two royal families of Albion, with the Mordue’s to the north (White Drakes) and the Pendragon’s to the south (Red Drakes). Though the Red Drakes have the industrial advantage, due to the defensive structures on both sides of the frontlines, neither side is able to accomplish a decisive victory, as the war of attrition begins.
*Armed Forces
**Total: 289,550 Manpower
**Army
***Total: 225,550
***Britain: 64,000
****What once was a home defense force now clashes against one another.
****Rough numbers:
*****Red Drakes: 35,000
******Light Infantry: 4,000
******Frontline Infantry: 7,000
******Longbow Archers: 10,000
******Arquebusiers: 4,000
******Light Cavalry: 7,500
******Bow Cavalry: 2,220
******Field Artillerymen: 900
*******Field cannons: 300
******Logistical Support: 7,500
*****White Drakes: 29,000
******Light Infantry: 3,000
******Frontline Infantry: 8,000
******Longbow Archers: 5,000
******Arquebusiers: 4,300
******Light Cavalry: 6,500
******Bow Cavalry: 1,500
******Field Artillerymen: 900
*******Field cannons: 260
******Logistical Support: 7,500
***French Defense Force: 153,200
****Consists of both British and French soldiers willing to lay their lives down for the crown.
****Rough Numbers:
*****Frontline Infantry: 15,000
*****Arquebusiers: 33,000
*****Dual-purpose Infantry: 30,000
******Can function as both ranged and melee infantry
*****Longbow Archers: 25,000
*****Heavy Cavalry: 15,000
*****Field Artillerymen: 9,200
******Field cannons: 5,000
*****Logistical Support: 26,000
****Consists of a plethora of dual-purpose infantrymen, able to use both crossbows and swords in combat, in addition to longbowmen and heavy cavalry.
***Roundtable Knights (Elite): 8,350
****These are Britain’s elite forces. A rebirthed version sprouting from Artoria’s original group of holy knights, this force has never lost a battle, and has unwavering loyalty to the crown and the Order of the Roundtable, willing to fight to the death for the survival of the British Isles.
****While most are able to fight, members of the Roundtable are encouraged to branch out into their own craft, such as pottery and sheepherding, with the idea that everyone should act like a Roundtable Knight and give their all into both their craft and their country.
****The only way to become a Roundtable Knight is to be selected by an existing member of the group. Most knights tend to make apprentices out of those they recruit to the Roundtable, and generally, no one usually complains when a Roundtable Knight selects someone to join the ranks of the Roundtables. Depending on the country/chapter, one can also be appointed to the Roundtable by the crown..
****Notable (Living) Members:
*****(Most of) Pendragon Family
*****(Most of) Mordue Family
*****George Cromwell II of Cotswold
**Navy:
***Personnel: 64,000 (combined between both fleets)
***Naval Vessels:
***Red Drakes:
****Dual-purpose Merchant Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warcogs: 100
****Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warships: 60
***White Drakes:
****Dual-purpose Merchant Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warcogs: 50
****Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warships: 30
Research and Development
*Cannons: With cannon technology slowly chugging along, they are slowly becoming implemented within the navy and army.
*Naval Vessels: With the civil war underway, the Red Drakes allocated more resources towards development of these large warships, with the hopes that these ships would be able to allow the Red Drakes to open up a new front further north.
**The Red Navy: Large vessels begin construction, larger than any before. These vessels, taking inspiration from various other vessels (mainly the Spanish caravel), with prototype designs hitting the waters by the end of the decade.
*Matchlock Rifles and McCarthy Industries: Matchlock rifles begin to replace the arquebuses among the Red Drake troops.
Training and Production
*Red Drakes:
**2,000 arquebusiers
***Replacement of arquebuses with matchlock rifles
***Arquebusiers renamed to musketeers
**5 prototype British caravels
*White Drakes:
**700 arquebusiers
*Whatever equipment and personnel is required to maintain numbers on the frontline.
Diplomacy
*European Neighbors: In the attempt to break the stalemate, both sides ask around for aid (whether in the form of mercenaries or actual support). Though the increase in manpower would be helpful, neither side was able to break through each other’s defenses.
*Veltkyst: The Red Drakes accept their offer for assistance.
Events
*War of the Drakes (Part 5): Despite the Red Drake’s success on land, the war eventually ground to a halt, both sides exhausted from combat. At this point, any sizable force could sweep through both forces and take over all of Albion, yet both sides continue to fight into the conflict’s third decade.
**That being said, the reinforcements from Veltkyst have begun to turn the tides, with small gains being made by the Red Drakes.
**As for the White Drakes, while they are on the back foot, the king is unwavered. After all, his advisor states that if they hold on for long enough, he can gain support for a substantial force capable of pushing the Red Drakes into the channel.
*The Might of the Red Fleet: Since the Red Drakes had both the skilled naval builders and the shipyards to continue pumping out ships, the Red Drakes have a significant naval advantage to their White Drake counterparts. However, most of the ships are sent to escort Unarmored Albion Trading Vessels (due to the prevailing piracy in the Mediterranean), so the most the Red Drakes can do is blockade the White Drakes from getting outside support. Though some resources and manpower can get past the blockade, the effects could be felt by the White Drakes, as they begin to slowly cut down on rations to account for the time when food will become a scarcity.
*Viva La France!: British France remains separated from the British mainland for more than a decade at this point. During this time, tensions have begun to decrease between British France and France proper, with troops allowing civilians to cross the front as they please, which now is beginning to become vibrant with colors once more. Everything is peaceful, with the British portion of France becoming completely self-sufficient, with the only remnants of Britain remaining being the troops stationed there to keep the peace, and while Cromwell wishes to remain at his post, he has opened talks with the French government to decrease tensions even more. Overall, this was the official start of the Norman separation from England, a separation that would come to completion within a decade.
*Death of a Family (Part 1): A banquet gone wrong. The food was served, the Mordues ate. Then, they mysteriously vanished. Reports say that they perished in battle, but only few know of the actual truth.
*Forbidden Chains: The two begin to hatch a plan. Abigail begins rallying for support among her people in the background while Casimir continued to go behind the scenes, finding whatever information he could get his hands on as the two prepare for the assassination of the century.
Deceased Log
*Rulers
**Pendragon:
***Artoria “Ember” Pendragon (F, b.1317- 1389?) (Reign: 1351 ~ 1369 - 1389)
***Ash I (M, b. 1347 - 1434) (Reign: 1390 - 1434)
****Sister: Aura (F, b.1350 - 1434)
***Ash II (M, b. 1399 - 1442) (Reign: 1434 - 1442)
**Mordue:
***River Mordue (F, b. 1322 - 1393) (Reign: 1369 - 1393)
***Henry (M, b. 1353 - 1429) (Reign: 1393 - 1429)
****Daughter: Mary (F, b. 1382 - 1399)
*Roundtable Knights
**Joan “Anne” of Arc (Died in 1431)
**Sir George Cromwell of Cotswold (Died in 1445)
==== Kingdom of Castille and Leon ====
* Government: Absolute Monarchy
** Ruler (King): Henry IV (1454 - 1477) Maria I (1477-)
* Economy: The economy is tanking huge hits as the wars and conscription are causing money to not go so well.
* Alliance - Gladius Christi: Valcanor, Castile - Leon, Agousta      
* Demographics
** Population - 6,050,356
** Ethinicities - 91% Spanish-esque 5% North African 4% Other
** Religon - 93% Catholicism 7% Other
* Cities and Population Spread
** Madrid - 265,000
** Toledo - 241,000
** Cordoba - 205,000
** Burgos - 215,000
** Leon-  295,00
** La Coruna - 255,000
** Oviedo - 157,000
** Rural - 4,713,00
** Fuerte Solaridad - 500
** Fuerte Puedra Alta - 100
** San Sebastian - 250,000
** Granada - 40,000
** Sevilla - 20,000
** Garofe - 30,000
** Malaga - 20,000
** Algecia - 30,000
* Military - 470,000
** Archers - 150,000
*** Longbow - 105,000
*** Crossbow - 95,000
*** Medium-Sized Bows - 30,000
** Cavalry - 26,000
*** Heavy - 10,750
*** Light' - 7,350
*** Super Light - 7,150
** Standard Knights - 25,250
** Pikemen - 183,500
** Men at Arms - 42,250
** Arquebusers - 57,000
* Siege Weapons
** Trebuchets - 265
** Ballista - 235
** Cannons - 335
* Navy
** Transport Ships - 150
** Converted Merchant Ships - 100
** Floating Fortresses - 300
** Sea Falcons - 335
* Wars and Conflicts - 
** Mauretanian Front - Having the Mauretanians on the rails, a larger offensive is made. 200,000 will be sent to drive a wedge straight into Alegicia. 150,000 will strike on the right, on Gerofe, and 75,000 will hold down Malaga. The 75,000 will be sent to reinforce any failing flank.
* Diplomacy -​​​​​​
** Burgundy - We offer Henry of Navarre, the 36 year old brother of the late Henry IV in marriage (Because March 14 1476 lmao). Westria unfortunately has quite the bumbling royal family, it would not be wise, to say the least, to marry to any suitor they offer.
* Events
** The Last Mortal Battle - Morale is boosted highly as the Mauretanian army is pushed up to the coast and now religious fervor is at an all-high. More budgets are loosened but advisors and others are still tense.
** Protect the Merchants (Part 14) - The shipyards now are not required as the land war is mosts critical.
** Learning from our Allies (Part 14) - Arquebuses start losing favor as the Mauretanians just straight up charge the troops.
** A very loud Bang (Part 13) - Nothing is spared, cannons are now being pulled straight into formations and onto the front lines.
** 'Oh Look, an Island! (Part 12) - The people of the Islands find an unusual peace this time, as we are occupied with the war.
** Securing the Island  - Control loosens a bit over the islands, but they are still run as usual.
** Henry Ain't Doing Well (Part 2) - As it turns out, when Henry IV died sadly on 1477, a complication of some bad writing from the dead king's hand and bad interpration of the rules ended up with their adopted child Maria into queen. The paper was then burned to seal the job. Lela was placed as regent and the two boys would have to wait a bit longer to get their turn on the big seat.
** The King is dead, all hail the Queen - As it turned out, Maria I was way ahead of her age. Whilst her regent mother would try to control her, as did the various advisers, she quickly instigated a palace coup, with a few well placed bribes her reign was soon secure. Her first law passed designated female primogeniture, and she would soon start taking the reins of the military.
==== Tonga ====
* Government: Absolute Monarchy (Kingdom)
** King: Funga
** Dynasty: Tonga
** Duke: Amanga
* Capital: Mu'a
* Demographics:
** Population: ca 133 000 total
** Mu'a: ca 12 800
** Le'u: ca 2 700 
** Rural regions: ca 117 500
** Ethnicities: 100% Polynesian.
** Religion: 100% Tongan Mythology
* Trade: Trading between all islands in the nations are established in order to 1, make each island either richer economically or richer in supplies. This also helps the relations between neighboring islands streangthen and keep them connected.
* Wars and Conflicts:
* Military: 1% 1 330
** 9 High shiefs with Kinikini Tongan War Clubs
** 455 men with pakipaki clubs
** 395 men with Tongan Paddle clubs
** 383 men with Tongan Paddle clubs as main weapon and Kolo Tongan Throwing Clubs as secondary weapon.
** 88 men with Pukepuke Tongan War Club
* Navy:
** 334 fishing boat
** 108 travel ships (traveling between the islands)
** 50 exploration ships.
* Diplomacy:
Events:
* Succesion crisis part 2 (final): Year 1497, the King announced that their contest will end at the end of 1479. Today it is year 1480. It's been 6 years since they went out to get their "votes" on who the king will be and who'll get the new title of Duke. When the year 1479 arrived the two twins started making their way towards Mu'a. When there, the king welcomes his 2 sons warmly with a party in their honor.  After the party, the 2 will announce how many votes they got. The 1st Twin (Funga) with 42 islands, and the 2nd Twin (Amanga) with 38 islands. Though close, Funga managed to get 4 islands more than Amanga. meaning he will be the king! 
* Duke: Even though Amanga lost their "duel" he gets the title of Duke, the highest position in the kingdom other than the king of course!
==== Indetah ====
* Government: Agallate
** Aghá'łíí: Taklishim (1472-)
** Economy: As a Semi-Nomadic people we farm maize, beans, and squash around the more fertile land around the Colorado and Rio Grande rivers, as well as in certain other areas. Since our introduction to sheep, most of our people have become pastoralists instead of full-time hunter gatherers. We also mine Turquoise, which is a good that Mesoamericans prize dearly. In addition, we sell tin and bronze to the Kemehanans to the west. Pottery and Silverwork is another major component of the Economy.
** Capital: Tsétáłkáá
* Demographics:
** Population Density: 0.25/km2
** Population: 88,000
*** Tota' Haal'a: 300
*** Ni Alnii’gi: 200
*** Tsétáłkáá: 1,800
*** Oraibi: 1300
*** Dziłghą́’í: 2,500
** Ethnic Makeup: 38.8% Lépai Diné, 8% Łitso Diné, 4% Baʼáadi Diné, 0.8% Wéʼéshgaaʼ Diné. 48.6% Anaasází Diné. 
*** Lépai Diné: The term Lépai Diné refers to all Apachean Peoples. They make up the upper class of Lepai. This term also applies to the Apache.
*** Anaasází Diné: The term “Anaasází Diné” refers to the Keresan, Tanoan, Hopi, and Zuni peoples which are native to Lepai.
*** Łitso Diné: The Łitso Diné, literally meaning “Yellow Men”, refers to the Yuman peoples which inhabit the western regions of Lepai. 
*** Baʼáadi Diné: The term “Baʼáadi Diné” refers to the Piman and O’odham Peoples. 
*** Wéʼéshgaaʼ Diné: This term refers to all peoples inhabiting Mesoamerica, as well as the Coahuiltecans.
* Religion: Religion is a rather tricky concept in Lepai. Many of these religions share many of the same beliefs, but they each emphasize different portions of it. Thus, it can be said that there is only one religion practiced in Lepai.
** Puebloan Religion: 
*** Kachinaism: Kachinaism holds that the world is populated by multitudes of “Kachina”. They are supernatural beings who represent and have charge over various aspects of the natural world. They might be thought of as analogous to Greco-Roman demi-gods or Catholic saints. There are literally hundreds of different kachinas, which may represent anything from rain to watermelon, various animals, stars, and even other Indian tribes. However, the kachinas are also thought to be the spirits of dead ancestors, and they may come to the Hopi mesas in the form of rain clouds.
*** General Pahanaism: General Pahanaism has much of the beliefs of Orthodox Pahanaism, but instead there are 2 Pahanas. The False Pahana shall arrive from the west, while the true Pahana shall arrive from the west. The False Pahana shall pretend to be the True Pahana, but one must not listen to his words, for if he is accepted, he shall plunge humanity into sin. The False Pahana is depicted as Topiltzin Quetzalcoatl.
*** Orthodox Pahanaism: Pahanaism is a religion primarily practiced by the Lepai, Keresan, and Hopi peoples. Due to its position, it is both Puebloan and Lepai in nature. Pahanaism focuses on the return of Pahana, meaning “Elder Brother” in Hopi. However, due to linguistic and cultural differences, Pahana is called Awanyu by Keresan peoples and Tłʼiish Yiłat’a’ by the Lepai. Pahanists say that Pahana will come at the end of the 4th world (the current world), and that humanity is at the cusp of the 5th world. At his arrival, the Wicked will be purged, and humanity shall enter a new world of peace. Traditionally, Pahanists are buried facing east in expectation of Pahana who will come from that direction. However, due to Pochahontist beliefs in mainstream Lepai Society, Pahanists now usually bury their dead facing the Southeast. Many Pahanists also believe that a significant amount of Wicked, specifically “Enough to fill the Great Southern Lake” must be purged before the coming of Pahana.
*** Anti-Pahanaism: Anti-Pahanaism states that the coming of Pahana is bad and must be avoided. Pahana is said to be a pale man with a long flowing beard, much like Topiltzin Quetzalcoatl. When Pahana arrives in Lepai lands, the Anti-Pahanaists are to kill him.
** Lepai Religion:
*** Diyin Dine’e Worship: Diyin Dine’e worshippers worship the 4 Diyin Dine’e, First Man, Áłtsé Hastiin, First Woman, Áłtsé Asdzą́ą́, Mąʼiitoʼí Áłchíní, Great Coyote, and the coyote Áłtsé Hashké, First Angry. 
*** Hero-Twin Worship: The Hero-Twin is a common motif among Native American peoples, especially in Mesoamerica and the American Southwest. They worship the twin brothers Naayééʼ Neizghání and Naʼídígishí. They also believe that they must purge all those who are “Not friends of the Lepai”. This manifests as intense hate towards the Mesoamericans.
*** Wechugism: Wechugism is a branch of Hero-Twin Worship. It is said to be a person who has been possessed or overwhelmed by the power of one of the ancient giant spirit animals, related to becoming "too strong". These giant animals were crafty, intelligent, powerful and somehow retained their power despite being transformed into the normal-sized animals of the present day. The primary purpose of Wechugism is to rid the world of Wechuge, who are said to live in the south and the deep north. 
** Lepai Pochahontism: Due to prolonged contact with Kemahana, Pochahontism has begun to crop up in certain circles. The only difference is that Pochahontas is called Asdzą́ą́ Nádleehé. 
** Trialism: Trialism teaches that the Great Plague (which they call the Plague of Judgement) is a tool to "judge" whether a man is pure of heart and of sin or not. They have become known for subjecting their children to a rite of passage where they are locked in a room with the corpse of a person (usually a family member) who died of the Great Plague, with enough food and water for a week. They also believe that they should give foreign peoples the Great Plague.
* Military: The Lepai Military is mainly levy-based, except for small garrisons consisting of a dozen men to protect against raids in Kinhoodzo. There is a maximum of 11,500 warriors, 7,800 of which use horses, which we are able to use in case of a war. With the recent discovery of economically viable deposits of tin, bronze is becoming common among higher-class soldiers. However, the majority of our warriors use flint weapons. Lepai Military Strategy is primarily based upon light cavalry and raiding. Unlike most of our neighbors, we use the Bow and Arrow, instead of the Spear-Thrower. Spears and Axes are the primary Melee weapons, with paddles meant to bonk and crush the enemy being used also.
* Events:
** Xenophobia is one hell of a drug: Taklishim is a notable Wechugist, meaning that he wishes for only one thing, the destruction of the Wechuge beasts down south. This results in another wave of inquisitions. However, in a few circumstances, the tables have turned. Certain government officials are convicted of being Wechuge after reported relations with ethnic Nahua in the Southern Expedition. In fact, in the year 1479, a 17 year old man who previously had his entire family destroyed in a Wechuge inquisition suddenly finds himself at the head of a branch of the Wechugist Inquisition. His name is Bichóhí.
** Southern Expedition (2): The Southern Expedition continues, with the site of Casas Grandes being found. With 1,500 men, the city is raided, and other forces begin to retreat, their objective completed.
** Nation of Abáádan (2): A few children are found in an abandoned Hogan. The Hogan itself is quite old, worshipping a rather old form of Lepai Folk Religion, as it is adorned with Impossible Shapes. A few days later, when the Intetah military returned to check, they found some of the children dead with smallpox. Previously, there had been 14 Children, now there was only 9. They attributed the existence of the children to spiritual activity, and decided to leave the Hogan alone until they either die of smallpox or starvation. However, one Indetah Soldier took pity on the children, and gave them maize and water. When the Indetah checked the Hogan a third time they found the children hungry and thirsty, but not dead. However, the 9 remaining children still show acute symptoms of smallpox. News of this is brought to high priest Diniihnáʼółtah, a name meaning “To keep learning dreadfully”. He, clearly a man ahead of his time (in the wrong way), offers to turn them into living weapons. In his words, “Their spittle shall be used to destroy our enemies. This is best use for these 9 children. Treat them well however, I fear that they posses a power far beyond our own.” However, to test their abilities out, they are sent to the Kingdom of Abáádan. Due to them being inbred and isolated, they are quickly wiped out by a shipment of blankets with the spit of the children on them. As the children still have smallpox, they are allowed to live, though in an isolated location.
* Diplomacy: hah no
====Kemahanacommacah | Grand Confederacy of Kemahana====
*Government: Absolute monarchy with characteristics of authoritarian military dictatorship
**Supreme Leader: 
***Wokoto Saashiil (1448/1457-)
****Heir: Kunu Saashiil
**Weroance (historical):
***Moskatachaw (1384-1421; Pocahontid Dynasty)
***Sikankanna (1421-1448; Pocahontid Dynasty)
***Thosoye (1448-1457*; Pocahontid Dynasty)
*Economy: Our economy is divided between a subsistence farming and a nomadic hunter-gatherer economy, mainly based on ethnic divisions. However, the introduction of horses (brought during the Exile) has revolutionized the process of hunting game, and cattle ranching and pastoralism has also begun to take shape, especially in rural peripheral regions. We are also beginning to see the very beginnings of urbanization, although much of the population is still nomadic or lives in villages with less than 200 people.
*Capital: Tanacoma
**Summer Capital: Dilyacoma 
*Demographics (includes all areas part of Kemahana circa 1448):
**Population: 71,350
***Tanacoma: 9,000
***Pocahontocoma: 2,500
***Utemaca: 2,300
***Nisinima: 2,000
***Kanatsasipi: 3,000
***Iyi Sipi: 1,500
***Dilyacoma: 2,000
***Wakiigi: 1,000
***Other settled towns and villages: 24,625
***Nomadic population: 22,825
**Religion: 61.2% Pocahontist (43,666 ppl), 49.3% other (mainly assorted Native American beliefs; 27,684 ppl)
***Pocahontism: Born during the devastation of the Accursed Plagues (most likely smallpox, typhus and other Old World diseases) in the early and mid-1200s AD, which killed up 70-80% of the population of the Powhatan Confederacy, Pocahontism is an offshoot branch of the Hellenic pagan religion (with ample amounts of influence from Christianity and Native American traditions). The main difference between Pocahontism and the Greek pantheon is the equation of Pocahontas, a Powhatan chief-turned-deity, with Zeus, Athena, and Aphrodite.
****Orthodox Pocahontism: This sect of Pocahontism purports to be the sect which preserves the original theology of early Pocahontism the most. Orthodox Pocahontists believe that Pocahontas is the godhead and ruler of all the gods (a mix of ancestral spirits and Hellenic gods). Orthodox Pocahontists hold that Pocahontas and her spirit has, upon death, forever left the realm of the living, and only by praying through a weroance (chief) or a shaman shall Pocahontas hear your prayer. Orthodox Pocahontists teach that the Accursed Plague is punishment for a sinful society, and to avoid disease, one must live a virtuous and pious life. Orthodox Pocahontists are by far the most numerous and established of the Pocahontists, and Orthodox priests control almost all of the Pocahontist temples and shrines in Kemahana.
****Incarnationism: Incarnationism holds that the Spirit of Pocahontas lives on in each and every human, living thing, and inanimate object (in effect a form of pantheism). Incarnationism diverges from the other Pocahontist sects in that it denies the existence of other gods and ancestral spirits as distinct entities, merely suggesting that they, too, are concentrations of the Spirit of Pocahontas. They are a small but growing minority amongst Pocahontists, and are mostly prevalent in the ranks of scholastic types. 
****Trialism: Entrenched within Kemahanan military families, Trialism teaches that the Accursed Plague (which they call the Plague of Judgement) is a tool to "judge" whether a man is pure of heart and of sin or not. They have become known for subjecting their children to a rite of passage where they are locked in a room with the corpse of a person (usually a family member) who died of the Accursed Plague, with enough food and water for a week. In Trialism, the eternal Spirit of Pocahontas is present in the Plague of Judgement. Other gods and ancestral spirits are acknowledged here, although only Pocahontas has the authority to forgive all a man's past and future sins via the Accursed Plague. 
****Cult of the Fifth Wheel: A new and quickly-rising sect of Pocahontism greatly influenced by Anti-Pahanist and Wechugist thought, the Cult of the Fifth Wheel teaches that the gods are divided into good and evil forces, which have been fighting a war against each other for all eternity, using our world as their turf. The Cult of the Fifth Wheel teaches that the "peoples of the center of the world" (i.e the natives of the southern tier of the OTL continental US) are the chosen people of the righteous gods, and that the "peoples of the fringes of the world" (i.e peoples of the far north, south, east, and west) are servants of the gods of evil. Additionally, the Cult of the Fifth Wheel preaches that humanity lives in the penultimate age, known as the Fourth Wheel; an age of death, disease, and great suffering, and only by eradicating all the "peoples of the fringes" can they usher in the era of the Fifth Wheel, an era of peace, prosperity, and bliss.
***Other religions: Many native traditions and faiths continue, especially amongst the Miskawen population.
**Ethnicity: 34.9% Wisawen (24,904 ppl), 63.4% Miskawen (45,236 ppl), 1.7% Dinawen (1,220 ppl)
***Wisawen: The Wisawen (lit. yellow men) are the descendants of the Powhatan Exiles led by Usquehannatoco. A mix of several different ethnic groups from across the OTL US East, South and Midwest, as well as minuscule amounts of white European admixture, the Wisawen are the noble ruling class of the Kemahanacommacah. They are almost uniformly settled agricultural peoples, and form a majority in most of the western areas directly adjacent to the Front Range of the Rocky Mountains.
***Dinawen: The Navajo, known as the Dinawen in the Kemahanan tongue, are the only other agricultural peoples the Kemahanans have regular contact with. As a result, they are considered separate to the primarily nomadic Miskawen tribes. The term "Dinawen" would eventually outgrow the Navajo ethnic group, becoming a blanket term for all established agricultural peoples of the American Southwest (incl. the Pueblo and Anasazi). Currently, the Dinawen make a small minority in Kemahana, mainly consisting of aspiring merchants, almost 100% of which are Navajo.
***Askakwen: The term "Askakwen" refers to all indigenous peoples of Mesoamerica (including ethnic groups like the Nahua, the Mayans, the Purepecha, the Huastecs and the Chichimecs). The (admittedly small) Askakwen minority in Kemahana, previously consisting almost entirely of Nahua or Huastec traders, have been entirely liquidated during the Great Lynching, along with other scapegoats.
***Miskawen: "Miskawen" (lit. red men) is a blanket term for all the ethnic groups indigenous to Kemahana. These include the Ute, Shoshone, Apache, Comanche, Cheyenne and Arapaho, amongst other groups. Many of these peoples remain nomadic, although there has been increasing pressure for them to adopt settled agricultural or pastoral practices.
**Languages: Although most people continue to speak their ancestral mother tongue at home, and Literary Powhatan continues to be used as the official language of administration, a creole language, known simply as Kemahanan is used in non-formal conversation. Kemahanan is based heavily on Powhatan, Cherokee, Ute, Shoshone, Comanche, and Arapaho.
*Military: The Kemahanan military is mainly a levy-based system, although minuscule standing armies are used as garrisons in frontier areas to protect against raids. As the Miskawen become more integrated into Kemahanan society, our military has also begun recruiting them as quality horsemen. Most of our weapons are stone weapons due to the lack of iron and bronze in the region, with our only bronze and iron weapons being extremely prized heirlooms dating back all the way to before the Exile. However, we are beginning to get some bronze and even iron weapons made, due to access to plentiful mines in Lepai-controlled territory.
**Kemahanan Military:
***Loyalist-aligned:
****Infantry: 1100 (800 reserves)
****Archers: 800 (700 reserves)
****Cavalry: 1500 (600 reserves)
**Kemahanan Ginimowin: The Ginimowin are specially trained troops tasked with internal security in Kemahana (a proto-police force). They deal with internal conflicts, civil disputes, and sporadic raids, as opposed to full-blown military ventures. They have also become a form of secret police under Wokoto's rule.
***The Ginimowin currently have 300 personnel.
*Wars and Conflicts: N/A
*Diplomacy: N/A
*Events:
**The Fifth Wheel Ascendant: High Priestess Nanshato, the foremost power behind Kemahanan Pocahontism and commonly regarded as the reincarnation of Pocahontas, has died peacefully in her sleep in January of 1478, calling for a convention of all the priests and priestesses of all the temples in Kemahana into the Fifth Holy Council in order to determine who Pocahontas has reincarnated into next. After weeks of deliberation, Alshi Giisitii, a priestess in a rural community around 30 miles east of Utemaca, would be determined to be the new High Priestess. Alshi was the first High Priestess who belonged to the Cult of the Fifth Wheel, and would make shure that Fifthist doctrine was taught at all Pocahontist temples in Kemahana and beyond, even further propelling the sect into supremacy over the other sects.
**The Great Lynching: The Great Lynching was an ad hoc public execution of over 100 people (including the entire Mesoamerican community in Kemahana, numbering a full 34 souls) believed to either be Fringe Peoples or to have fraternized with Fringe Peoples in the central plaza of Tanacoma. The Great Lynching would spur on a reign of extragovernmental religious terror across Kemahana, commonly known as the Kemahanan Inquisition.
**Rebuilding: The reconstruction of the devastated nation continues, as infrastructure is repaired and depopulated areas are resettled with willing immigrants. 
**To Retire or Not to Retire: Wokoto Saashiil has won the Kemahanan Civil War for the Loyalists. He has crushed the hordes of the enemies of Kemahana. He has turned away the Akechetan hordes with the sheer power of his words. He has made Kemahana a nation for every Kemahanan to be proud of. But he is growing old. As he ages, Wokoto has begun withdrawing from ruling, and has begun delegating more power to his firstborn son and apparent heir, Kunu Saashiil. As ambitious as his father, even more headstrong, and a devout (even ravenous, at times) believer in the Cult of the Fifth Wheel, it remains to be seen whether he will lead Kemahana into a brighter future or to make it come crashing.
==== Dual Principality of Munich ====
* Government: Feudal Elective Diarchy
** Princess: Marie I Welf-Schwerin (b.1436, r.1456-)
** Prince: Alexios I Kastanitsa (b. 1430, r. 1456-)
** Offices:
*** Chancellor: Petra Welf (b.1420)
*** Royal Tutor: Peter I Ingolstadt (b.1435)
*** Marshal: Alexios I Kastanitsa (b.1430)
*** Master of the Guard: Erwin Schwerin (b.1443)
*** High Priest: Franz Rosenheim (b.1422)
*** Court Philosopher: Paul of Munich (b.1430)
*** Court Jester: Heinz the Bard Dachau (b.1440)
*** Steward: Johannes Schwerin-Rosenheim (b. 1440)
*** Physician: Ernst Dachau (b.1431)
*** Spymaster: Johan Ingolstadt (b.1435)
*** Court Chaplain: Alexa Kastanitsa (b.1442)
* Economy: Feudal economy mostly comprised of agriculture and trade
* Capital: Munich
* Laws:
** Military Law: Martial Education: Every free person can join the military and carry melee weapons
** Taxation Law: Trade Tax: Traded goods will have a 20% tax over them, along with nobles and feudal lords giving 10% of the food and goods produced
** Domestic Law: Social Mobility: Every serf can buy his way out of serfdom if he/she has the money
* Demographics:
** Population: 290,000
** Ethnicities: 92% German, 8% other
** Religion: Roman Catholic
** City Population:
*** Munich: 40,000
*** Rosenheim: 20,000
*** Ingolstadt: 20,000
* Wars and Conflicts:
** N/A
* Events:
** Royal Affair: Alexios Kastanitsa was found in the act with the court jester, which has caused uproar and even talk of rebellion against the sodom, lustful prince, because nothing has been done about it
* Diplomacy:
** Westria: we ask for thou to not help the realm of Regensburg, in exchange with better prices for our mercenaries and a possible defensive league, we offer 
** Mecklenburg: we send them a gift of gold to get our realms closer together
* Navy:
** 8 ships: (320 crew and soldiers)
*** 2 galleys (armed with one cannon and two swivel guns, 40 crew, 20 gunners)
**** Herzog Heindrich
**** Prinz Alexios
*** 2 cogs (armed with 10 archers, 10 crew)
**** Prinz Karl
**** Diarchie
*** 4 hulks (armed with 15 archers each, 25 crew,)
**** Prinzessin Marie
**** Ingolstadt
**** Sinope
**** Rosenheim
* Army: 
** Immortals: 1000
*** 200 heavy knights
*** 100 horse archers
*** 300 heavy halberdmen
*** 100 arquebuses
*** 50 hand culverins
*** 250 hand cannons
** First Division: 5000 (+400) 
*** General: Heindrich von Ingolstadt-Sinope (b.1438)
*** 1000 light cavalrymen
*** 1000 light halberdmen
*** 1000 light pikemen and spearmen
*** 400 crossbowmen
*** 1000 archers
*** 200 longbowmen
*** 400 horse archers
*** Support Units:
**** 400 supply carts
** Second Division: 5000 (+400)
*** General: Constantine Kastanitsa-Welf
*** 1000 light cavalrymen
*** 1000 light halberdmen
*** 1000 light pikemen and spearmen
*** 400 crossbowmen
*** 1000 archers
*** 200 longbowmen
*** 400 horse archers
*** Support Units:
**** 400 supply carts
** Siege Cohort: 800
*** 8 trebuchets (25 crewmen each)
*** 20 ballistae (5 crewmen each)
*** 10 catapults (10 crewmen each)
*** 2 bombards (6 crewmen each)
*** 8 falconets (3 crewmen each)
*** 18 cannons (3 crewmen each)
==== Kingdom of Imerina ====
* Government: Absolute Monarchy (Kingdom)
** King: Rafandrandrava (B 1453, alive) (R 1469-Present)
** Queen (de facto regent): Zafimahova (B 1434, alive) (R 1469-Present)
** Dynasty: Ammagari
* Economy: The economy of Imerina is based mainly on agriculture and fishing, there's also some trade going on with the Swahili and various peoples on our home island including the other two states of Betsimisaraka and Mahafaly. Contact has been established with the Ahuric Adnanite people and we have a major trade relationship, slightly strained due to the Ahuric Civil War. That's kind of, it, our economy is practically the same as many other primitive african states and such, even if this foreign relationships put us a bit higher than others.
* Allies: N/A
* Capital: Ambanja
* Demographics:
** Population: ca 523 000 total
** Ambanja: 8 900
** Mahajanga: 4 600
** Toamasina: 900
** Rural regions: ca 510 000
** Ethnicities: 98% Malagasy (divided into 72% Merina and 25% others such as Betsimisaraka, Sakalava, Tsimihety etc.), 2% Komoro Natives (Swahili?)
** Religion: 100% Haintenism (traditional Merina folklore)
* Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War):
** Under Attack: Groups of warriors are still trained to be prepared to thwart raid attempts from the Order of Avesta, although we have heard nothing from them in several years.
** Hostilities With the Bara Polity: Since the discovery of Bara polity and subsequent skirmish, Imerina has made a new enemy. Unless Rakotomanjato (if he even is alive at that point he's in his late 50s I believe) accepts our demands, we shall not apologize for our part in the skirmish incident and will not have peace with them. Remaining warriors throughout Imerina are prepared of any form of invasion from the Bara polity although no Merina offensives have been declared yet. OBS. With Bara we mean the state Bara and not all of the Bara peoples since based off of a map of ethnic groups (google if you want to see it), the state doesn't control all of the Bara lands.
* Military: Due to Imerina being a rural realm, a large amount of units can be raised for warfare, but usually about 1% of the population is the most trained and prepared soldiers that can be drafted.
** Deployed units: All
** 5 200 Spearmen
** 3 200 Bowmen
** 300 Crossbowmen
** 500 Fossa Warriors
* Navy:
** 7 transport ships
** 11 Ahuric military ships
* Diplomacy:
** Bara: Ok traitor. You were the ones who attacked us so apologize and provide us with compensation or there will be no peace between us.
** Natives of Moaly and Ngazija: We don't take no for an answer.
* Events:
** The "First" Queen: Zafimahova remains de facto regent despite her age, although towards the last years of this turn (1478, 1479) she has "cut the puppet strings" a bit on her son the king, who has more responsibilities and actual power now. Again most decisions made originate from Zafimahova.
** Expansion: For long (or basically since contact with the outside world aka the Ahuric Empire was made), Imerina has seen itself as a bit of the "leader" or "supreme state" of Madagascar, having the best technology, contact with foreign powerful people and a strong military and monarchy. So expansion occurs southward and onto the remaining Komoro Islands. The Komoro Islands are directly annexed, while the Sakalava and Antankarana (since Imerina was placed in the north, where the Merina people don't live but the Antankarana, Sakalava and Tsimihety do, I assume we just kinda switch places a bit between Merina and Antankarana) lands to the south are integrated through religion, culture and such. There is an attempt to create a good friendship between the Merina and Sakalava, who live along most of the west coast, to convince them to be part of the Merina realm and remain there.
** Weeding out the Fossa Warriors: To have better control over the elite force, a number of warriors are stripped of the title and drafted as other units. The qualifications required to become a Fossa Warrior is also better defined in military code as well as made more strict so that not every average Joe can become one. This is to make sure the Fossa Warrior division functions with absolute discipline and order.
** The Spread of the Sorabe (continuous event): Through trade and such with both the other Malagasy peoples and the Swahili people start the spread of not only proper writing but also use of the Sorabe alphabet and script.
** Andriamasindohafandrana: Rafandrandrava and Rafotsitohina produce their first male child in 1477, Andriamasondohafandrana, who becomes the heir to the king.
==== Ahuric Empire ====
* Government and Policy:
** Monarch: King Aqeel Ahurid 
** Administrative Situation: Chaos, what is administration when everyone is fighting
** Population: 6,896,662
** Policy and National Affairs:
*** Collapse of the Frontline: The issues plaguing the Zoroastrians, lack of supply and men, came to a head after another failed push towards Duqm. The loss of men and weaponry in that attack left them vulnerable to a counterattack. Rather anti-climatically, the counterattack sweeped through the countryside and arrived at Duqm. Besieging the city from sea and land, Duqm wouldn't last long. At the same time, the Minority Front took the situation and ran with it, thundering through the deserts of the north. Reclaiming Rafha, they consolidated their gains and halted. The Imperial forces, after besieging Duqm, had freed up troops for their own assault, with focus mainly on the Southern and Jubail front.
*** Return of Rafha: Early in the year, reinforcements sent to Rafha arrived... a few days late. The arrival of these troops was greeted by a dead city with staring eyes. There were no enemy troops, no sound of warfare, no sound of the bustling the city that once was. Yet they were being watched. There were no person left in the city, yet the sound of wails and cries filled it. There were no person left in the city, yet they were greeted as they arrived. The site was gruesome, many soldiers collapsing, as they arrived, in an emotional maelstrom, being battered by the hurricanes of pain and shame. What would happen if they were but a few days early? Would this senseless massacre have been averted? They were idiotic questions of course, the city was surrounded by the enemy and all attempts at entry would have clashed with a vastly superior force, against their own mere 500 cavalrymen. However, emotion and death are powerful things, enabling eachother and strengthening eachother as one rises. The emotion, the hatred against the Arzhamites, caused this death. This death caused a flurry of emotion, of tearful sadness, in the Arzhamites. They are bound to return the favour by the laws of nature. 
*** The Fall of Duqm: Unlike the Zoroastrians, the Imperial forces caught Duqm in surprise. A lot of troops that would have defended the city were lost in the offensive to break out. The Duqmis weren't expecting the Imperial forces at their gates so soon. Tactically, the Imperials played the situation perfectly. As the offensive started, the Muscat Task Force, entirely cavalry, quickly moved in to cut off the supply and communication lines between Duqm and the troops. As the Third Sipah held down the troops, the 1st Sipah moved in to besiege the city. The Zoroastrians had been had. They attempted to break into the Duqm pocket from both sides of the pocket. With the Duqmi section cut loose from their supply lines, their attacks became desperation. The Third Sipah maintained a strong position and was constantly provided for, a privilege neither enemy front had. As the 1st Sipah moved in place, the Muscat Task Force decimated the enemy from behind, being the hammer to the 3rd Sipah's anvil. As soon as the 1st Sipah was in position, the navy, which had held its distance from Duqm, moved in and tightened their blockade. The enemy fleet had no chance against the resurgent Imperial Navy. The killing blow in this siege was the cannons. In Rafha, the Zoroastrians lacked the cannons required for a long time. The Imperial army holds a considerable arsenal of cannons, but in this situation, it was the navy, with their many Harbis, that dealt the most damage. With the walls breached and many buildings aflame, the Imperial units charged the city. The defenders faught street to street, hidden and aided by a number of locals. To hold the order, a number of troops had to be left behind in the city, sporadically fighting.
*** The Avestans: The Avestans have been a thorn in our side throughout this war. They supplied the Zoroastrians through Duqm and funneled weaponry through third parties. Sure, we could land troops and instantly remove them. However, they are a dedicated group. Sending troops there would lead to suicide charges, Avestans with swords and spears charging into groups of Ahuric troops, with no regard for their own lives, in their masses. There is no point in burning through men once more, or go through needless pain. The only thing we need to do  is cut them off. The navy is now free to do as it wants, there are no enemies at the coasts where we can strike them with our navy. Hence we send the fleet, the pride of our nation, out to surround these radicalised imbeciles, drawing them to peace rather than war.
* Military:
** Imperial:
*** Personnel: 47,625
*** 1st Sipah: 
**** Swordsmen: 2,500
**** Spearmen: 2,000
**** Bowmen: 2,000
**** Fire Lancers: 350
**** Crossbowmen: 1,000
**** Light Cavalry: 1,000
**** Heavy Cavalry: 500
**** Ranged Cavalry: 1,000
**** Cavalry Fire Lancers: 85
**** Cannons: 10
**** Trebuchets: 20
**** Polybolos: 25
**** Overall: 11,000 Troops
*** 2nd Sipah:
**** Swordsmen: 4,000
**** Spearmen: 2,500
**** Bowmen: 2,500
**** Fire Lancers: 393
**** Crossbowmen: 1,000
**** Light Cavalry: 2,000
**** Heavy Cavalry: 500
**** Ranged Cavalry: 1,500
**** Cannons: 10
**** Trebuchets: 20
**** Polybolos: 25
**** Overall: 15,001 Troops 
*** 3rd Sipah: 
**** Swordsmen: 4,000
**** Bowmen: 2,000
**** Fire Lancers: 500
**** Light Cavalry: 1,000
**** Ranged Cavalry: 500
**** Cannons: 20
**** Polybolos: 10
**** Overall: 8,110 Troops
*** Muscat Task Force:
**** Light Cavalry: 3,000
**** Ranged Cavalry: 3,000
**** Heavy Cavalry: 500
**** Overall: 6,500 Troops
*** Muscat Fleet:
**** Gharaq: 80
**** Harbis: 50
**** Fire Ships: 30
**** Light Transport Ships: 20
**** Heavy Transport Ships: 2
*** Grane Fleet:
**** Harbis: 50
**** Gharaqs: 70
**** Fire Ships: 30
**** Light Transport Ships: 40
**** Heavy Transport Ships: 10
** Zoroastrian/Avestan:
*** Personnel: 37,620
*** Army of Atash (Fire):
**** Swordsmen: 3,000
**** Spearmen: 4,000
**** Bowmen: 2,000
**** Light Cavalry: 1,000
**** Ranged Cavalry: 1,000
**** Cannons: 20
**** Overall: 11,060 Troops
*** Army of Aban (Water):
**** Swordsmen: 3,000
**** Spearmen: 2,000
**** Bowmen: 1,000
**** Light Cavalry: 1,000
**** Ranged Cavalry: 1,000
**** Cannons: 20
**** Overall: 8,060 Troops
*** Sha'abi Army (People's Army):
**** Militias, armed with swords: 5,000
**** Militias, armed with Bows: 3,000
**** Militias, armed with Spears: 2,000
**** Militias, on horse, with swords: 2,000
**** Swordsmen: 1,000
**** Bowmen: 1,000
**** Ranged Cavalry: 500
**** Overall: 14,500 Troops
*** Avestan Fleet (All ships pledged to the Vizierites are also part of this fleet since the Vizierites don't have a port):
**** Harbis: 20
**** Gharaq: 40
**** Light Transport: 60
** Minority Front:
*** Personnel: 20,120 
*** Eridu Militias:
**** Militias, armed with swords: 5,500
**** Militias, armed with spears: 1,500
**** Militias, armed with bows: 3,000
**** Swordsmen: 2,000
**** Bowmen: 2,000
**** Cannons: 20
**** Overall: 14,060 Troops
*** Nabatean Militias:
**** Light Cavalry: 2,000
**** Ranged Cavalry: 2,000
**** Militas, armed with swords: 1,000
**** Militias, armed with bows: 1,000
**** 0verall: 6,000 Troops
*** Elamite Fleet: 
**** Light Transport Ships: 10
**** Harbis: 2
** Vizierites: 
*** Personnel: 30,500
*** Liberation Army:
**** Swordsmen: 6,000
**** Spearmen: 3,000
**** Bowmen: 3,000
**** Fire Lancers: 100
**** Light Cavalry: 2,000
**** Heavy Cavalry: 500
**** Ranged Cavalry: 500
**** Cannons: 50
**** Overall: 15,250 Troops
*** Army of Adnan:
**** Swordsmen: 6,000
**** Spearmen: 3,000
**** Bowmen: 3,000
**** Fire Lancers: 100
**** Light Cavalry: 2,000
**** Heavy Cavalry: 500
**** Ranged Cavalry: 500
**** Cannons: 50
**** Overall: 15,250 Troops
** Reformists:
*** Personnel: 14,000
*** Al-Khor Militias:
**** Militias, with swords: 5,000
**** Militias, with bows: 4,000
**** Swordsmen: 3,000
**** Bowmen: 1,000
**** Light Cavalry: 1,000
**** Overall: 14,000 Troops
* Military Operations and Domestic Affairs:
** Civil War:
*** Current Situation: The Civil War is likely to be over soon, with an Imperial victory. The collapse of the Extremist Zoroastrian (known as Avestan) lines, as well as opposition by moderate Zoroastrians within their territory has sapped their strength away. The Imperial troops are given a second wind thanks to recent victories and the Minority Front strikes out with vengence for the crimes at Rafha. With this reinvigorated alliance, the Vizierites and Avestans really don't have a chance at success. 
* Economy:
** Imperial: We've cleared up much of the opposition around our main trade lines. It seems like a victory is coming soon, and we should be back in the driving seat.
** Vizierites and Zoroastrians: The loss of Duqm frankly hurts the most. What was once a bustling supply line has now become an enemy port. Our economy and military has effectively collapsed. We are routed. We are going to have to resort to wave attacks.
** Arzhamites: Having retaken Rafha, the crimes are publicised and a second wind has hit the entire nation. We shall stand victorious against these savages.
** Reformists: We consolidate, and put diplomatic pressure on the Imperial Court, hoping to get a concession. 
* New Research:
** Easier Fire Lances: Research Halted
** Cannons: Research Halted
* Diplomacy:
** Order of Avesta: Our navy blockades them. We call for a ceasefire between them, us and Imerina, hoping they would go off against some other african nation to carry on their "Holy Crusade"
==== Nihon no Domei  ====
* Government: Feudal Confederation
** Emperor: Uchiha Ryu [Hogo-sha]
** Regent: Senjougahara Ryuko
** Shogun: Nishimiya Asuka
** Taisho: Kanzaki Izuku
** Speaker of the National Convention: Nishimiya Yuzuru
* Allies: Ezo, by personal union with Fujiwara; Joseon, defensive military alliance
* Capital: Kyoto
* Demographics:
** Population: 14,790,000
** Ethnicities: Yamatai (78%), Chinese-origin (5%), Joseon (8%), Syonan (6%), Other (2%)
** Official Religion: Shinto, with Buddhist influences
* Population Distribution:
** Urban Population [out-of-date]: 1,950,000 - 435,000 (Edo), 382,000 (Kyoto), 271,000 (Taipei), 198,000 (Hiroshima), 174,000 (Fukushima), 135,000 (Kobe), 305,000 (cities with less than 100,000 population)
** Rural Population [out-of-date]: 13,150,000 - 1,310,000 (Chugoku), 6,210,000 (Tohoku), 2,450,000 (Chubu), 1,100,000 (Kyushu), 890,000 (Shikoku), 1,570,000 (Kansai), 566,000 (Kangeishima)
* Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War):
** N.A 
* Army [recruitment halted for coronation of the new Emperor]
** Horses [15,000]: Modest steeds trained to gallop across the rough and uneven terrain of Nihon's islands. They can also be employed for charging out of boats onto land, although that kind of situation is comparably rarer.
** General infantry [60,000]: Rudimentarily trained infantry with a general focus on close-ranged melee and shortrange bow combat. Second priority for usage of battering rams and other siege equipment, usually assisting other infantry and auxillaries with tasks.
** Irregular infantry [66,000]: Infantry-in-training as well as part-time infantry that does not serve for lifetime employment. Mostly the former. First priority for handling of siege equipment.
** Support staff [15,000]:  Infantry serving in entirely logistical roles. Equipped with extreme short range equipment such as daggers for self-defence, the bulk of many impromptu convoys.
** Auxillary infantry [15,000]: Long-range bowmen and combat medics. Heavily trained, many chosen to be officers upon promotion in the field. 
** Irregular auxillaries [29,000]: Often merchants and mercenaries serving the same role as auxillary infantry, auxillaries-in-training or officers serving in combat. 
* Highest-ranking generals:
** Taisho Kanzaki (Kanzaki Izuku): in charge of the First Expeditionary Force, land-based cavalry division [on mission]
** Takahashi Aya: in charge of the Second and Third Defence Forces, land-based mixed infantry and auxillary divisions
* Navy:
** Kawataro-fune [53]: An armoured slow-moving battleship which covers the deck in metal plating and a layer of steel behind the caravel structure to give it a special amount of versatility. If it is sinking, it can last for enough hours to bring it back to shore or at least into a kamikaze attack.
** Hayai-fune [30]: A restored line of lightly-armoured battleships designed to quickly board another ship before sinking it. Incredibly fragile.
** Supply ships [152]: Unarmoured fast-moving cargo ships as well as heavy lightly-armoured supply ships. The former used to resupply close to land; the latter used to carry along supplies on longer, no-docking expeditions.
** Irregular converteds [12]: Various ships with various amounts of armour and what not attached on; mostly former Kei-fune and and Hayai-fune and cargo ships. Heavily personalised, often used as fleet commander ships.
** 39,000 sailors: close-quarters trained, basic infantry training and ship training
* Admirals:
** Ayanagi Mitsuru: In charge of the First Expeditionary Fleet [until 1478 retirement] 
** Koyanagi Touko: in charge of the First Fleet (formerly the 1st Expeditionary) 
** Matsudaira Keiko: In charge of the Second and Third Fleets, spontaneous attack fleets
* Diplomacy: 
** N-A
* Events:
** The Greatest General [7]: His attempts at glory are a rout. It isn't long before Kanzaki finds himself stranded in Chagatai without any more food or resources. Unable to move on, he reluctantly (and drunkenly) gives up his dream of becoming memorialised in history, before abandoning his old title and taking up the quiet name of 'Mr. Izuku', settling down silently in a city far from his place of birth and far from his homeland, which he will never see again. He becomes known as a reclusive old man with an 'Eastern look', and, to the few who do get to know him even tangentially better, a rambling military genius. Kanzaki slowly begins writing a text on the 'Theory of Strategy', entailing the various military tactics he has used; it quickly spirals into an all-encompassing philosophical text on the nature of war and the methods by which it is pursued. The influence of the man's life weighs down heavily, and between doing odd jobs and what not, two different versions of the text slowly appear: the original, and a heavily revised version which condemns its exercise and damns himself for ever pursuing conflict in his entire life. He hasn't the foggiest who will read it, however...
** The New Era's Struggle [1]:
*** Welcome, Bakufu - Spring 1476: Emperor Ryu properly ascends to the Chrysenthamum Throne to much fanfare after half a decade of struggle to organise the procession due to the interruption of Kansha. Coronated in Kyoto,  with simaltaneous celebrations in Fukushima and Hiroshima, the young Emperor arrives back in the Imperial Palace to discover something perculiar. Ryu has always been good with numbers - and a number stands out to him - 'one hundred'. One hundred kan of gold, seemingly disappearing from the national treasury every five years, a mystery that begins to become less a mystery and more a dissatisfying horror story when he discovers that the Daimyo enjoy some... unconventional, autonomies, such as the building of gold statues and the construction of 'state shrines', which effectively function as money-hoarders. He also discovers that the purges did not end corruption but worsened it - even a little investigation uncovering Regional Conventions actively promising favours to one another for greater support in the National Convention. With the support of Senjougahara, Ryu issues a special decree allowing for the military - the bakufu - to enter power, giving them numerous legal powers to suppress as he personally wishes; Senjougahara and the replacement Speaker, Nishimiya Yuzuru, having some of the greatest influence over the entire affair. Entering the government is the aging Takahashi Aya, on her last legs as she herself wheezes herself into court; and Matsudaira Keiko, who literally is unable to enter court due to a severe leg injury inhibiting any kind of movement. This thus leaves the military in an internal power struggle and Ryu with overwhelming powers over what the military can do, and you'd better believe he has some ideas...
*** King of Kings - Autumn 1477: After a year of deliberation and advice, Ryu uses the emergency powers he is granted under the bakufu to quickly pass a new law: the Reorganisation Act, which puts him in power of who can succeed every single Daimyo's individual leadership positions. This is maddening for many - especially the National Convention, which shows up in Kyoto primarily to spite him; with all but 3 daimyo voting to overturn a law they have no authority to overturn. Ryu, perturbed by a perceived lack of support for him, orders almost every one of the Tohoku daimyo to be arrested and executed without quarter; sparking a wave of political violence across Nihon between the military, daimyo and merchants. This begins what will more popularly be known as the Reign of Terror.
*** The Painful Struggle - Winter 1479: Amongst the figures of the old era one is always forgotten, but she should never be. Nishimiya Asuka, the Shogun for almost half a century, already a centenarian, has become a symbol of the old order - fleeting, at best - but a symbol nonetheless. At the age of 107 she is extraordinarily old even among her compatriots, but that comes to an abrupt end when during a raid by the Bakufu, she is stabbed and beaten by samurai who are then claimed to be 'ninja'. This only accelerates the violence rampant throughout Nihon, with Emperor Ryu declaring that a 'State of Chaos' has descended upon the nation... and the seams flare again.
** A Split in the Union [5]:
*** New Emperor, Old Tactics - Summer 1476: Of course, what would the Chrysanthemum Throne be if not stubborn and violent? Kansha (having changed its name phonetically to make it even remotely possible to spell its portmanteau name) is declared as an 'integral territory' by the Emperor and his new Regent, sparking riots in Taipei and most major cities on the island. The Dochaku take a particular stand in this - refusing to appear in Nihonese courts and lands in the appropriate attire, as well as openly waving a very different flag. With a blue background and a white circle at its centre, the Group of Four declares Kansha to be an independent state from Nihon, citing in the Declaration of Independence:
**** The Failure of the Government in Kyoto to respect the basic integrity of the society of this land has left it impossible to cooperate with the government in Kyoto. Henceforth, the former Regional Convention of Nihon, gathered under the sun, shall secede from the Domei to become the State of Kansha.
*** A Matter of Names - Winter 1476: The newly-properly-coronated Emperor is less than... happy about the events occurring in that 'wayward territory' and thus sends an ultimatum to the island to, at once:
**** End any discussion of secession
**** Immediately apologise to the Chrysanthemum Throne for betraying its trust
*** That doesn't exactly go well, and the general response Kansha has for the Emperor is basically 'you can go fuck yourself'. Thus, both the island and Nihon prepare for war against one another, hoping to bring about their respective goals.
***
* National Convention:
** Twelfth Meeting - Kyoto:
*** N-A
* Notable People:
** 1401-1473 [The Last Days of the Heian]:
*** Uchiha Tomoko (1387 - 1469) [deceased]: Head of the Yamatai faction during the Civil War and later Empress (1412-1469) under the name 'Uchiha I'.
*** Mori Kyoko (1378 - 1473) [deceased]: One of the two heads of the Peoples' League during the Civil War, later Speaker of the National Convention unopposed until death. Spouse: Kido Mirio.
*** Hori Shizuku (1377 - 1456) [deceased]: The other head of the Peoples' League, a minor political player in Hiroshima after the war. Committed suicide under threat of involuntary execution.
*** Midoriya Kaitou (1383 - 1472) [deceased]: A minor player in the Civil War who gained popularity as a capable administrator. Birth name Zhang Kaisheng. Spouse: Midoriya Yuki.
*** Seishiro Kirie (1381 - 1463) [deceased]: One of the heads of the Outsiders who found herself alienated from her hometown in her pursuit of political unity. Became a remarkable writer, writing works such as The Use of War, a critical book on the purpose of strife. Spouse: Bakushi Yona.
*** Bakushi Yona (1380 - 1463) [deceased]: A Yamatai-Eskosian, best known for fighting for the political rights of the tiny Eskosian minority in Nihon. Became a political kingmaker after the war. Spouse: Seishiro Kirie.
*** Hu Jin-Yo (1376 - 1462) [deceased]: A Joseon-Yamatai, best known as a Joseonese reunificationist who participated in a minor role during the Civil War. Afterwards, provided much financial support to the Nihonese army advancing in Kyongsong before dying in a tragic accident.
*** Kanzaki Izuku (1374 - ??): First Shogun then Taisho, well known for unconventional military tactics that precipitated asymmetrical warfare against enemy forces. Lived a relatively stunted life afterwards, travelled into Joseon and participated in its war against Kyongsong before travelling West in hopes of retracing the steps of Bulijin Khatun, a dream promptly foiled.
*** Nishimiya Asuka (1372 - 1479): Shogun after her predecessor Kanzaki was passed over due to ignoring the Empress, she became something of a despot and massively expanded the powers of the military as well as a small secret police under the direction of Empress Uchiha and Speaker Mori. Lived a quiet, nondescript life. Spouse: Ryuzoji Mirio.
====Kingdom of Osnerol====
*Government: Absolute monarchy
**King:
***Hoko Katzo (r. 1362 - 1374)
***Cuitlaxelo Witzo (r. 1374 - 1386)
***Tepu Suhotz (r. 1386 - 1412)
***Caon'tzi Kaan (r. 1412 - 1435)
***Koyum Nas (r. 1435 - 1458)
***Bikem Mitza (r. 1458 - present)
****Dynasty: 7th Dynasty (1223 - 1374), interregnum (1374 - 1386), restored 7th Dynasty (1386 - present)
*****Parliament: None
**Economy: The Osnerolese economy is based largely on fishing and agriculture, though copper mining is a decently-sized industry as well. Trade with foreign nations such as Elysia and the Atlantian states is now a large source of income for the nation.
**Capital: Monalba
**Demographics:
***Population: 415,000 (83% Osnerolese, 4% Taino, 10% Apalachee, 2.5% Creek, 0.5% others)
***Religion: 94% Osnerolese religion, 6% others
**Military: 8,300 manpower total
***Army: 4,000 soldiers
***Navy: 4,300 sailors (86 ships)
**Wars and Conflicts:
***N/A
**Diplomacy:
***N/A
**Events:
***Infrastructure and Improvement: The infrastructure of the Apalachee lands has been improved upon over the past few years. Paved roads are built to connect areas in the new territory gained by Osnerol and into the Osnerolese vassal states. Chinampas are built in swampy areas to make the areas suitable for settlement. Sewage systems based on the Atlantian sewer systems are built in many towns and cities to allow for more sanitary conditions. Also, new farmland is created from the conquered Apalachee lands.
***A New City: On the coast of the OTL Mobile Bay, the former Apalachee village of Naniaba (OTL Daphne because I don't control both sides of the bay yet and can't put it in Mobile) becomes a major port under the control of Osnerol.
***Assimilation: Though Bikem Mitza has not actively attempted to assimilate the Apalachee of Osnerol, they begin to integrate into the Osnerolese culture anyways.
==== Valcanor ====
* Government: Absolute Monarchy (Personal Union with Castile)
** Queen: Maria I 
** Others:
*** Prince Lazaro, B 1415- (Undercover in Sicily)
*** Prince Benito, B 1470- (Hidden in Laszlofold)
*** Prince Fidel, B 1471
** Notable Past Royalty: 
*** King Agustin III (B 1364-1449, Ruled 1394-1449, struck down in war)
*** Princess Sophia Hohenstaufen of Westria (B 1388-1462, Ruled 1449 to 1454, stepped down)
*** Princess Selina, B 1411-1484 (Ruled in Westria as Queen for a time, returned to Valcanor before death.
*** Princess Lela, B 1415- (Ruled 1454-1477, forced from power)
* Economy: The Valcan economy is in ruin. Generation-long wars and shortages of food drag Valcanor down into a hole of debt. This is combatted by making jobs of repairing cities and roads and re-planting and restoring gardens, farms, orchards, and fields. With the war finished, the trade industry peeks its head out of the shadows and back into life.
* Capital: Valencia
* Demographics:
** Population: ~5,263,445
*** Valencia, Shining capital city: 96,755
*** Barcelona, Center of economy and industry: 93,845
*** Perrogo, Home of the Valcan Navy: 85,615
*** Tarragona, Keystone of culture: 69,695
*** Andorra, The final Valcan frontier: 68,315
*** Murcia, Agricultural powerhouse: ~40,000
*** Rural Areas and Smaller Communities: ~4,818,080
** Ethnic Groups: 
*** 92.45% Spanish (Valencian descent)
*** 4.3% Spanish (other descent)
*** ~1% North African 
*** .75% French
*** 0.9% Other
** Religion: 
*** 98% Roman Catholic 
*** ~1% Arzham
*** ~1% Other 
* Military: 78,950 active 
** Human Resources:
*** 11,050 Foot Soldiers (Swordmen)
*** 11,352 Spearmen
*** 11,346 Cavalrymen
*** 3,700 Knights and Royal Guards
*** 8,300 Heavy Infantry
*** 200 Generals, Commanders and Strategists
*** 9,000 Standard Bowmen
*** 9,652 Longbowmen
*** 10,000 Crossbowmen
*** 550 Cannon-men 
*** 260 Arquebusiers 
*** 800 Elite Warriors (Assassins, spies)
** 394,750 Reserve Troops 
*** 300 active
**** 125,000 Swordmen, Spearmen, Heavy Infantry
**** 125,000 Bowmen, Crossbowmen, Longbowmen
**** 50,000 Cavalrymen
** Siege Weapons and Artillery:
*** 60 Battering Rams
*** 65 Catapults
*** +60 Trebuchets
*** 100+ Large Cannons
*** 200+ Small Cannons
*** 300 Arquebuses
** Navy:
*** 110+ Transports
*** 80+ Cargo Ships 
*** 9 Large Transports
*** 22 Sea Riders
*** 17 Naval Kings
*** 12 Salvaged Scourges
** Trading Fleet:
*** 120+ Merchant Ships
* Wars and Conflicts:
** Re-Re-Reconquista: Now that the war has ended, most troops return to their homes.
* Diplomacy:
** N/A
* Events: 
** Rebel Prince, Part 5 (Finale): The failed invasion of Melita leaves Luciano crushed. So many of his soldiers died that he could not bear it. The fallen prince goes into self-isolation on a small island off the coast of Sicily to live out his life alone as a hermit.
** The Abandoned Hero, Part 5 (Finale): Hanzila Suazo has completed his mission. The Mauretanians have been pushed back from Valcanor and are on the retreat back to their side of the Mediterranean. Hanzila leaves for Manchester in Albion, where he hopes to meet with his brother Chus Baquier and join him in defending Chus’ family up north.
** Secret Son, Part 2: With King Henry IV dead, Lela hopes to gain the throne herself or to get the crown to her son Fidel, but instead a young girl Henry insisted on adopting is given power. Lela holds power as her regent until the Mauretanians are expelled from Iberia, which happens only a few years later. Benito continues his training in secret in Laszlofold while Fidel grows up in the royal palace.
** Valcania, Rule the Waves, Part 2: Our naval presence in the western Mediterranean grows as more ships are being produced. The Valcan Flotilla hunts down Mauretanian ships before peppering them with cannon fire. Some Arquebusier divisions are stationed on ships to pose an extra ranged threat to our opponents. A landing is made in Orrato and we hope to expand it to gain a small colony there. 
=== Turn XVII: 1480-1485 ===
==== Mod Events ====
*War of the Drakes: In 1482, Abigail Pendragon and Casimir Mordue, childhood friends, has had their suspicions that the war between their two families were manipulated. After scouting out, sent letters out to like minded people. Those group of people managed to infiltrate a fortress/palace via being imprisoned themselves. Much to their horror, they found out the true reason of the war. It was all a ploy by advisor Griffin to gain and concentrate power for himself in order to stop the diarchy, though he has plans to take over most of Europe himself. He has planted, or allied with, like minded people across the continent. The group confronts Griffin, only to be captured. Things were looking bleak, but from the rescue of Amber Pendragon, the group managed to find a window and defeated Griffin after all. Casimir Mordue and Abigail Pendragon would end the conflict with the marriage of their two families. Many of the group members afterwards choose to go their separate ways. Some make plans for the future, others wants to settle down, the rest decides to try to warn other nations of Griffin's plans for an impending coup of every nation.
*Blind Robin: Frederique followed her father's footsteps to try to live an easier life. But like her father, life's calling is not ready to let her go yet. After Noel's passing in 1481, she inherited the farm with her young child. She tended to the farm the best she could, although being the only farmhand made things pretty difficult. Her child, Shaun (named after Shauna), is just about the age to help, though. In 1484, when the child reached his teenage years, Frederique tasked her child to head into town to buy a couple of supplies. It was a big task, but it was the first to build independence. He never returned. Frederique searched everywhere for him, asking around town, and looked around the farm. Determined to find her son again, Frederique ventures out.
*The Dark Horse: On 1481, roughly 200 years after Bulijin's defeat in Takao, a little girl was born in the midst of war between Chagatai and their eastern neighbors, Kashgar. The little girl, named Tulaani, was born to a family of nobles in the city of Almaty. In her early years, Almaty became under siege by Kashgar. Buildings were on fire, and the streets were littered with bodies. Tulaani, and her family, thankfully survived. However, the day of witnessing so much destruction of losing everything around her would make such an impact on the young Tulaani, even at 4 years of age.
*The War of the Lizard Gods (Part 5): Hope is not lost for most of the followers of Krokanists as in the ravaged village of Turon, some followers are meeting resistance to Mer'ku. The ill leader Mer'ku has seen the worse as she deterioriates in health and wellbeing and certainly, this is the worst part. The northern region of former Lustria is defined to be resistant and with the massacre of followers and the killing of a whole bloodline, Krokanists could not forget about the death of the 'last Mortal Bearer', Kurokaru. Through the latter half of the 1480s, unrest has led to the forced withdrawal of soldiers allegiant to Mer'ku, contradicting the demands of Mer'ku. In fear of angering them, Mer'ku was again forced into giving them independence and leaving a small part of Lustria as her own domain. Turon would self-proclaim its own leader role known as the Communal Bearer, believing that Kurokaru is the final Mortal Bearer and claimed to have decreed a role that would last for eons. The role is not as legendary as one would think, but the Communal Bearer lays claim to be the lower rule of the Mortal Bearer. While Mer'ku had laid claims over the Mortal Bearer role, she would eventually rescind that role on 1489 and instead became the Chieftess of Amekrogu.
*Rise of Eldia: In the wake of the fallen Elysian hegemony, the upstart Kingdom of Eldia begins consolidating power and making plans for dominance in the region. Ruled by a rather obscure branch of the royal family dating back to the 10th century, the Eldian dynasty proves itself a house of capable persons in several fields, albeit blatant nepotism in aforementioned fields. Another unique feature of the House of Eldia is that its population is not strictly hereditary. Outstanding individuals are invited to become members of the House, either by marriage or adoption for formality's sake. As such, it is without a doubt that this kingdom will make waves in Olympia and beyond.
*The Martyrs of Otranto: In 1480, an Atouman force of unknown size landed on the town of Otranto in Italy, capturing the city. Eight hundred Christians were reportedly beheaded for refusing to convert to Arzham. The town was retaken by Naples the next year.
*Aztec Calendar Stone: The Aztec Calendar Stone (or Sun Stone) was carved in 1481
*Enter the Congo: In August 1482, an Agoustan explorer becomes the first to enter the Congo River.
*Self-Portrait at the Age of 13: The painting, drawn by Albrecht Dürer in 1484, is one of the earliest surviving self-portraits in European art.
*Sistine Chapel: The Chapel is opened in the Apostolic Palace in Rome.
*William Caxton's Aesop's Fables and the Sachsenspiegel: William Caxton, the first printer of English books, prints his translation of Aesop's Fables. Meanwhile, an edition of the Sachsenspiegel, a compendium of customary law, was the first known book printed by a woman, Anna Rügerin.
*Cuirassers: The first cuirasser units are reportedly formed in South Germany around this time.
==== NPC Events ====
*Burgundy: Mary of Burgundy marries into the Westrian court, bringing them under a personal union. However, with Mary's death in 1482, the Flemish population rose up against Imperial rule. (Castile-Leon may choose to contest the union or support the Flemish Revolt.)
*Kashgar: Making the cold war between the two turn hot, Kashgar formally declares war on the weakened Chagatai and besieged their capital of Almaty. They were pushed back, but Almaty suffered heavy loss.
*Chagatai: Their stagnation had given them little preparation for a war with Kashgar.
*Munich: Alexios Kastanitsa, Prince of Munich, was excommunicated by the Pope for sodomy.
*Bara: Rakotomanjato, proud as he is, rejects Imerina's demands.
*Moaly and Ngajiza: Coerced by Imerina, they reluctantly become part of the state.
*Mauretania: Their armies is kicked out of Iberia once and for all.
==== Archduchy of Westria ====
* Head of the State: 
** Emperor Friedrich VII Hohenstaufen (B 1420 - still alive), (R 1463 - present)
*** Head of the Government:
**** Leader of the Wien Council Archbishop Julius Locher (B 1400 - still alive), (R 30th Mars 1477 - present)
***** Government: Absolute Feudal Monarchy ruled by an Archduke. Though a lot of powers are also vested in to a council. The title is Archduke of Westria, Last of the Romans. Our ruling dynasty is Hohenstaufen. We are also the Emperor of the HRE since 1351.
*** Heir to the throne:
**** Crown Princess Adelheid Hohenstaufen (B 1444 - still alive), (R 1463 - 1480)
**** Crown Prince Adelhard Hohenstaufen (B 1480 -still alive), (R 1480 - present)
*** Religious Head: 
**** Archbishop Julius Locher (B 1400 - still alive), (R 1459 - present)
*** Governor of Westrian Netherlands
**** Prince Leon Hohenstaufen (B 1430 - still alive), (R 1482- present)
*** Demographics:
**** Population:
**** Wien: Population: 16,290
**** Amsterdam: Population: 10,000
**** Konr: Population: 8,950
**** Rich: Population: 11,120
**** Polanum: Population: 12,490
**** Bozn: Population: 14,260
**** Trieste: 13,050
**** Antwerp: Population: 6,200
**** Liege: Population: 6,000
**** Luxembourg: Population:
**** Rural and smaller towns population: 1,850,920
**** Total population: 1,928,920 (excluding the occupied part)
**** Religion: catholic christians (99%), others (1%)
**** Ethnicities: 60% Westrian, 2% Venetian, 23% Flemish 10% Wallon and "Luxembourger" 5%
** Economy: We are based on agriculture and trade through the danube river and with most of the HRE. We use our own coins which resembles a lot those of the old Roman empire. We have also started with trade from the sea through our port Trieste.
* Wars and conflicts: 
* Flemish uprising: As quick as the uprising began the local stationed troops were called to fight back the flemish uprising. The local troops that we inherited from Burgundy it is approximately 40% of our forces. 3,000 mercenaries would soon join in them and with help of some other troops from the mainland about 2000. Our idea is to try and cut of the rebellion in the middle trying to cut off the rebellion in two. Though we hope we could come to an agreement through appeasment rather than having to completely kill off some probably good men.
** Chief Commander: Heinrich von Stroof (B 1433 - still alive), (R 1465 - 1483), Hans von Haustaffel (B 1456 - still alive), (R 1483 - present)
** Army: Total of
** Spearmen: 6,100
** Swordmen: 4,420
** Bowmen: 3,410
** Cavalry: 4,330
** Crossbowmen: 3,240
** Merceneries: 3,000
** Navy: Total of
** Cocha: 24
** Cog: 25
** Hoy: 7
** Mediterranean brigantines: 3
** Heavy weaponry
** Cannons: 75
** Arquebus: 6
*** Events:
**** Castle construction: Joseph Schenck continues working to upgrade our large castle and modernize it for the area. The royal court have hired even more Italians to help him in his work knowing that the renissance comes orignally from Italy. Though 1483 Schenck suddenly dies and now we try to find a replacement the Emperor try and look through Italy to find a suitable successor. Multiple letters are sent to try and find a successor.  
**** Birth of a male heir: In 1480 Adelhard was born along with a few seconds younger twin brother to Friedrich VII and his wife Mary of Burgundy the following year another boy would be born. Mary would been pregnant for a third time before sadly passing away before being able to give birth. Leaving Friedrich VII in despair being alone again and losing his wife and unborn son or daughter.  
**** Archbishop Locher's planned Resignation: The Archbishop have planned to resign on the 1st of January in 1486 citing old age as a reason.  
**** Plans for an Amsterdam council: There have been brought to attention to make an Amsterdam council to make the Flemish population content with our rule and have some kind of home rule. This is an appeasement policy.  
* Diplomacy:
* Diarchy Prinicpality of Munich: We still stand firmly with our previous stance and we won't do deals with an excommunicated ruler.
* Letters to artists: Multiple letters are sent to artist trying to hire them as a leader for the castle project.
* Flemish rebellion: What demands do you have could we come up with an agreement? Some of your leaders might be appointed to the Amsterdam council if you agree to lay down your arms and live peacefully. The Amsterdam council will make Westria Netherlands have some autonomy while still being a part of Westria.
====Wanka Empire====
*Government: Despotic Monarchy
**Monarch:
***Kukuri (r. 1391 - 1418) (b. 1355 - d. 1418)
***Nayaraq (r. 1418 - 1434) (b. 1386 - 1434)
***Interim (1434 - 1438)
**Sapa Wanka (The One Ruler of Wanka):
***Pachacuti (r. 1438 - 1471) (b. 1409 - 1471)
***Tupac Wanka (Pachacuti II) (r. 1471 - present) (b. 1439)
**Heir: Huayna (b. 1469)
**Pretenders: N/A
**Current Dynasty: Pachacutian
*Capital: Wankapampa
*Economy: As the Wanka Empire is born under the hands of the new leader, Pachacuti sought to centralise trade and transfer all the riches of the mountains into one place. A centralised planned economy is being partially implemented, while a 'tax' system is imposed to ensure that gold and silver flows into Machu Picchu, who Pachacuti sees as his own palace whenever he wishes to take a break (but not now as of this climate). Agriculture is still very much primitive but uses terrace farming to get around the mountainous terrain that prevents regular farming. The bartering system is still working pretty well and the Andean kingdoms are essentially 'cashless' in some contexts. There are llama and alpaca farms operating for food, wool and transportation. Guinea pigs are also considered a delicacy for some reason, but yes, it is a thing. Traders are important in communicating with other far-flung settlements, which also helps for gold and silver to be transferred in some way later in the 15th century into a place that only the Sapa Wanka can access, along with approved eyes.
*Demographics:
**Population: 895,000
***Wankapampa: 16,700
***Lima: 8,000
***Ica: 1,300
***Nazca: 8,500
***Qusqu: 16,700
***Abancay: 2,000
***Orcopampa: 2,100
***Arequipa: 900
***Atacama: 2,200
***Huachacalla: 1,400
***Calama: 600
***Puno: 1,200
***Collasuyu: 7,000
***Tiwanaku: 9,000
***Uyuni: 2,000
***Oruro: 1,500
***Huanuco: 7,000
**Culture: 60% Quechua/Chirip, 40% Quechua/Sedena
**Religion: 100% Inca pantheon 
*Military: By the start of the 1460s, Pachacuti splits the whole army structure and formalising it into three army groups. This is to ensure refined logistics and dedication to each conflict, so that Pachacuti and his own generals can summarise how many troops would be needed to take on the country. The Northern Army is also still preparing for invasion, but unless Pachacuti finally subjugates the south, they are very much garrisoned in the north.
**First Northern Army: 2500 soldiers
***200 elite warriors
***600 spearmen
***500 slingers
***800 archers
***400 axemen/clubmen
**Second Northern Army: 800 soldiers
***300 spearmen
***100 slingers
***300 archers
***100 axemen/clubmen
**First Southern Army (relocated to the north): 3000 soldiers
***50 elite warriors
***800 spearmen
***500 slingers
***600 archers
***1000 axemen/clubmen
**Second Southern Army (relocated to the north): 2450 soldiers
***50 elite warriors
***700 spearmen
***500 slingers
***600 archers
***600 axemen/clubmen
**Overall:
***300 elite warriors
***2400 spearmen
***2100 slingers
***2300 archers
***2100 axemen/clubmen
*Wars and Conflicts:
**Huyla and Chacapoya: (see Northern Conquests)
*Diplomacy: N/A
*Events:
**Northern Conquests (Part 2): With all of the armies from the north positioned at the north, by the start of 1483, conflict begins against the northern kingdoms as Tupac Wanka seeks to conquer the northern kingdoms to finally bring all of the mountain kingdoms into one banner. Huyla and Chacapoya are being conquered, with Huyla and Tarapoto occupied by the end of 1484.
**Script Stealing (Final): Though the Incan/Wanka script has developed over the past 30 years or so, the development of it began to stagnate entirely by the start of 1480. It would be one of the short-lived scripts that failed to emerge. As the Wanka Empire grew and older generations die out, they would be forgotten by the start of the 16th century. Though pictures and 'translations' remain, it would become ambiguous.
==== The Kingdom of the British Isles (Albion) ====
Government: Diarchy
*Pendragon: Amber (F, b. 1424 - ) (Reign: 1442 - 1482)
**Daughter: Abigail (M, b. 1455 - )
***Brother: Edward (M, b. 1441 - 1481)
*Mordue: Lionel (M, b. 1388 - 1482) (Reign: 1430 - 1482)
***Grandson: Casimir (M, b. 1454 - )
Economy: The economy of British Isles consists of trade and commerce of a variety of materials. The primary export products of the UK are fish, wool, cloth, and a variety of vegetables.
Main Religion: Christianity
Cities and Demographics:
*Population:
*British Isles: 4.2 million
*France: 6.5 million
*Cities
**London: The capital of England, and location of the throne.
***Became the headquarters of the Red Drakes
**York: Main center of England’s eastern fishing company.
**Dover: Main location of the British navy. While elements of the navy are located throughout the territory, the headquarters of the navy are located here. In addition, Dover is the main trading hub between it and Caen.
**Brighton: A newer shipbuilding facility located on the English Channel.
**Glasgow: Main hub of Scotland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
***Became the headquarters of the White Drakes
**Caen: The main hub where products heading to Britain from land mount ships to cross the channel. Also acts as Henry’s base of operations in France
**Dublin: Main hub of Ireland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
*Wars and Conflicts
**War of the Drakes: A huge civil war between the two royal families of Albion, with the Mordue’s to the north (White Drakes) and the Pendragon’s to the south (Red Drakes). Though the Red Drakes have the industrial advantage, due to the defensive structures on both sides of the frontlines, neither side is able to accomplish a decisive victory, as the war of attrition begins.
*Armed Forces
**Total: 289,550 Manpower
**Army
***Total: 225,550
***Britain: 64,000
****What once was a home defense force now clashes against one another.
****Rough numbers:
*****United Drakes: 
*****Red Drakes: 35,000
******Light Infantry: 4,000
******Frontline Infantry: 7,000
******Longbow Archers: 10,000
******Arquebusiers: 4,000
******Light Cavalry: 7,500
******Bow Cavalry: 2,220
******Field Artillerymen: 900
*******Field cannons: 300
******Logistical Support: 7,500
*****White Drakes: 29,000
******Light Infantry: 3,000
******Frontline Infantry: 8,000
******Longbow Archers: 5,000
******Arquebusiers: 4,300
******Light Cavalry: 6,500
******Bow Cavalry: 1,500
******Field Artillerymen: 900
*******Field cannons: 260
******Logistical Support: 7,500
***French Defense Force: 153,200
****Consists of both British and French soldiers willing to lay their lives down for the crown.
****Rough Numbers:
*****Frontline Infantry: 15,000
*****Arquebusiers: 33,000
*****Dual-purpose Infantry: 30,000
******Can function as both ranged and melee infantry
*****Longbow Archers: 25,000
*****Heavy Cavalry: 15,000
*****Field Artillerymen: 9,200
******Field cannons: 5,000
*****Logistical Support: 26,000
****Consists of a plethora of dual-purpose infantrymen, able to use both crossbows and swords in combat, in addition to longbowmen and heavy cavalry.
***Roundtable Knights (Elite): 8,350
****These are Britain’s elite forces. A rebirthed version sprouting from Artoria’s original group of holy knights, this force has never lost a battle, and has unwavering loyalty to the crown and the Order of the Roundtable, willing to fight to the death for the survival of the British Isles.
****While most are able to fight, members of the Roundtable are encouraged to branch out into their own craft, such as pottery and sheepherding, with the idea that everyone should act like a Roundtable Knight and give their all into both their craft and their country.
****The only way to become a Roundtable Knight is to be selected by an existing member of the group. Most knights tend to make apprentices out of those they recruit to the Roundtable, and generally, no one usually complains when a Roundtable Knight selects someone to join the ranks of the Roundtables. Depending on the country/chapter, one can also be appointed to the Roundtable by the crown..
****Notable (Living) Members:
*****(Most of) Pendragon Family
*****(Most of) Mordue Family
*****George Cromwell II of Cotswold
**Navy:
***Personnel: 64,000 (combined between both fleets)
***Naval Vessels:
***Red Drakes:
*****Dual-purpose Merchant Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warcogs: 100
*****Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warships: 60
****White Drakes:
*****Dual-purpose Merchant Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warcogs: 50
*****Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warships: 30
Research and Development
*Cannons: With cannon technology slowly chugging along, they are slowly becoming implemented within the navy and army.
**In addition, McCarthy Arms Company begins work on their own cannons, under the code name: MAC Cannon.
*Naval Vessels: With the civil war underway, the Red Drakes allocated more resources towards development of these large warships, with the hopes that these ships would be able to allow the Red Drakes to open up a new front further north.
**The Red Navy: Large vessels begin construction, larger than any before. These vessels, taking inspiration from various other vessels (mainly the Spanish caravel), with prototype designs hitting the waters by the end of the decade.
*Matchlock Rifles and McCarthy Arms Company: Matchlock rifles begin to replace the arquebuses among the Red Drake troops.
Training and Production
*Red Drakes:
**2,000 arquebusiers
***Replacement of arquebuses with matchlock rifles
***Arquebusiers renamed to musketeers
**5 prototype British caravels
*White Drakes:
**700 arquebusiers
*Red and White Drakes combine together
**About a third of Britain's troops in France transfer over to the mainland, with the rest disbanded with the selling of most of British France.
*Whatever equipment and personnel is required to maintain numbers on the frontline.
Diplomacy
*European Neighbors: They are informed of Griffin's influence in the various governments, warning them of potential rebellions that might arise.
Events
*War of the Drakes (Finale): Despite the Red Drake’s success on land, the war eventually ground to a halt, both sides exhausted from combat. At this point, any sizable force could sweep through both forces and take over all of Albion, yet both sides continue to fight into the conflict’s third decade.
**That being said, the reinforcements from Veltkyst have begun to turn the tides, with small gains being made by the Red Drakes.
**As for the White Drakes, while they are on the back foot, the king is unwavered. After all, his advisor states that if they hold on for long enough, he can gain support for a substantial force capable of pushing the Red Drakes into the channel.
*The Might of the Red Fleet: Since the Red Drakes had both the skilled naval builders and the shipyards to continue pumping out ships, the Red Drakes have a significant naval advantage to their White Drake counterparts. However, most of the ships are sent to escort Unarmored Albion Trading Vessels (due to the prevailing piracy in the Mediterranean), so the most the Red Drakes can do is blockade the White Drakes from getting outside support. Though some resources and manpower can get past the blockade, the effects could be felt by the White Drakes, as they begin to slowly cut down on rations to account for the time when food will become a scarcity.
*Forbidden Chains (Finale): The plan finally goes into motion. In 1482, Abigail leads people of various backgrounds in a daring raid to assassinate Advisor Griffin, now called Supreme Leader Griffin.
**Death of a Family (Part 2): First it was the Mordue’s turn, then it was the Pendragons, as the entire family was purged by a mysterious outside force. However, before dying, Edward Pendragon discloses information pertaining to Abigail and Casimir’s plan to assassinate Advisor Griffin, giving him all the time in the world to prepare for their attack.
**Battle of Livingston: Started as a quarrel between the royal families eventually became a bloodbath, as a third faction attacked the battered Pendragons and Mordue’s on the battlefield, leading to heavy casualties. In the end, Supreme Leader Griffin was killed, at the cost of the two kings of Albion: Amber Pendragon and Lionel Mordue, leaving their heirs to pick up the pieces of a shattered Britain.
***Following their engagement soon after the battle, Casimir and Abigail combine the two families together to become a new family: The Drakes
**The Griffins of the North: Though leaderless, the new rogue faction known as “The Griffins of the North” fall under the leadership of numerous generals, who decide to enact Griffin’s plans in his name. They take over the original territory controlled by the White Drake faction, but with the combined arms of the now United Drake army, they are easily pushed further north.
***Operation Sol Obtenebratus: Griffin’s original plan to overthrow the various governments of Europe, proceeds as planned. Though the head of the operations was killed, the generals underneath him took over in his name. Though there is the setback of various governments being warned of a potential cou in their country, the sleeper cells retreat into hiding, waiting for a moment to strike again.
***On a quick side note, Griffin’s forces primarily consist of foreigners fighting under his banner.
**The Beginning of the Drakes: Upon the combining of the two families, the family name got a complete overhaul, resulting in the Drake family lineage starting in Britain.
*The United Kingdom: Upon Casimir and Abigail’s rise to the throne, they completely restructured their government. Though still a monarchy, they do include the people a lot more, with the upperclassmen choosing who they want to serve as the royal family’s advisors, which would eventually give way to a Parliament, though that’s decades down the line.
*The Normandy Purchase of 1483 (offer at least): With the divide between British France and mainland Britain more apparent than ever and the threat of the Griffins to the north, Abigail and Casimir contact the French government with a deal (akin to the Louisiana Purchase of our history): they offer to sell the majority of British territory in France, allowing the citizens of British-controlled France two years to relocate to Britain if they wish to stay with the crown. Though the French will have to pay money for the territory, the couple assure the French that this is the better option than to have more bloodshed over territory that wishes to become French.
**The only territory Britain will officially hold onto will be port cities on the coast, like Calais, Caen, and Bordeaux, so British merchants can still do business with the mainland Europeans.
**For French transferring to Britain, between 1 and 1.5 million people choose to stick with Britain, migrating across the channel by 1485, leading to food shortages in the short run.
Deceased Log
*Rulers
**Pendragon:
***Artoria “Ember” Pendragon (F, b.1317- 1389?) (Reign: 1351 ~ 1369 - 1389)
***Ash I (M, b. 1347 - 1434) (Reign: 1390 - 1434)
****Sister: Aura (F, b.1350 - 1434)
***Ash II (M, b. 1399 - 1442) (Reign: 1434 - 1442)
***Amber (F, b. 1424 - ) (Reign: 1442 - 1482)
****Brother: Edward (M, b. 1441 - 1481)
**Mordue:
***River Mordue (F, b. 1322 - 1393) (Reign: 1369 - 1393)
***Henry (M, b. 1353 - 1429) (Reign: 1393 - 1429)
****Daughter: Mary (F, b. 1382 - 1399)
***Lionel (M, b. 1388 - 1482) (Reign: 1430 - 1482)
****Son: Leo I (M, b. 1407 - 1465)
*****Leo III (M, b. 1445 - 1478)
****Son: Leo II (M, b. 1423 - 1478)
****Brother: Henry II (M, b. 1398 - 1478)
*Roundtable Knights
**Joan “Anne” of Arc (Died in 1431)
**Sir George Cromwell of Cotswold (Died in 1445)
**Sir George Cromwell II of Cotswold (Died in 1482)
**Sir Rex of Dover (Died in 1482)
== 
  ==
==== Kingdom of Castille and Leon ====
* Government: Absolute Monarchy
** Ruler (King): Maria I (1477-)
* Economy: The economy is starting to recover, as the worst of the war against Mauretania is done, this is hopefully going to be okay again.
* Alliance - Gladius Christi: Valcanor, Castile - Leon, Agousta      
* Demographics
** Population - 63,050,356
** Ethinicities - 91% Spanish-esque 5% North African 4% Other
** Religon - 93% Catholicism 7% Other
* Cities and Population Spread
** Madrid - 365,000
** Toledo - 341,000
** Cordoba - 305,000
** Burgos - 315,000
** Leon-  395,00
** La Coruna - 255,000
** Oviedo - 157,000
** Rural - 6,213,00
** Fuerte Solaridad - 500
** Fuerte Puedra Alta - 100
** San Sebastian - 250,000
** Granada - 40,000
** Sevilla - 20,000
** Garofe - 30,000
** Malaga - 20,000
** Algecia - 30,000
* Military - 180,000
** Archers - 50,000
*** Longbow - 15,000
*** Crossbow - 25,000
*** Medium-Sized Bows - 10,000
** Cavalry - 25,000
*** Heavy - 11,750
*** Light - 5,350
*** Super Light - 7,150
** Standard Knights - 5,000
** Pikemen - 50,000
** Men at Arms - 15,000
** Arquebusers - 35,000
* Siege Weapons
** Trebuchets - 275
** Ballista - 250
** Cannons - 365
* Navy
** Transport Ships - 150
** Converted Merchant Ships - 100
** Floating Fortresses - 300
** Sea Falcons - 335
* Wars and Conflicts - 
** The Burgundian War of Succession - 15,000 troops are immediatly sent to secure the land, of which there are 6,000 pikemen, 3,000 arquebuseers, 2,000 light cavalry, 1,000 heavy cavalry, and 3,000 archers. They are sent to occupy Antwerp, before striking north towards Amsterdam.
* Diplomacy -​​​​​​
** Flemish Rebels - We offer the Flemish rebels high autonomy under Castillean rule, more than anything Westria could bargain for, should they aid our cause.
Events
* The Last Mortal Battle - The budgets over most of the institutions are lifted now, as the most intense war has been finished. Henry IV is widely remembered as the king who united the two kingdoms and drove off the pagans.
* Protect the Merchants (Part 15) - The shipyards recieve a light order for 10 Sea Falcons and 5 Floating Fortresses, as confidence returns to these institutions.
* Learning from our Allies (Part 14) - Despite the quite terrible reputation arquebus warfare had in the Mauretanian Invasion, it is eventually agreed upon that pike-arquebus warfare similar to that used in the previous war against Valcanor is heavily viable against the armies of Westria. The reutnr of the arquebus is helped with the importing of the wheelock mechanism into the army, a well recieved improvement.
* 'Oh Look, an Island! (Part 13) - The people of the Islands start having control come back, though it's still somewhat small
* Securing the Island  - Control beings to slowly tighten again on the island territories.
* Henry Ain't Doing Well (Part 2) - As it turns out, when Henry IV died sadly on 1477, a complication of some bad writing from the dead king's hand and bad interpration of the rules ended up with their adopted child Maria into queen. The paper was then burned to seal the job. Lela was placed as regent and the two boys would have to wait a bit longer to get their turn on the big seat.
* The King is dead, all hail the Queen (Part 2) - Maria I, now well beyond her teenage years, was not about to have Westria just slip away with the crown of Burgundy that easily, she immediatly had troops sent to take the crown by force.
* Fixing the Economy (Part 1) - Now that the war is done, the job of fixing the general economy must be taken care of. Several loans are taken out by the government and work is done on other measures to counteract any inflation or other stuff.
==== Lepai ====
* Government: Agallate
* Aghá'łíí: Taklishim (1472-)
* Economy: As a Semi-Nomadic people we farm maize, beans, and squash around the more fertile land around the Colorado and Rio Grande rivers, as well as in certain other areas. Since our introduction to sheep, most of our people have become pastoralists instead of full-time hunter gatherers. We also mine Turquoise, which is a good that Mesoamericans prize dearly. In addition, we sell tin and bronze to the Kemehanans to the west. Pottery and Silverwork is another major component of the Economy.
* Capital: Tsétáłkáá
** Demographics:
** Population Density: 0.25/km2
*** Population: 88,000
*** Tota' Haal'a: 300
*** Ni Alnii’gi: 200
*** Tsétáłkáá: 1,800
*** Oraibi: 1300
*** Dziłghą́’í: 2,500
** Ethnic Makeup: 36.8% Lépai Diné, 8% Łitso Diné, 4% Baʼáadi Diné, 0.8% Wéʼéshgaaʼ Diné. 50.6% Anaasází Diné. 
*** Lépai Diné: The term Lépai Diné refers to all Apachean Peoples. They make up the upper class of Lepai. This term also applies to the Apache.
*** Anaasází Diné: The term “Anaasází Diné” refers to the Keresan, Tanoan, Hopi, and Zuni peoples which are native to Lepai.
*** Łitso Diné: The Łitso Diné, literally meaning “Yellow Men”, refers to the Yuman peoples which inhabit the western regions of Lepai. 
*** Baʼáadi Diné: The term “Baʼáadi Diné” refers to the Piman and O’odham Peoples. 
*** Wéʼéshgaaʼ Diné: This term refers to all peoples inhabiting Mesoamerica, as well as the Coahuiltecans.
* Religion: Religion is a rather tricky concept in Lepai. Many of these religions share many of the same beliefs, but they each emphasize different portions of it. Thus, it can be said that there is only one religion practiced in Lepai.
** Puebloan Religion: 
*** Kachinaism: Kachinaism holds that the world is populated by multitudes of “Kachina”. They are supernatural beings who represent and have charge over various aspects of the natural world. They might be thought of as analogous to Greco-Roman demi-gods or Catholic saints. There are literally hundreds of different kachinas, which may represent anything from rain to watermelon, various animals, stars, and even other Indian tribes. However, the kachinas are also thought to be the spirits of dead ancestors, and they may come to the Hopi mesas in the form of rain clouds.
*** General Pahanaism: General Pahanaism has much of the beliefs of Orthodox Pahanaism, but instead there are 2 Pahanas. The False Pahana shall arrive from the west, while the true Pahana shall arrive from the west. The False Pahana shall pretend to be the True Pahana, but one must not listen to his words, for if he is accepted, he shall plunge humanity into sin. The False Pahana is depicted as Topiltzin Quetzalcoatl.
*** Orthodox Pahanaism: Pahanaism is a religion primarily practiced by the Lepai, Keresan, and Hopi peoples. Due to its position, it is both Puebloan and Lepai in nature. Pahanaism focuses on the return of Pahana, meaning “Elder Brother” in Hopi. However, due to linguistic and cultural differences, Pahana is called Awanyu by Keresan peoples and Tłʼiish Yiłat’a’ by the Lepai. Pahanists say that Pahana will come at the end of the 4th world (the current world), and that humanity is at the cusp of the 5th world. At his arrival, the Wicked will be purged, and humanity shall enter a new world of peace. Traditionally, Pahanists are buried facing east in expectation of Pahana who will come from that direction. However, due to Pochahontist beliefs in mainstream Lepai Society, Pahanists now usually bury their dead facing the Southeast. Many Pahanists also believe that a significant amount of Wicked, specifically “Enough to fill the Great Southern Lake” must be purged before the coming of Pahana.
*** Anti-Pahanaism: Anti-Pahanaism states that the coming of Pahana is bad and must be avoided. Pahana is said to be a pale man with a long flowing beard, much like Topiltzin Quetzalcoatl. When Pahana arrives in Lepai lands, the Anti-Pahanaists are to kill him.
** Lepai Religion:
*** Diyin Dine’e Worship: Diyin Dine’e worshippers worship the 4 Diyin Dine’e, First Man, Áłtsé Hastiin, First Woman, Áłtsé Asdzą́ą́, Mąʼiitoʼí Áłchíní, Great Coyote, and the coyote Áłtsé Hashké, First Angry. 
*** Hero-Twin Worship: The Hero-Twin is a common motif among Native American peoples, especially in Mesoamerica and the American Southwest. They worship the twin brothers Naayééʼ Neizghání and Naʼídígishí. They also believe that they must purge all those who are “Not friends of the Lepai”. This manifests as intense hate towards the Mesoamericans. Wechugism: Wechugism is a branch of Hero-Twin Worship. It is said to be a person who has been possessed or overwhelmed by the power of one of the ancient giant spirit animals, related to becoming "too strong". These giant animals were crafty, intelligent, powerful and somehow retained their power despite being transformed into the normal-sized animals of the present day. The primary purpose of Wechugism is to rid the world of Wechuge, who are said to live in the south and the deep north. 
** Lepai Pochahontism: Due to prolonged contact with Kemahana, Pochahontism has begun to crop up in certain circles. The only difference is that Pochahontas is called Asdzą́ą́ Nádleehé. 
** Trialism: Trialism teaches that the Great Plague (which they call the Plague of Judgement) is a tool to "judge" whether a man is pure of heart and of sin or not. They have become known for subjecting their children to a rite of passage where they are locked in a room with the corpse of a person (usually a family member) who died of the Great Plague, with enough food and water for a week. They also believe that they should give foreign peoples the Great Plague.
* Military: The Lepai Military is mainly levy-based, except for small garrisons consisting of a dozen men to protect against raids in Kinhoodzo. There is a maximum of 11,500 warriors, 7,800 of which use horses, which we are able to use in case of a war. With the recent discovery of economically viable deposits of tin, bronze is becoming common among higher-class soldiers. However, the majority of our warriors use flint weapons. Lepai Military Strategy is primarily based upon light cavalry and raiding. Unlike most of our neighbors, we use the Bow and Arrow, instead of the Spear-Thrower. Spears and Axes are the primary Melee weapons, with paddles meant to bonk and crush the enemy being used also.
* Events:
** The Broken God: A group of fringe Pahanaist cultists in the western regions of the Indetah realm begin congregating and begin a ritual which has the purpose of summoning the Pahana. They begin to collect objects in order to create the form of the Pahana. Most noticeably, they begin a mass collecting of snakeskins, which undoubtedly has adverse effects on the environment. This endeavor obviously did not succeed, but it coincided with the flooding of the Colorado River. Numerous followers of this cult, deemed the “Church of the Broken God”, living on the floor of the Grand Canyon, welcomed the flood, as they thought it meant that the Pahana had finally arrived. In the ensuing flood, only one survivor was left. Nearby hotbeds of the Church of the Broken God sacrificed numerous objects to the flood, but the flood didn’t stop, since it was a flood. Floods along the colorado river continued for 2 weeks until they abruptly stopped. Due to Jupiter being incredibly bright in the sky, many would  attribute the ceasing of the floods to be responsible by the planet itself.
** Raids and Racism: Taklishim, proving to be incredibly xenophobic once again, would order raids against the Aztec Empire starting in the year 1483 for the sole purpose to purging Wechuge. The size of these raids range from 1,000 to 7,000. Urged by High Priest Diniihnáʼółtah, he would use the 9 Children, now in their early to late teens to their full extent, having them cough into blankets and then tossing said blankets into settlements. However, since the mission of Taklishim is to purge the Nahua, he sends out a message to the numerous city states in the area. The general military strategy is to take advantage of our increased mobility and range (due to us having horses and bows and arrows, as opposed to everyone in mesoamerica). (See Diplomacy)
** Fixing Borders: In order to honor the border agreements with the Kemahanans, some land is ceded to Kemahana. 
* Diplomacy
** Piman Tribes: 
** Apache Tribes: Hi, look down south, look at the Aztecs, they are rich, they have absolute schloads of precious metals. If you want them then just take them right now
** Cahita City States: Hi, we don’t really want to raid you, we have bows and arrows as well as bronze weapons and we have these fast things which are quick so I would advise you to help us march to Titlan to depose the rulers there. Also once we’re done you won’t pay tribute or have to send sacrifices so it’s a pretty good deal.
==== Dual Principality of Munich ====
* Government: Feudal Elective Diarchy
** Prinzessin: Marie I Welf-Schwerin (b.1436, r.1456-)
** Prinz: Alexios I "The Sodom" Kastanitsa (b. 1430, r. 1456-)
** Offices:
*** Chancellor: Petra Welf (b.1420)
*** Royal Tutor: Peter I Ingolstadt (b.1435)
*** Marshal: Alexios I Kastanitsa (b.1430)
*** Master of the Guard: Erwin Schwerin (b.1443)
*** High Priest: Franz Rosenheim (b.1422)
*** Court Philosopher: Paul of Munich (b.1430)
*** Court Jester: Heinz the Bard Dachau (b.1440)
*** Steward: Johannes Schwerin-Rosenheim (b. 1440)
*** Physician: Ernst Dachau (b.1431)
*** Spymaster: Johan Ingolstadt (b.1435)
*** Court Chaplain: Alexa Kastanitsa (b.1442)
* Economy: Feudal economy mostly comprised of agriculture and trade
* Capital: Munich
* Laws:
** Military Law: Martial Education: Every free person can join the military and carry melee weapons
** Taxation Law: Trade Tax: Traded goods will have a 20% tax over them, along with nobles and feudal lords giving 10% of the food and goods produced
** Domestic Law: Social Mobility: Every serf can buy his way out of serfdom if he/she has the money to buy it
* Demographics:
** Population: 300,000
** Ethnicities: 98% German, 2% other
** Religion: Roman Catholic
** City Population:
*** Munich: 40,000
*** Rosenheim: 20,000
*** Ingolstadt: 20,000
* Wars and Conflicts:
** N/A
* Events:
** Royal Affair: Alexios Kastanitsa goes on a pilgrimage  to the Papal States to appeal for his excommunication
** Martin Schwartz's Adventures (Part 1): Martin Schwartz, a noble of the countryside, levies and trains his feudal vassals to act as mercenaries in the War of the Drakes
** Ending of privatized military: Marie I ends the pseudo-mercenary military that Munich had since Alexios' reforms
* Diplomacy:
** Mecklenburg: we send them a gift of gold to get our realms closer together
**
* Navy:
** 8 ships: (320 crew and soldiers)
*** Grand Admiral: Johannes Welf
*** 2 galleys (armed with one cannon and two swivel guns, 40 crew, 20 gunners)
**** Herzog Heindrich
**** Prinz Alexios
*** 2 cogs (armed with 10 archers, 10 crew)
**** Prinz Karl
**** Diarchie
*** 4 hulks (armed with 15 archers each, 25 crew,)
**** Prinzessin Marie
**** Ingolstadt
**** Sinope
**** Rosenheim
* Army: 
** Immortals: 1000
*** 200 heavy knights
*** 100 horse archers
*** 300 heavy halberdmen
*** 100 arquebuses
*** 50 hand culverins
*** 250 hand cannons
** First Division: 5000 (+400) 
*** General: Heindrich von Ingolstadt-Sinope (b.1438)
*** 1000 light cavalrymen
*** 1000 light halberdmen
*** 1000 light pikemen and spearmen
*** 400 crossbowmen
*** 1000 archers
*** 200 longbowmen
*** 400 horse archers
*** Support Units:
**** 400 supply carts
** Second Division: 5000 (+400)
*** General: Constantine Kastanitsa-Welf
*** 1000 light cavalrymen
*** 1000 light halberdmen
*** 1000 light pikemen and spearmen
*** 400 crossbowmen
*** 1000 archers
*** 200 longbowmen
*** 400 horse archers
*** Support Units:
**** 400 supply carts
** Siege Cohort: 1000
*** General: 
*** 200 pikemen
*** 8 trebuchets (25 crewmen each)
*** 20 ballistae (5 crewmen each)
*** 10 catapults (10 crewmen each)
*** 2 bombards (6 crewmen each)
*** 8 falconets (3 crewmen each)
*** 18 cannons (3 crewmen each)
==== Tonga ====
* Government: Absolute Monarchy (Kingdom)
** King: Funga
** Dynasty: Tonga
** Duke: Amanga
* Capital: Mu'a
* Demographics:
** Population: ca 143 000 total
** Mu'a: ca 13 300
** Le'u: ca 3 400 
** Rural regions: ca 126 300
** Ethnicities: 100% Polynesian.
** Religion: 100% Tongan Mythology
* Trade: Trading between all islands in the nations are established in order to 1, make each island either richer economically or richer in supplies. This also helps the relations between neighboring islands streangthen and keep them connected.
* Wars and Conflicts:
** thumb|152x152px(check Events before this one) Invasion of western islands: In case the western islands don't accept our offer we send a naval invasion with 80% (1144) of our army starting with the southern most island going from island to island!
* Military: 1% 1 430
** 9 High shiefs with Kinikini Tongan War Clubs
** 487 men with pakipaki clubs
** 427 men with Tongan Paddle clubs
** 415 men with Tongan Paddle clubs as main weapon and Kolo Tongan Throwing Clubs as secondary weapon.
** 92 men with Pukepuke Tongan War Club
* Navy:
** 364 fishing boat
** 110 travel ships (traveling between the islands)
** 51 exploration ships.
* Diplomacy:
* thumb|152x152pxEvents:
** North-western islands: With the end of the succesion crisis, king Funga plans to celebrate with an expansion to the west, with his messenger being sent to there to ask if they have any interests in joining the great nation of Tonga! (In case they don't accept check "Invasion of western islands!)  
====Kemahanacommacah | Grand Confederacy of Kemahana====
*Government: Absolute monarchy with characteristics of authoritarian military dictatorship
**Weroance: 
***Kunu (1485-; Saashilid Dynasty)
**Deceased Weroances:
***Pocahontid Dynasty:
****Moskatachaw (1384-1421)
****Sikankanna (1421-1448)
****Thosoye (1448-1457; ousted from power)
***Saashilid Dynasty:
****Wokoto (1457-1485; abdicated)
*Economy: Our economy is divided between a subsistence farming and a nomadic hunter-gatherer economy, mainly based on ethnic divisions. However, the introduction of horses (brought during the Exile) has revolutionized the process of hunting game, and cattle ranching and pastoralism has also begun to take shape, especially in rural peripheral regions. We are also beginning to see the very beginnings of urbanization, although much of the population is still nomadic or lives in villages with less than 200 people.
*Capital: Tanacoma
**Summer Capital: Dilyacoma 
*Demographics (includes all areas part of Kemahana circa 1448):
**Population: 74,350
***Tanacoma: 9,000
***Pocahontocoma: 2,500
***Utemaca: 2,300
***Nisinima: 2,000
***Kanatsasipi: 3,000
***Iyi Sipi: 1,500
***Dilyacoma: 2,000
***Wakiigi: 1,000
***Other settled towns and villages: 22,625
***Nomadic population: 22,825
**Religion: 69.5% Pocahontist (51,673 ppl), 30.5% other (mainly assorted Native American beliefs; 22,677 ppl)
***Pocahontism: Born during the devastation of the Accursed Plagues (most likely smallpox, typhus and other Old World diseases) in the early and mid-1200s AD, which killed up 70-80% of the population of the Powhatan Confederacy, Pocahontism is an offshoot branch of the Hellenic pagan religion (with ample amounts of influence from Christianity and Native American traditions). The main difference between Pocahontism and the Greek pantheon is the equation of Pocahontas, a Powhatan chief-turned-deity, with Zeus, Athena, and Aphrodite.
****Orthodox Pocahontism: This sect of Pocahontism purports to be the sect which preserves the original theology of early Pocahontism the most. Orthodox Pocahontists believe that Pocahontas is the godhead and ruler of all the gods (a mix of ancestral spirits and Hellenic gods). Orthodox Pocahontists hold that Pocahontas and her spirit has, upon death, forever left the realm of the living, and only by praying through a weroance (chief) or a shaman shall Pocahontas hear your prayer. Orthodox Pocahontists teach that the Accursed Plague is punishment for a sinful society, and to avoid disease, one must live a virtuous and pious life. Orthodox Pocahontists are by far the most numerous and established of the Pocahontists, and Orthodox priests control almost all of the Pocahontist temples and shrines in Kemahana.
****Incarnationism: Incarnationism holds that the Spirit of Pocahontas lives on in each and every human, living thing, and inanimate object (in effect a form of pantheism). Incarnationism diverges from the other Pocahontist sects in that it denies the existence of other gods and ancestral spirits as distinct entities, merely suggesting that they, too, are concentrations of the Spirit of Pocahontas. They are a small but growing minority amongst Pocahontists, and are mostly prevalent in the ranks of scholastic types. 
****Trialism: Entrenched within Kemahanan military families, Trialism teaches that the Accursed Plague (which they call the Plague of Judgement) is a tool to "judge" whether a man is pure of heart and of sin or not. They have become known for subjecting their children to a rite of passage where they are locked in a room with the corpse of a person (usually a family member) who died of the Accursed Plague, with enough food and water for a week. In Trialism, the eternal Spirit of Pocahontas is present in the Plague of Judgement. Other gods and ancestral spirits are acknowledged here, although only Pocahontas has the authority to forgive all a man's past and future sins via the Accursed Plague. 
****Cult of the Fifth Wheel: A new and quickly-rising sect of Pocahontism greatly influenced by Anti-Pahanist and Wechugist thought, the Cult of the Fifth Wheel teaches that the gods are divided into good and evil forces, which have been fighting a war against each other for all eternity, using our world as their turf. The Cult of the Fifth Wheel teaches that the "peoples of the center of the world" (i.e the natives of the southern tier of the OTL continental US) are the chosen people of the righteous gods, and that the "peoples of the fringes of the world" (i.e peoples of the far north, south, east, and west) are servants of the gods of evil. Additionally, the Cult of the Fifth Wheel preaches that humanity lives in the penultimate age, known as the Fourth Wheel; an age of death, disease, and great suffering, and only by eradicating all the "peoples of the fringes" can they usher in the era of the Fifth Wheel, an era of peace, prosperity, and bliss.
***Other religions: Many native traditions and faiths continue, especially amongst the Miskawen population.
**Ethnicity: 33.5% Wisawen (24,907 ppl), 59.8% Miskawen (44,461 ppl), 4.7% Dinawen (3,465 ppl)
***Wisawen: The Wisawen (lit. yellow men) are the descendants of the Powhatan Exiles led by Usquehannatoco. A mix of several different ethnic groups from across the OTL US East, South and Midwest, as well as minuscule amounts of white European admixture, the Wisawen are the noble ruling class of the Kemahanacommacah. They are almost uniformly settled agricultural peoples, and form a majority in most of the western areas directly adjacent to the Front Range of the Rocky Mountains.
***Dinawen: The Navajo, known as the Dinawen in the Kemahanan tongue, are the only other agricultural peoples the Kemahanans have regular contact with. As a result, they are considered separate to the primarily nomadic Miskawen tribes. The term "Dinawen" would eventually outgrow the Navajo ethnic group, becoming a blanket term for all established agricultural peoples of the American Southwest (incl. the Pueblo and Anasazi). Currently, the Dinawen make a small minority in Kemahana, mainly consisting of aspiring merchants, almost 100% of which are Navajo.
***Askakwen: The term "Askakwen" refers to all indigenous peoples of Mesoamerica (including ethnic groups like the Nahua, the Mayans, the Purepecha, the Huastecs and the Chichimecs). The (admittedly small) Askakwen minority in Kemahana, previously consisting almost entirely of Nahua or Huastec traders, have been entirely liquidated during the Great Lynching, along with other scapegoats.
***Miskawen: "Miskawen" (lit. red men) is a blanket term for all the ethnic groups indigenous to Kemahana. These include the Ute, Shoshone, Apache, Comanche, Cheyenne and Arapaho, amongst other groups. Many of these peoples remain nomadic, although there has been increasing pressure for them to adopt settled agricultural or pastoral practices.
**Languages: Although most people continue to speak their ancestral mother tongue at home, and Literary Powhatan continues to be used as the official language of administration, a creole language, known simply as Kemahanan is used in non-formal conversation. Kemahanan is based heavily on Powhatan, Cherokee, Ute, Shoshone, Comanche, and Arapaho.
*Military: The Kemahanan military is mainly a levy-based system, although minuscule standing armies are used as garrisons in frontier areas to protect against raids. As the Miskawen become more integrated into Kemahanan society, our military has also begun recruiting them as quality horsemen. Most of our weapons are stone weapons due to the lack of iron and bronze in the region, with our only bronze and iron weapons being extremely prized heirlooms dating back all the way to before the Exile. However, we are beginning to get some bronze and even iron weapons made, due to access to plentiful mines in Lepai-controlled territory.
**Kemahanan Military:
***Infantry: 1100 (800 reserves)
***Archers: 800 (700 reserves)
***Cavalry: 1500 (600 reserves)
**Kemahanan Ginimowin: The Ginimowin are specially trained troops tasked with internal security in Kemahana (a proto-police force). They deal with internal conflicts, civil disputes, and sporadic raids, as opposed to full-blown military ventures. They have also become a form of secret police under Wokoto's rule.
***The Ginimowin currently have 300 personnel.
*Wars and Conflicts: See Events (Raiding the Fringe People)
*Diplomacy: N/A
*Events:
**Abdication of Wokoto: Wokoto Saashiil, the self-proclaimed Supreme Leader, and who would later come to be known as the Rock of Kemahana, has stepped down, crowing his son, Kunu Saashiil, in his stead. The hero of the Kemahanan Civil War has grown old, and although continues to be a major force in politics, has withdrawn himself from the arduous grind of ruling a nation for his own health.
**The Fifthist Trinity: The three pillars of Kemahanan society, that being royalty, the priesthood, and the military, have come under the complete control of Fifthist elements. With the coronation of Kunu Saashiil as Weroance and the rise of High Priestess Alshi Giisitii, both extremely pious Fifthists, and many leading military figures having embraced the new sect, the entire Kemahanan nation has, in effect, come under the rule of the Cult of the Fifth Wheel.
**Raiding the Fringe People: With the ascension of Kunu to the throne, semi-routine raids against the Aztec Empire begin. As its people are held by the Cult of the Fifth Wheel to be evil demonic creatures, the aim of the raids is to kill as many as possible.
***Expansion: Attempting to further enforce the nominal Kemahanan claim to the eastern banks of the Rio Grande, Kemahanan troops seize control over parts of OTL southwestern Texas.
==== Kingdom of Imerina ====
* Government: Absolute Monarchy (Kingdom)
** King: Rafandrandrava (B 1453, alive) (R 1469-Present)
** Queen (de facto regent): Zafimahova (B 1434, alive) (R 1469-Present)
** Dynasty: Ammagari
* Economy: The economy of Imerina is based mainly on agriculture and fishing, there's also some trade going on with the Swahili and various peoples on our home island including the other two states of Betsimisaraka and Mahafaly. Contact has been established with the Ahuric Adnanite people and we have a major trade relationship, slightly strained due to the Ahuric Civil War. That's kind of, it, our economy is practically the same as many other primitive african states and such, even if this foreign relationships put us a bit higher than others.
* Allies: N/A
* Capital: Ambanja
* Demographics:
** Population: ca 524 000 total
** Ambanja: 9 000
** Mahajanga: 4 750
** Toamasina: 1 000
** Rural regions: ca 510 000
** Ethnicities: 98% Malagasy (divided into 72% Merina and 26% others such as Betsimisaraka, Sakalava, Tsimihety etc.), 2% Komoro Natives (Swahili?)
** Religion: 100% Haintenism (traditional Merina folklore)
* Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War):
** Under Attack: Groups of warriors are still trained to be prepared to thwart raid attempts from the Order of Avesta, although we have heard nothing from them in several years.
** Hostilities With the Bara Polity: They remain. Remaining warriors throughout Imerina are prepared of any form of invasion from the Bara polity although no Merina offensives have been declared yet.
* Military: Due to Imerina being a rural realm, a large amount of units can be raised for warfare, but usually about 1% of the population is the most trained and prepared soldiers that can be drafted.
** Deployed units: All
** 5 200 Spearmen
** 3 200 Bowmen
** 300 Crossbowmen
** 500 Fossa Warriors
* Navy:
** 7 transport ships
** 11 Ahuric military ships
* Diplomacy:
** Bara: Well, there shall only be hostilities between us then you cunt.
** Ahuric Empire: We appreciate them assisting with kicking the shit out of the Order of Avesta preventing the Avestans from harming either of our realms.
* Events:
** The "First" Queen: While loosening up her tight grip (no innuendos here) on Rafandrandrava, allowing him to actually do important stuff, she is still big in power, making Imerina practically function as a diarchy with the King and Queen (although not married to the king because, it's her son and ya don't do that here).
** Adapting New Technology: We've held on to foreign tech for quite a while and now we start adapting it and studying it more. Crossbows especially for the purpose of warfare in the future. But the studying is also done for the purpose of creating our own versions of the different technologies when we are ready for it, so we don't have to depend on getting it from foreign sources, who are susceptible to whatever goes on in their world.
** Expansion: For long (or basically since contact with the outside world aka the Ahuric Empire was made), Imerina has seen itself as a bit of the "leader" or "supreme state" of Madagascar, having the best technology, contact with foreign powerful people and a strong military and monarchy. So the Sakalava and Antankarana (since Imerina was placed in the north, where the Merina people don't live but the Antankarana, Sakalava and Tsimihety do, I assume we just kinda switch places a bit between Merina and Antankarana) lands to the south are integrated through religion, culture and such. There is an attempt to create a good friendship between the Merina and Sakalava, who live along most of the west coast, to convince them to be part of the Merina realm and remain there.
** The Spread of the Sorabe (continuous event): Through trade and such with both the other Malagasy peoples and the Swahili people start the spread of not only proper writing but also use of the Sorabe alphabet and script.
==== Nihon no Domei  ====
* Government: Feudal Confederation
** Emperor: Uchiha Ryu [Hogo-sha]
** Regent: Senjougahara Ryuko
** Shogun: Nishimiya Asuka
** Speaker of the National Convention: Nishimiya Yuzuru
* Allies: Ezo, by personal union with Fujiwara; Joseon, defensive military alliance
* Capital: Kyoto
* Demographics:
** Population: 14,920,000
** Ethnicities: Yamatai (78%), Chinese-origin (5%), Joseon (8%), Syonan (6%), Other (2%)
** Official Religion: Shinto, with Buddhist influences
* Population Distribution:
** Urban Population [out-of-date]: 1,950,000 - 435,000 (Edo), 382,000 (Kyoto), 271,000 (Taipei), 198,000 (Hiroshima), 174,000 (Fukushima), 135,000 (Kobe), 305,000 (cities with less than 100,000 population)
** Rural Population [out-of-date]: 13,150,000 - 1,310,000 (Chugoku), 6,210,000 (Tohoku), 2,450,000 (Chubu), 1,100,000 (Kyushu), 890,000 (Shikoku), 1,570,000 (Kansai), 566,000 (Kangeishima)
* Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War):
** N.A 
* Army [recruitment halted for coronation of the new Emperor]
** Horses [15,000]: Modest steeds trained to gallop across the rough and uneven terrain of Nihon's islands. They can also be employed for charging out of boats onto land, although that kind of situation is comparably rarer.
** General infantry [60,000]: Rudimentarily trained infantry with a general focus on close-ranged melee and shortrange bow combat. Second priority for usage of battering rams and other siege equipment, usually assisting other infantry and auxillaries with tasks.
** Irregular infantry [66,000]: Infantry-in-training as well as part-time infantry that does not serve for lifetime employment. Mostly the former. First priority for handling of siege equipment.
** Support staff [15,000]:  Infantry serving in entirely logistical roles. Equipped with extreme short range equipment such as daggers for self-defence, the bulk of many impromptu convoys.
** Auxillary infantry [15,000]: Long-range bowmen and combat medics. Heavily trained, many chosen to be officers upon promotion in the field. 
** Irregular auxillaries [29,000]: Often merchants and mercenaries serving the same role as auxillary infantry, auxillaries-in-training or officers serving in combat. 
* Highest-ranking generals:
** Taisho Kanzaki (Kanzaki Izuku): in charge of the First Expeditionary Force, land-based cavalry division [on mission]
** Takahashi Aya: in charge of the Second and Third Defence Forces, land-based mixed infantry and auxillary divisions
* Navy:
** Kawataro-fune [53]: An armoured slow-moving battleship which covers the deck in metal plating and a layer of steel behind the caravel structure to give it a special amount of versatility. If it is sinking, it can last for enough hours to bring it back to shore or at least into a kamikaze attack.
** Hayai-fune [30]: A restored line of lightly-armoured battleships designed to quickly board another ship before sinking it. Incredibly fragile.
** Supply ships [152]: Unarmoured fast-moving cargo ships as well as heavy lightly-armoured supply ships. The former used to resupply close to land; the latter used to carry along supplies on longer, no-docking expeditions.
** Irregular converteds [12]: Various ships with various amounts of armour and what not attached on; mostly former Kei-fune and and Hayai-fune and cargo ships. Heavily personalised, often used as fleet commander ships.
** 39,000 sailors: close-quarters trained, basic infantry training and ship training
* Admirals:
** Ayanagi Mitsuru: In charge of the First Expeditionary Fleet [until 1478 retirement] 
** Koyanagi Touko: in charge of the First Fleet (formerly the 1st Expeditionary) 
** Matsudaira Keiko: In charge of the Second and Third Fleets, spontaneous attack fleets
* Diplomacy: 
** N-A
* Events:
** The Greatest General [8]: Kanzaki has apparently discovered a knack for surviving unsurvivable odds; managing to get out of the Khasghar siege of Almaty with few wounds and some things to his name - his two books, an old katana and gold scavenged from the surrounding homes, making him surprisingly rich. His focus in old age, however, has changed in his last years, accepting that he will be seen as obscure and deciding to at least make life better for a few people. This leads him to take pity on a family in Almaty that has lost most of its finances, choosing to pay for a decent plot of land nearer to the centre of the city for them while he takes up a small nondescript hut on the outside. He continues writing, however, using it as a kind of mechanism to stave off his wracked-up insecurity, the two books of his finally diverging: the Theory of Strategy reflecting much of his early beliefs as well as being wholly devoted to the mechanics of war, while Truth of Strategy is an autobiographical piece with some elements from the original compilation that generally denigrates the entire idea of conflict in its entirety.The family, thankful for his aid, allows the man they only know as 'Mr. Izuku' to ramble on and on about how the siege could have been ended with barely a few hundred horsemen, condemining the chronic incompetence of the Chagatai forces. 'To think this is where the Conqueror left a mark', he laments. While making minor addendums one night, the family's young girl walks out to go check on him, discovering both of his works. More than happy to let her see his rambling writings, a spark of genius tempered by impotent rage in his earlier years, he hasn't the slightest idea what the near-infant child sees in his work. 
** The New Era's Struggle [2]:
*** Collapse of Trust - 1481: Throughout the beginning of 1481, the entire political system of Nihon collapses as the National Convention fails to convene even a single time. Emperor Ryu, clearly frustrated with the lack of authority he is receiving, decides that if it is impossible to achieve respect via the typical means he will simply have to crack down to get it, much to the dismay of those in his court, many of whom initially voice their concerns before being threatened with execution by the Regent. Meanwhile, in Edo, a new Shogun quietly ascends to the position, Yamagata Jiro; he enters the position via outdated rules established over 500 years ago but with popular support. As a political decentralist, he has garnered general approval amongst much of Tohoku and Kyushu's upper class, as well as among most of the country's merchant class, tired of the Emperor's constant bickering; setting him up to become a major opponent in the struggle for power in the sudden loss of major political figures. Kyoto continues to suffer from the Emperor's lack of foresight; the maintenance of its infrastructure, much reliant on the political will of the monarch, degrades rapidly under an unsually warm summer and closed dissent becomes common. Many describe him as the literal 'reincarnation' of Himiko San-nin; what few realise is how much the regent's influence has had on his actions. 
*** No War, No War - Spring 1482: Struggling to keep national unity amidst widespread unrest, Ryu decides to make three major promises to the populace:
**** That, Nihon will not enter a war within his lifetime,
**** That, the daimyo are free to do whatever they want as long as they seek prior permission from him,
**** That, he will preside over a period of prosperity.
*** [continued] These promises are clearly directed towards much of the political elite of Chugoku and Shikoku, whom have been quite so very skeptical of him of late due to his inability to control the widespread unrest in the North nor the secessionist tendencies of Kansha, whom they have begun informally recognising as a protectorate of Nihon. While this behaviour infuriates him and much of Tohoku, the amount of political bickering ravaging the North makes it impossible for them to raise a concerted opposition to this.
*** An Attempted Killing - Autumn 1483: Attempting to garner support for himself, Yamagata arrives in Kyoto to have his first proper meeting with the Emperor (after repeatedly assuring the Emperor he has no intention of contesting his position.) Upon arrival at the Imperial Palace, he discovers rather quickly from the attendants that the Emperor is essentially an elaborate puppet of his Regent, who if rumours are to believed, is romantically involved with someone ten years her junior. A general distaste develops between him and the Emperor, who seems uninvolved in the makings of government despite his insecurity. Yamagata comes to wonder whatever Uchiha saw in this boy who could not even remember basic laws and moral codes he himself had proclaimed; nonetheless, he attempts to speak to him regardless in the faint hope he might convince the boy to see things his way. That is ended as he steps out the Imperial Palace and is stabbed in the shoulder with a butcher's knife; which he responds to by maiming the assilant so badly the assilant bleeds out. While some criticise his brutal nature, it only accelerates his popularity, many of the upper class describing him as the true strongman that Nihon needs.
** A Split in the Union [6] [FINAL]:
*** Ending the Union - End of 1481: Finally deciding to make the move to properly leave the Domei, Kansha makes its secession official by beginning the taxation of goods which arrive from Nihon, with two major exceptions: Chugoku and Kyushu, whom have provided the largest bases of support for the island's independence in the other parts of Nihon. This only pressures the Emperor even more, with numerous merchants swarming his courts in the summer with requests of giving them independence in exchange for reduced tarriffs or some kind of economic subsidy which would alleviate the problem. Kansha has become the economic centre of Nihon, and with it it also begins to develop its own navy and army separate from the national forces. It seizes the Taipei Military Academy as well as the Taipei drydock, which only worsens tensions. Emperor Ryu makes it clear that he will no longer tolerate this matter of secession and orders a small naval contingent to arrest the secessionists; the tiny size being due to fears of further worsening the tense situation in the country.
*** A Kinship in Age - Winter 1483: Upon hearing the attempted assassination of Shogun Yamagata, Kansha's leaders send their condolences as well as a letter which generally praises his 'wisdom and strength'. This is not just political theatre - Yamagata, a Kansha native whose ancestors arose from the first Xia settlers almost 500 years ago and were Japonicized fifteen generations ago, has his roots deeply cemented on the island; he is immensely popular there, which some wanting to recognise him as the 'legitimate leader of Nihon'. Nevertheless, he reciprocates, incorporating the recognition of Kansha's effective independence as part of his personal goals; a quiet nod to their support. Arriving in Taipei in mid-1484, he expresses support for a 'protectorate of Kansha', which in his own words is 'independent in all but name', requesting that it still remain allied to Nihon. The Group of Four easily accept, and he returns to Edo declaring he has achieved a great victory: Kansha shall remain (technically) in the Domei as a new class of territory - a 'kinly nation'. This explodes his popularity, and with the National Convention still out of commission and the Bakufu in charge, he informally forces its allowance without the Emperor's acceptance. In other words: the State of Kansha is now an independent country.
* National Convention:
** N-A
Notable People:
* 1401-1473 [The Last Days of the Heian]:
** Uchiha Tomoko (1387 - 1469) [deceased]: Head of the Yamatai faction during the Civil War and later Empress (1412-1469) under the name 'Uchiha I'.
** Mori Kyoko (1378 - 1473) [deceased]: One of the two heads of the Peoples' League during the Civil War, later Speaker of the National Convention unopposed until death. Spouse: Kido Mirio.
** Hori Shizuku (1377 - 1456) [deceased]: The other head of the Peoples' League, a minor political player in Hiroshima after the war. Committed suicide under threat of involuntary execution.
** Midoriya Kaitou (1383 - 1472) [deceased]: A minor player in the Civil War who gained popularity as a capable administrator. Birth name Zhang Kaisheng. Spouse: Midoriya Yuki.
** Seishiro Kirie (1381 - 1463) [deceased]: One of the heads of the Outsiders who found herself alienated from her hometown in her pursuit of political unity. Became a remarkable writer, writing works such as The Use of War, a critical book on the purpose of strife. Spouse: Bakushi Yona.
** Bakushi Yona (1380 - 1463) [deceased]: A Yamatai-Eskosian, best known for fighting for the political rights of the tiny Eskosian minority in Nihon. Became a political kingmaker after the war. Spouse: Seishiro Kirie.
** Hu Jin-Yo (1376 - 1462) [deceased]: A Joseon-Yamatai, best known as a Joseonese reunificationist who participated in a minor role during the Civil War. Afterwards, provided much financial support to the Nihonese army advancing in Kyongsong before dying in a tragic accident.
** Kanzaki Izuku (1394 - ??): First Shogun then Taisho, well known for unconventional military tactics that precipitated asymmetrical warfare against enemy forces. Lived a relatively stunted life afterwards, travelled into Joseon and participated in its war against Kyongsong before travelling West in hopes of retracing the steps of Bulijin Khatun, a dream promptly foiled.
** Nishimiya Asuka (1372 - 1479): Shogun after her predecessor Kanzaki was passed over due to ignoring the Empress, she became something of a despot and massively expanded the powers of the military as well as a small secret police under the direction of Empress Uchiha and Speaker Mori. Lived a quiet, nondescript life. Spouse: Ryuzoji Mirio.
==== Ahuric Empire ====
* Government and Policy:
** Monarch: King Aqeel Ahurid -> King Hameed Ahurid
** Administrative Situation: Thanks to popular support, it seems the war has come to an end and central administration can recover. The shock of the King's Assassination achieved the opposite of what was expected, it brought the nation together against the assassins. 
** Population: 7,338,912
** Policy and National Affairs:
*** The Rebellion within the Rebellion: The Imperial force quickly descended upon the Avestans and Vizierites. The Avestans had largely pegged their administration onto the Vizierites, serving as their military wing. Hence the heart of all the organisation within the rebellions was the Viziers. Holding dictatorial powers, they had resisted for decades. But the situation was now dire. They had sent off most of their troops to the frontlines, perhaps to stop the bleeding, perhaps to achieve a miracle. It was their undoing. The Avestans believed they had the support of all the Zoroastrians within their borders, but such a belief was deluded. The moderate Zoroastrian, one that did not care for the "Morality and Purity" of the Avestans only remained subjugated due to fear and hope, but as the war became an exercise in desperacy, it was clear they had to act. It started with 50 protestors. It was normal to have small groups protest the war. However, soon, the mass grew. People would actively leave their home to join in the protest. It was slightly concerning. The Vizierite guard in Adnan cleared the protest. It is said that the guard killed a protestor, such was the rumour. However, the truth was that the man was stabbed by a counter-protestor. The truth really didn't matter, what mattered was how it was recieved. Sensationalist journalism has been a force throughout history, and here it showed why. People travelled to other cities to spread the news, making speeches and painting a biased image of Vizierites descending upon poor men and women attempting to survive, to feed, getting cut up and slaughtered like animals in a slaughterhouse, without discrimination. It achieved the goal it was aiming for. People stopped paying taxes to the Vizierites, stopped co-operating, stopped volunteering. Mutinies in the field made things more desperate. As the Vizieritetes got more aggressive, the people retaliated. Soon, government buildings were ablaze. Small groups entrenched within society reacted. These groups were fringe ideologies that didn't fit into the Reformist-Conservative split and were outcast. They were armed and prepared to fight. The vast populous was peacefully protesting (or as peaceful as you can expect, rocks thrown etc.) while these groups schemed. First, Afif fell, as small reformist groups carried an infiltration attack on unsuspecting local guards. Afif declared itself a part of the Imperial cause, in an effort to get support from the Imperials. Soon, protests got worse in Adnan. What was once rocks was joined by arrows shot by masked figures on roofs. Other governmental building fell to the protests as the guards evacuated to the Palace of Adnan. What was once a palace to exert power upon the city had become a hole where a sad dictator lived. A small Arzhamite task force arrived at the city. It was only 100 cavalrymen, but they were the boost in confidence needed. Soon attacks on the palace were a daily occurence. It came down all so anti-climatically, with one such attack breaking the resistance, and entering the palace. Soon, the viziers, now aged and weak, were captured. They met different fates, with one hung from his arms from the palace while alive, being treated as a target for archers and protestors. One was dragged by a horse into a trampling mass of protestors. The scenes were horrific, but expected. This marked the collapse of the opposition, with pockets of opposition amidst a wave of Imperial take-over.
*** "A nation united": In Adnan, as the Imperial troops arrived and effectively conquered all but the reformists in Al-Khor, King Aqeel made a speech which was well attended and well documented: "We are a nation of different cultures and religions, a nation of international trade and domestic tribes, a nation of deserts and camels. Dark times have come and passed, and we mourn our dead, but we must look ahead. Now is not the time to revel in our steel, our weapons, our swords, but a time to revel in our people. We are a nation upheld by the people, be it Arzhamite or Zoroastrian, be it Nabatean or Adnanite, be it in Grane or in Adnan. The pillar of our nation is not me or my court, but you people in front of me. I was foolish and did not take note of the cracks in our society and for that I apologise. My apology does not bring back your lost ones, nor does it heal the wounds. But I compel you, let us be a nation, a nation united." The speech caused quite the reaction, stirring up the people. But it stirred up a few of the wrong people, with the king, who's protection was pretty lax, ending up shot by masked figures in the crowd. In a romanticised account, the queen rushed to the King, with the last words being "I leave a bandaged Empire in your hands". His son, Hameed, a cavalry general in the civil war, was quickly rushed to Ahuras under heavy guard and enthroned.  
*** The Aftermath: The civil war raised many questions. Were the Arzhamites going to remain under Imperial Rule? Were the Reformists able to achieve anything? What was to be done with the Order of Avesta? Hameed was able to reconcile with the Reformists pretty easily. He was younger, and enticed by the reformist ideology. He agreed to decentralisation in return for their support. He made a number of concessions to the Minority Front, aiding in building New Petra, a city in the North Western reaches of the nation for the Nabateans, giving autonomy to Elam and rebuilding Rafha. The terrifying result of the Civil War, where about 1,550,000 died, has led the nation to restructuring rather that plugging a sinking ship. 
* Military:
** Personnel: 47,625
** 1st Sipah: 
*** Swordsmen: 5,000
*** Spearmen: 2,000
*** Bowmen: 3,000
*** Fire Lancers: 350
*** Crossbowmen: 2,000
*** Light Cavalry: 2,000
*** Heavy Cavalry: 1,000
*** Ranged Cavalry: 1,000
*** Cavalry Fire Lancers: 85
*** Cannons: 10
*** Trebuchets: 20
*** Polybolos: 25
*** Transport Camels: 35
*** Overall: 17,050 Troops
** 2nd Sipah: 
*** Swordsmen: 5,000
*** Spearmen: 2,000
*** Bowmen: 3,000
*** Fire Lancers: 350
*** Crossbowmen: 2,000
*** Light Cavalry: 2,000
*** Heavy Cavalry: 1,000
*** Ranged Cavalry: 1,000
*** Cavalry Fire Lancers: 85
*** Cannons: 10
*** Trebuchets: 20
*** Polybolos: 25
*** Transport Camels: 35
*** Overall: 17,050 Troops
** 3rd Sipah: 
*** Swordsmen: 5,000
*** Spearmen: 2,000
*** Bowmen: 3,000
*** Fire Lancers: 350
*** Crossbowmen: 2,000
*** Light Cavalry: 2,000
*** Heavy Cavalry: 1,000
*** Ranged Cavalry: 1,000
*** Cavalry Fire Lancers: 85
*** Cannons: 10
*** Trebuchets: 20
*** Polybolos: 25
*** Transport Camels: 35
*** Overall: 17,050 Troops
** "Aqeel's" Sipah: 
*** Swordsmen: 4,000
*** Bowmen: 2,000
*** Fire Lancers: 500
*** Light Cavalry: 1,000
*** Ranged Cavalry: 500
*** Cannons: 20
*** Polybolos: 10
*** Overall: 8,110 Troops
** Patrol Force:
*** Light Cavalry: 3,000
*** Ranged Cavalry: 3,000
*** Heavy Cavalry: 500
*** Overall: 6,500 Troops
** Muscat Fleet:
*** Gharaq: 80
*** Harbis: 50
*** Fire Ships: 30
*** Light Transport Ships: 20
*** Heavy Transport Ships: 2
** Grane Fleet:
*** Harbis: 50
*** Gharaqs: 70
*** Fire Ships: 30
*** Light Transport Ships: 40
*** Heavy Transport Ships: 10
* Military Operations and Domestic Affairs:
** Order of Avesta:
*** Naval Blockade: While the army is being restructured, the navy is still doing what it does best, blockading. We are attacking and blockading the Avestan ports, hoping they will open negotiations
* Economy:
** Renewed Trade: Trade is to once again be the temple we pray to as we try to restrengthen our position in the paths of trade from the East to the West. 
* New Research:
** Easier Fire Lances: Research starting up again
** Cannons: Research starting up again
* Diplomacy:
** Order of Avesta: Our navy blockades them. We call for a ceasefire between them, us and Imerina, hoping they would go off against some other african nation to carry on their "Holy Crusade"
==== Passamaquoddy ====
* Government: Chiefdom
** Sakom (Head Chief): Nutewestaq (Born 1427)
* Economy: Shells and carved beads are traded in exchange for food and services.
* Capital: Ehecinaqoten
* Demographics:
** Population: ~28,300
** Major Cities: 
*** Ehencinakhiqoten: ~1,500
*** Atpechantwekomon: ~950
*** Rural Areas: ~25,850
** Religion: 
*** Native Beliefs: ~99%
*** Norse: ~1%
** Ethnicity:
*** Passamaquoddy: ~96%
*** Mixed: ~1.5%
*** Norse: ~1.5%
*** Other Natives: ~1%
* Wars and Conflicts:
** None
* Diplomacy:
** Nahican: I propose an alliance or union between our peoples for protection and defense in case of an attack from Vinland. We are culturally and ethnically similar as well.
* Events
** Following a virus that temporarily passed through the region, some groups in Passamaquoddy choose to settle down and form permanent settlements. This helps the disabled, injured, and sick people receive the attention and support they need.
** The first major settlement to grow is a town called Ehecinakhiqoten, or “Refuge where we hid under trees when it rained,” due to the dense forest . It is located near modern-day Bangor.
** Another settlement grows up near modern-day Augusta, named Atpechantwekomon, a shortened version of Atpeche’tan’nutaptuwecik’cocamkikomon, meaning “Water rises and falls where the river is shallow so that the hunters strike the ground with their oars,” because of the shallow bay near which the huts were constructed.
** Most Passamaquoddy people get food from fishing, hunting, and foraging, as sustainable agriculture has yet to spread this far north from the southern nations where it is used more. Some farming techniques borrowed from nearby Vinland settlements may prove helpful in the future, however.
** As it stands now, there is no writing to go with the Passamaquoddy language, but a bright child is born to the Head Chief who would eventually come to replace the oral tradition of the nation with a permanent documentation of Passamaquoddy’s history.
=== Turn XVIII: 1485-1490 ===
==== Mod Events ====
*The Dark Horse: Little Tulaani listened to the aging Mr. Izuku's ramblings about his adventures in Asia. He always talked about the 'Conqueror', and how she could've ended the siege very quickly, handling it a lot better than the nation of Chagatai. Tulaani was always curious of the outside world, it seems reasonable after her home is destroyed at least once during the siege of Almaty that she would look beyond. The curious little Tulaani rummaged through his stuff, she found two works that he made; the Theory of Strategy and the Truth of Strategy. Unfortunately, she cannot read it properly before she was discovered by Mr. Izuku. The kindly old man offered to help translate or read out his work to her. She wondered if the 'Conqueror' could fix this whole mess, that central Asia needs a hero (or unifying force, at least) and all that to bring peace.
*The Blind Robin: Frederique has taken years to find her son, Shaun. And overtime, she has found new bits of information. Apparently, her son was kidnapped by a group of people who are indirectly related to those who Maeve had fought years earlier. It's likely her son was kidnapped for her affiliation with Remanus III, who was taken care of by Maeve. It all doesn't make sense to her. It took a while, but her search has led her to Svearike and after years of no actions made by the people who kidnapped her son, she was approached by some men. She struggled, but she was forced to come with them as well.
*The Empire's Power Struggle (2): Westria's acquisition of the Low Countries was regarded by some influential princes as some sort of power grab that threatened to destablise the power dynamic within the Holy Roman Empire. Another secret council meeting, hosted in 1487, proposes that if war against Westria was to happen, it must happen as soon as possible before the Emperor can consolidate more power. A gradual militarisation in these princes have begun, in preparation of an opportune time to declare war.
*The Winter Phantom: On the months of January and February 1485, some two dozen former and current Vestkyster advisors and the heads of a few noble families were found dead in their residences. On each body is a brief note calling them out for their association with one certain "Griffin" from Albion and condemning them for being "traitors to the Vestkyster crown". This event, later dubbed as the Blood Winter (Blutvinter), would lead to a wave of investigations by Vestkyster officials under the directive of Queen Camilla to both attempt to discover the culprit and root out those related to the malicious Albionite advisor. The perpetrator - a certain dark-haired girl from the Orkneys - was never discovered, but the rare few witnesses reported the sight of a fair-skinned slender figure under a white cloak concealing their identity near the site of the crime. It was these reports that led to the spread of a legendary account of a "Winter Phantom" that appears every season to hunt down those corrupt and impure, a myth that persists into the present day.
*Fury of Ares (Part 1): Aretis-Songhai begins a long awaited campaign for total dominance in West-Africa. They invade Djenne, capturing northern territories and closing in on their capital. A Northern warlord, who'd heard of Mauretania's embarrasing defeat against the Iberians was furious. The Mauretanians hadn't even made proper sacrifices and failed to defeat two crippled nations. Out of wrath he begins a personal campaign to annex the southern regions to the "rightful followers of Ares". Capturing Nouhadibou, Dakhla and Aiyoun. Songhai forces are also amassing on the Galatoi border, knowing the Galatoi could strike now that the Songhai were already on a war of two fronts. Plans for taking Velitia are being made
*Vikings of the Caribbean (Part 1): The Vinlanders had raided the Elysian city-states for a decade now, but Dungail had heard tales of wealth from further down south. Talks began with the king of Osnerol and the city of Monalba became a safe haven for the Vinlander raiders, who'd sail from there down to Dysia and Megas Athenais to raid and plunder. Nea Euboria and Haitiana became the first of many cities to spot odd ships in the horizon, omens of impending bloodshed and agony.
*Knightly Order of Vestkyst (Vestkystorderne): With the tradition of chivalry gradually dying down in Europe, the Vestkystorderne was birthed from the Kjærsfekter by Queen Camilla as a means to honour notable personalities within Vestkyst and the Union as a whole. The Vestkystorderne is solely a honourary knighthood, and one that would later give rise to the modern-day orders of merit.
*Le Morte d'Arthur: Thomas Malory's reworking of tales from Arthurian legend, dubbed "The Whole Book of King Arthur and of His Noble Knights of the Round Table", was published in 1485. Upon his death, however, the publisher would change the name of the work to "Le Morte d'Arthur" (The Death of Arthur), the name originally only refer to the last chapter of the work.
*The Flying Genius: Da Vinci has moved to designing contraptions. This includes some Aerial Screw or a Helicopter, though it is debatable whether they work or not. But such thing is genius for its time.
*Dreamcatcher: There was not much going for me, dreams of a large sea spanning over the horizon has begun to fade from my mind. Maybe I'll never see the waters, but there might be hope for me. There might be more water up in the north-east. I will head over to there and hopefully touch the shores. I will have after several nights by then.
*The War of the Lizard Gods (Final): Mer'ku died on 1493 as a disappointed ruler of Amekrogu at the age of 61 from illness contracted from a mosquito. She would leave a legacy of ending Lustria ultimately as a united kingdom and the tale of the Lizard Gods after 300 years of spoken history. Much of its history could only be remembered by tales and remains of villages that are forgotten to time, but it is only a matter of time that the ruins of what was once a mighty kingdom could be seen again.
*Landschneckte: The Reisläufer (Swiss mercenaries)'s high reputation and their combat prowess led to high demands, most of which were monopolised by the French, with parts hired by minor states north of Italy. Seeking an alternative to this, some influential German princes have started amassing their own mercenaries elsewhere, and inspired by Swiss discipline and tactics, begin giving them training, giving birth to the first Landschneckte pikemen.
*The Atlantic Creole: Nzinga a Nkuwu, king of Kongo, later baptised as João I, launched a major cultural initiative upon the arrival of the explorer Diogo Cão in 1485, under which conditions the first Atlantic creoles start to be developed in both Central Africa and mainland Agousta.
*Secularisation of the Crusader States: Part due to the fall of Cyprus, part looking to shed off the legacy of a bygone era, the crusader states of Laszlofold (now a vassal of Valcanor) and Melita reforms their government by late 1489, doing away with overly religious mindsets and others and adopting systems similar to that of their European counterparts.
*Kingdom of Prester John: Two Agoustan explorers, whose name has been lost to the annals of history, set out from the city of Lisbon to seek the kingdom of the legendary Christian ruler, Prester John.
*Vitruvian Man: The drawing, made by the genius Leonardo Da Vinci in circa 1489-90, depicts a man in two superimposed positions with his arms and legs apart and inscribed in a circle and square. The drawing represents ideal human body proportions.
*To the Cape: In 1488, Bartholomeu Dias, an Agoustan explorer, circled over the Cape of Good Hope and landed in Mossel Bay, entering the Indian Ocean.
*Jeannetto de Tassis and the House of Thurn und Taxis: Jeannetto the Tassis is appointed as Chief Master of Postal Services in Innsbruck. His descendants, the Thurn und Taxis, would later run much of the postal system across Europe.
*Natural Phenomena: Multiple earthquakes are recorded in China, while in Central and Southern America, a solar eclipse can be seen in March 1485.
*The Medici Giraffe: A certain animal with a ridiculously long neck was delivered to Florence, possibly as a gift from the ruler of Isetium. The animal was later dubbed the "Medici Giraffe."
*Rathbornes Candles: The company is established in Dublin in 1488 and manufactures candles locally around Eireland at the time.
*Malleus Maleficarum: A clergyman named Heinrich Kramer (under the pseudonym Henricus Institoris) posted a treatise in the German city of Speyer on 1486, suggesting that witches should be exterminated immediately with unethical procedures and no exception to 'sorcery'. Though initially condemned by the Catholic Church, the use of this treatise would emerge in popularity in Catholic courts as a reason to burn heretics and female criminals.
*Flemish Revolt: With promises of home rule, the Flemish populace, and on a wider scale, the Westrian Netherlands, accepts Westria's demands. However, the nobles of local regions and some of the population are still unhappy with the acquisition of the teritory by the Holy Roman Emperor, and some underground organisations are already gradually starting to scheme to change it. The Castileans, oblivious of the deal, occupied Antwerp, and aided by some Flemish and Walloon irridentists, marched on Amsterdam, sparking war between the Iberians and the Holy Roman Emperor.
==== NPC Events ====
*Cyprus: due to political intrigue and long lasting blockades and military incursions from Venice, the crusader state falls into Venetian hands in 1489
*France: If it was a century ago, they would not accept such an offer. It is like paying tribute to a nation that invaded lands that belonged to them and force them to pay for the occupied lands. However, after decades of standstill and war exhaustion, France reluctantly accepts Britain's offer. The truce allowed them to rebuild a good portion of their infrastructure under good successive leadership the past few decades.
*Westria: They receive many offers from Italian architects offering to design a castle (Note to Westria: Just invent some Italian guy)
*Aztecs: Urged on by Indetah, raids from Apache tribes destabilised the Northern border, while attempts were made on the ruler of the Aztec Empire's life by Cahita assassins but failed. The Aztecs are none the wiser about Indetah's attempts to stir up local politics, instead send up troops merely to protect the border.
*Munich: During a pilgrimage to Rome, the convoy containing Prinz Alexios was attacked by raiders in the Italian countryside, unknowing of the identities of the passengers. Alexios himself luckily survives the ordeal, albeit with a broken leg, but word spread that the populace of Munich has begun to see him as an eyesore due to many reasons, one of them being his ethnicity, and that the "raiders" are actually paid assassins hired by one of the key figures in court who would like to see him disposed of.
*Order of Avesta: They agree to a ceasefire on the Ahuric Empire and Imerina.
*Papal States: The Pope refuses to lift Alexios' excommunication.
====Atouman Empire====
*Government:
**Aesuit of Arzham, Azarkh of Anatolia, Kayser-i Rûm, Padishah, Great Khan, King of Hellas, the Western Lion:
***Atman I (1299-1324)
***Adonias (1324-1352)
***Atman II (1352-1370)
***Beyezid I (1370-1381)
***Gregorias I (1381-1402)
***Iskandir I (1402-1413)
***Gregorias II (1413-1430)
***Beyezid II (1430-1442)
***Iskandir II (1442-1479)
***Ozman (1479-1487)
***Boran (1487-1488)
***Tayyeb (1487-)
*Economy: Information.
*Capital: Constantinople (Primary), Nicaea (Secondary), Adrianople (Tertiary)
*Demographics:
**Population: 11,000,000
**Religion:
***63% - Arzham: The Arzhamite faith had continued to flourish under the House of Atmanaglu, who were devote followers of Arzhang themselves, instituting various mosques and chapels during this time. This included the Ozman's Temple, which would stand as the largest religious institution until the construction of Ioxamander's Temple in 1547.
***37% - Christianity: Christianity following the collapse of the Byzantine Empire would stagnate during this time, declining into a plurality due to a myriad of policies introduced by the Atouman Empire, such as increased taxing, second-class citizenship, and the banning of proselytizing, which was punishable by death. This decline in Christianity would also be further aided by the re-organization of the Janissaries, which by this part were mostly made up of young Christian slaves from the Balkans that had converted to Islam.
*Wars and Conflicts:
*Diplomacy:
**Yin-Tsu: Under Admiral Ekber Sofuoglu, the Black Sea fleet arrives at the port of Chiko in 1489, and sends a messenger to the King, advising him to become a vassal/tributary of the Atouman Empire, and that if declined, will face the same fate of the Byzantine Empire.
*Events:
**The Dead Speak: Though the death of Iskandir II would continue to remain a pivotal talking piece for the Empire, his eldest son, Ozman, would succeed his reign four months following his death, after a lengthy mourning period. It was during this mourning period that Ozman would dig through the archives of the Byzantine Empire in the Library of Constantinople, looking for occult-like methods of ressurecting his father. By 1486, in legend, it was said that Ozman did find the answers he was searching for, and for a brief moment of time, would speak to his father, the deceased Iskandir II. Ozman would beg for his father to return, that he felt like he could not compare to his father's legacy. It was then that the former Azarkh Iskandir II would begin speaking to Ozman, telling his son that Ozman's life has grown into a quest for selfish pride, and that God has decided to curse Ozman's reign to be filled with internal strife and rebellion, and that if his son, the young Tayyeb, successfully defeat these rebellions, then Atman's future grandson would not encounter any sort of interal conflict, and will only lead successful outward expansion, fulfilling the prophecy that his great-grandfather Atman I had been blessed with in his young age. Iskandir II would then disappear, saying as he left that Ozman's reign will be end shortly, leaving a petrified and crying Ozman.
**War of the Throne (1486-1488): One of the most known rebellions during this time would be led by Ozman's brother, Boran, who would proclaim that succession to Iskandir II should be by who is recognized as more legitimate in the eyes of the people, and that Ozman is not the proper successor to Iskandir II in comparison to himself, whom had fought alongside Iskandir II in the Siege of Constantinople. This would lead to the Battle of Abdera, where Boran II would lead an army of 12,000 ghulams against 30,000 Atman loyalists led by Ozman. This rebellion is significant because of the use of a yellow-variant banner to the Atouman Empire's red standard, which would become a symbol of defiance against the Greco-Turk azarkhate in later centuries. The battle would also culminate in a duel between Ozman and Boran, and just as the dust settled, Ozman would perish at the hand of Boran, with the Atman loyalists retreating back to Constantinople after suffering defeat. The news would reach the eldest son of Ozman, who would declare himself as Tayyeb I, Azarkh of Anatolia. Boran, however, while successful in capturing a small region centered at Thessalonica, would see major failures in campaigning southward into Greece proper, only expanding to the Albanian coast. Due to these failures, he would slowly lose his grip over his new kingdom, with many of his generals and military officials questioning his position, legitimacy, and authority. This role would be challenged in the Battle outside the Wall, where Boran would attempt a second siege of Constantinople to mark another new period after deeming the first one to be "...the failure of ignorance". Tayyeb I, however, would not suffer these immediate drawbacks in the lead-up to the battle, instead killing anybody who dare dismissed his authority, and personally leading the defending Atouman Army at Constantinople, successfully defeating the arriving army of ghulams under Boran, and forcing him to retreat back to Abdera in late 1487. By mid-1488, Boran's forces would be pushed back to Thessalonica, with Tayyeb instigating a three-month siege of the city, ultimately ending Boran's life at the blade of Tayyeb and the consolidation of the Atouman Empire under his rule.
**Six Schools of Arzhamic Christianity: While civil strife would be on-going during this period, the building blocks for the Atouman Renaissance for the 16th century would begin being built, with Greece-based philosopher Abyad al-Tassakis forming a syncretic school of Christianity and Arzham. In this school, Abyad al-Tassakis would hold dialogues between himself and various priests and scholars from far across the Atouman realm. Historians would be used as a literary example of how the Atouman Empire existed as both an imperial Azarkhate and a cultural/theological highway. Although this collection of ideological discussions and debates would survive until the modern day (being re-discovered in the late 20th century by Italian archaelogist Vincenzo Mazzini), Abyad would be guilty of treason in 1489, being publically executed in his howntown of Sparta. His followers would later be known as the Abyadites, whom would only exist until the early 1490s before dissolving into the most well-known and popular syncretic schools, such as the Aesunids and the Smyrnites, but those will be covered at a later period.
==== Kingdom of Imerina ====
* Government: Absolute Monarchy (Kingdom)
** King: Rafandrandrava (B 1453, alive) (R 1469-Present)
** Queen: Zafimahova (B 1434, D 1488) (R 1469-1488), Rakalafohy (consort) (B 1452, alive)
** Dynasty: Ammagari (Andrianerinerina branch)
* Economy: The economy of Imerina is based mainly on agriculture and fishing, there's also trade going on with the Swahili and various peoples on our home island including the other two states of Betsimisaraka and Mahafaly. Contact has been established with the Ahuric Adnanite people and we have a major trade relationship. That's kind of, it, our economy is practically the same as many other primitive african states and such, even if this foreign relationships put us a bit higher than others.
* Allies: N/A
* Capital: Ambanja
* Demographics:
** Population: ca 527 000 total
** Ambanja: 9 000
** Mahajanga: 5 000
** Toamasina: 1 200
** Rural regions: ca 512 000
** Ethnicities: 98% Malagasy (divided into 69% Merina and 21% others such as Betsimisaraka, Sakalava, Tsimihety etc.), 2% Komoro Natives (Swahili?)
** Religion: 100% Haintenism (traditional Merina folklore)
* Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War):
** Hostilities With the Bara Polity (1): Yeah, we hate eachother big time. And it's time to truly show the Bara that we don't fuck around. Multiple raids are performed on their borderlands throughout this turn. Diplomats reassure tribes whose lands we pass through that our intentions are not hostile towards them so that they do not have to worry about seeing warriors traversing close to their settlements and such. If Rakotomanjato is still alive (that ca 60 year old bastard) he'll regret ever betraying the Merina.
** Hostilities With the Bara Polity (2): We might be getting hit by Baran raids as a response to our attacks, maybe, possibly, there's a chance, perhaps?
* Military: Due to Imerina being a rural realm, a large amount of units can be raised for warfare, but usually about 1% of the population is the most trained and prepared soldiers that can be drafted.
** Deployed units: All
** 5 200 Spearmen
** 3 200 Bowmen
** 300 Crossbowmen
** 500 Fossa Warriors
* Navy:
** 7 transport ships
** 11 Ahuric military ships
* Diplomacy:
** Avesta: We formally agree to a ceasefire.
** Ahuric Empire: We receive a large amount of merchants from their lands. Business is well and they take particular interest in flora and fauna endemic to Madagasikara while we receive technology such as better tools and knowledge of navigation as well as their own maps. We also receive a few examples of "hand cannons", weapons we've never seen before. We thought the crossbow was a weapon of legend, but this, damn.
* Events:
** The "First" Queen (Final): Zafimahova doesn't do much in her last years of regency (and last years of life hah) but does invest in some projects regarding the upkeep and protection of the Maromokotro shrines, which becomes ironic with her death in 1488 after 19 years of serving. The "actual" queen is now in that position, as in Rafandrandrava's wife, however now the king has full power while the queen consort is just that, the queen consort. Zafimahova receives her shrine not long after her passing.
** Adapting New Technology: We've held on to foreign tech for quite a while and now we start adapting it and studying it more. Crossbows especially for the purpose of warfare in the future. But the studying is also done for the purpose of creating our own versions of the different technologies when we are ready for it, so we don't have to depend on getting it from foreign sources, who are susceptible to whatever goes on in their world.
** Expansion: For long (or basically since contact with the outside world aka the Ahuric Empire was made), Imerina has seen itself as a bit of the "leader" or "supreme state" of Madagascar, having the best technology, contact with foreign powerful people and a strong military and monarchy. So the Sakalava and Antankarana (since Imerina was placed in the north, where the Merina people don't live but the Antankarana, Sakalava and Tsimihety do, I assume we just kinda switch places a bit between Merina and Antankarana) lands to the south are integrated through religion, culture and such. There is an attempt to create a good friendship between the Merina and Sakalava, who live along most of the west coast, to convince them to be part of the Merina realm and remain there. (PLS NOTICE THIS OK)
** Ndahimananjara: Ndahimananjara the young (well not really anymore) warrior had a while ago married into the royal family and from there has produced three children, which has started a new branch of the dynasty. The three children are Andriantompokoindrindra (Male, 23), Andrianmpandramanenitra (Male, 22) and Ranavalonanandriambelomasina (Female, 18). Keep an eye on the first one, he's important.
** The Spread of the Sorabe (continuous event): Through trade and such with both the other Malagasy peoples and the Swahili people start the spread of not only proper writing but also use of the Sorabe alphabet and script. (update on what it looks like generally?)
====Wanka Empire====
*Government: Despotic Monarchy 
**Monarch:
***Kukuri (r. 1391 - 1418) (b. 1355 - d. 1418)
***Nayaraq (r. 1418 - 1434) (b. 1386 - 1434)
***Interim (1434 - 1438)
**Sapa Wanka (The One Ruler of Wanka):
***Pachacuti (r. 1438 - 1471) (b. 1409 - 1471)
***Tupac Wanka (Pachacuti II) (r. 1471 - present) (b. 1439)
**Heir: Huayna (b. 1469)
**Pretenders: N/A
**Current Dynasty: Pachacutian
*Capital: Wankapampa
*Economy: As the Wanka Empire is born under the hands of the new leader, Pachacuti sought to centralise trade and transfer all the riches of the mountains into one place. A centralised planned economy is being partially implemented, while a 'tax' system is imposed to ensure that gold and silver flows into Machu Picchu, who Pachacuti sees as his own palace whenever he wishes to take a break (but not now as of this climate). Agriculture is still very much primitive but uses terrace farming to get around the mountainous terrain that prevents regular farming. The bartering system is still working pretty well and the Andean kingdoms are essentially 'cashless' in some contexts. There are llama and alpaca farms operating for food, wool and transportation. Guinea pigs are also considered a delicacy for some reason, but yes, it is a thing. Traders are important in communicating with other far-flung settlements, which also helps for gold and silver to be transferred in some way later in the 15th century into a place that only the Sapa Wanka can access, along with approved eyes.
*Demographics:
**Population: 902,000
***Wankapampa: 16,900
***Lima: 8,000
***Ica: 1,300
***Nazca: 8,500
***Qusqu: 16,700
***Abancay: 2,000
***Orcopampa: 2,100
***Arequipa: 900
***Atacama: 2,200
***Huachacalla: 1,400
***Calama: 600
***Puno: 1,200
***Collasuyu: 7,000
***Tiwanaku: 9,000
***Uyuni: 2,000
***Oruro: 1,500
***Huanuco: 7,000
**Culture: 55% Quechua/Chirip, 45% Quechua/Sedena
**Religion: 100% Inca pantheon 
*Military: By the start of the 1460s, Pachacuti splits the whole army structure and formalising it into three army groups. This is to ensure refined logistics and dedication to each conflict, so that Pachacuti and his own generals can summarise how many troops would be needed to take on the country. The Northern Army is also still preparing for invasion, but unless Pachacuti finally subjugates the south, they are very much garrisoned in the north.
**First Northern Army: 2500 soldiers
***200 elite warriors
***600 spearmen
***500 slingers
***800 archers
***400 axemen/clubmen
**Second Northern Army: 800 soldiers
***300 spearmen
***100 slingers
***300 archers
***100 axemen/clubmen
**First Southern Army (relocated to the north): 3000 soldiers
***50 elite warriors
***800 spearmen
***500 slingers
***600 archers
***1000 axemen/clubmen
**Second Southern Army (relocated to the north): 2450 soldiers
***50 elite warriors
***700 spearmen
***500 slingers
***600 archers
***600 axemen/clubmen
**Overall:
***300 elite warriors
***2400 spearmen
***2100 slingers
***2300 archers
***2100 axemen/clubmen
*Wars and Conflicts:
**Huyla, Chacapoya, Cajamarca, Calchaqui: (see Northern Conquests)
*Diplomacy: N/A
*Events:
**Northern Conquests (Part 3): Huyla and Chacapoya finally fall to the hands of the Wanka Empire on 1487. The next targets of these northern conquests were Cajamarca and Calchaqui, where full forces are pushed into their territory as soon as both of the former kingdoms fall apart.
**Rise of Wankapampa: Wankapampa became the largest city in the Wanka Empire following a slow rise to power against the largest city at the time, Qusqu (Cusco). By 1490, the city of Wankapampa would finally surpass in population against the city of Qusqu. Since the capital of the Wanka Empire is centred around Wankapampa and people from all points of the mountains are arriving into the city looking to settle down and live a 'golden age' in a meantime, their population grew to the point that it became attractive in the late 15th century over Qusqu.
**Almost at the End!: The second Sapa Wanka is almost complete in achieving the goals of Pachacuti as he announced in the city of Wankapampa that "the unification of kingdoms is almost finished". His father might be proud if he were alive but Tupac Wanka has fallen ill and that he won't see the light of fully finishing his father's dreams. That will be passed onto his son, Huayna.
==== The United Kingdoms of the British Isles (Albion) ====
Government: Absolute Monarchy
*Drakes: 
**King Casimir (M, b. 1454 - )
**Queen Abigail (F, 1455 - )
Economy: The economy of British Isles consists of trade and commerce of a variety of materials. The primary export products of the UK are fish, wool, cloth, and a variety of vegetables.
Main Religion: Christianity
Cities and Demographics:
*Population: 6.36 million
*Cities
**London: The capital of England, and location of the throne.
***Became the headquarters of the Red Drakes
**York: Main center of England’s eastern fishing company.
**Dover: Main location of the British navy. While elements of the navy are located throughout the territory, the headquarters of the navy are located here. In addition, Dover is the main trading hub between it and Caen.
**Brighton: A newer shipbuilding facility located on the English Channel.
**Birmingham: A quiet town that is the location of McCarthy Arms Company, one of, if not, the oldest firearms companies to date.
**Glasgow: Main hub of Scotland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
***Became the headquarters of the White Drakes
**Caen: The main hub where products heading to Britain from land mount ships to cross the channel. Also acts as Henry’s base of operations in France
**Dublin: Main hub of Ireland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
**Calais: One of the few French towns still owned by the British, it is a prosperous city that is one of the most important trading hubs in the North Sea.
*Wars and Conflicts
**War of the Drakes: Though the civil war has come to a conclusion, the war itself hasn't, with the remnants of Griffin’s army still holding out in Scotland. As such, it is up to the now United Drake Army to drive them out of Britain, once and for all.
*Armed Forces
**Total: 289,550 Manpower
**Army
***Total: 127,820
***United Drake Forces: 
****Light Infantry: 7,000
****Frontline Infantry: 15,000
****Longbow Archers: 27,000
****Musketeers: 22,300
****Light Cavalry: 14,000
****Heavy Cavalry: 3,000
****Bow Cavalry: 3,720
****Field Artillerymen: 5,800
*****Field cannons: 1,760
****Logistical Support: 30,000
***Roundtable Knights (Elite): 8,350
****These are Britain’s elite forces. A rebirthed version sprouting from Artoria’s original group of holy knights, this force has never lost a battle, and has unwavering loyalty to the crown and the Order of the Roundtable, willing to fight to the death for the survival of the British Isles.
****While most are able to fight, members of the Roundtable are encouraged to branch out into their own craft, such as pottery and sheepherding, with the idea that everyone should act like a Roundtable Knight and give their all into both their craft and their country.
****The only way to become a Roundtable Knight is to be selected by an existing member of the group. Most knights tend to make apprentices out of those they recruit to the Roundtable, and generally, no one usually complains when a Roundtable Knight selects someone to join the ranks of the Roundtables. Depending on the country/chapter, one can also be appointed to the Roundtable by the crown..
****Notable (Living) Members:
*****(Most of) Pendragon Family
*****(Most of) Mordue Family
*****George Cromwell II of Cotswold
**Navy:
***Personnel: 64,000 (combined between both fleets)
***Naval Vessels:
****Prototype British Caravel: 5
****Dual-purpose Merchant Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warcogs: 160
****Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warships: 60
Research and Development
*Cannons: With cannon technology slowly chugging along, they are slowly becoming implemented within the navy and army.
**In addition, McCarthy Arms Company begins work on their own cannons, under the code name: MAC Cannon.
*Naval Vessels: The British Caravel hits the sea for a trial-by-fire, as it is thrown against the Griffin Navy.
*Matchlock Rifles and McCarthy Arms Company: Matchlock rifles begin to replace the arquebuses among the Red Drake troops.
Training and Production
*2,500 musketeers
**Slow conversion of troops to musketeers
*95 British Caravels
*Whatever equipment and personnel is required to maintain numbers on the frontline.
Diplomacy
*European Neighbors: Requests are sent out for food, since it will be a while before mainland Britain can feed its new population.
Events
*War of the Drakes (Part 6): Though the civil war was over, the threat of invaders is still present, with the Griffins still residing in Scotland. As such, a continued offensive is launched at the Griffin forces to the north, in the effort to drive them into the North Sea.
**As they march forth, the Scottish praise the liberating army, happy that civil war is finally over and that a new dawn has been set for the British Empire.
*The Might of the Red Navy (Part 2): The Red Navy (soon renamed to the Royal Navy) is sent after the Griffin fleet, which consists of smaller but nimbler ships. Various engagements are seen between the two forces.
*Operation Sol Obtenebratus (Part 2): Though many of the cells in the various governments get taken out, there are just as many cells that survived the organization’s purging. Though it will take decades, if not centuries to rebuild strength, Griffin’s dream still lingers on.
**Though they’re being driven out of Scotland, they also have enough ships to carry those loyal to Griffin’s dream to fight another day. As such, the escapee fleet begins to form at the northernmost town of Scotland.
Deceased Log
*Rulers
**Pendragon:
***Artoria “Ember” Pendragon (F, b.1317- 1389?) (Reign: 1351 ~ 1369 - 1389)
***Ash I (M, b. 1347 - 1434) (Reign: 1390 - 1434)
****Sister: Aura (F, b.1350 - 1434)
***Ash II (M, b. 1399 - 1442) (Reign: 1434 - 1442)
***Amber (F, b. 1424 - ) (Reign: 1442 - 1482)
****Brother: Edward (M, b. 1441 - 1481)
**Mordue:
***River Mordue (F, b. 1322 - 1393) (Reign: 1369 - 1393)
***Henry (M, b. 1353 - 1429) (Reign: 1393 - 1429)
****Daughter: Mary (F, b. 1382 - 1399)
***Lionel (M, b. 1388 - 1482) (Reign: 1430 - 1482)
****Son: Leo I (M, b. 1407 - 1465)
*****Leo III (M, b. 1445 - 1478)
****Son: Leo II (M, b. 1423 - 1478)
****Brother: Henry II (M, b. 1398 - 1478)
*Roundtable Knights
**Joan “Anne” of Arc (Died in 1431)
**Sir George Cromwell of Cotswold (Died in 1445)
**Sir George Cromwell II of Cotswold (Died in 1482)
**Sir Rex of Dover (Died in 1482)
*Misc
**Shauna McCarthy (Died in 1489)
***Founder of McCarthy Arms Company, one, if not, the oldest firearms companies in the world.
==== Indetah ====
* Government: Agallate
** Aghá'łíí: Taklishim (1472-)
** Economy: As a Semi-Nomadic people we farm maize, beans, and squash around the more fertile land around the Colorado and Rio Grande rivers, as well as in certain other areas. Since our introduction to sheep, most of our people have become pastoralists instead of full-time hunter gatherers. We also mine Turquoise, which is a good that Mesoamericans prize dearly. In addition, we sell tin and bronze to the Kemehanans to the west. Pottery and Silverwork is another major component of the Economy.
** Capital: Tsétáłkáá
* Demographics:
** Population Density: 0.26/km2
*** Population: 94,000
*** Tota' Haal'a: 300
*** Ni Alnii’gi: 200
*** Tsétáłkáá: 2,200
*** Oraibi: 1500
*** Dziłghą́’í: 1,900
** Ethnic Makeup: 36.8% Lépai Diné, 8% Łitso Diné, 4% Baʼáadi Diné, 0.8% Wéʼéshgaaʼ Diné. 50.6% Anaasází Diné. 
*** Lépai Diné: The term Lépai Diné refers to all Apachean Peoples. They make up the upper class of Lepai. This term also applies to the Apache.
*** Anaasází Diné: The term “Anaasází Diné” refers to the Keresan, Tanoan, Hopi, and Zuni peoples which are native to Lepai.
*** Łitso Diné: The Łitso Diné, literally meaning “Yellow Men”, refers to the Yuman peoples which inhabit the western regions of Lepai. 
*** Baʼáadi Diné: The term “Baʼáadi Diné” refers to the Piman and O’odham Peoples. 
*** Wéʼéshgaaʼ Diné: This term refers to all peoples inhabiting Mesoamerica, as well as the Coahuiltecans.
* Religion: Religion is a rather tricky concept in Lepai. Many of these religions share many of the same beliefs, but they each emphasize different portions of it. Thus, it can be said that there is only one religion practiced in Lepai.
** Puebloan Religion: 
*** Kachinaism: Kachinaism holds that the world is populated by multitudes of “Kachina”. They are supernatural beings who represent and have charge over various aspects of the natural world. They might be thought of as analogous to Greco-Roman demi-gods or Catholic saints. There are literally hundreds of different kachinas, which may represent anything from rain to watermelon, various animals, stars, and even other Indian tribes. However, the kachinas are also thought to be the spirits of dead ancestors, and they may come to the Hopi mesas in the form of rain clouds.
*** General Pahanaism: General Pahanaism has much of the beliefs of Orthodox Pahanaism, but instead there are 2 Pahanas. The False Pahana shall arrive from the west, while the true Pahana shall arrive from the west. The False Pahana shall pretend to be the True Pahana, but one must not listen to his words, for if he is accepted, he shall plunge humanity into sin. The False Pahana is depicted as Topiltzin Quetzalcoatl.
*** Orthodox Pahanaism: Pahanaism is a religion primarily practiced by the Lepai, Keresan, and Hopi peoples. Due to its position, it is both Puebloan and Lepai in nature. Pahanaism focuses on the return of Pahana, meaning “Elder Brother” in Hopi. However, due to linguistic and cultural differences, Pahana is called Awanyu by Keresan peoples and Tłʼiish Yiłat’a’ by the Lepai. Pahanists say that Pahana will come at the end of the 4th world (the current world), and that humanity is at the cusp of the 5th world. At his arrival, the Wicked will be purged, and humanity shall enter a new world of peace. Traditionally, Pahanists are buried facing east in expectation of Pahana who will come from that direction. However, due to Pochahontist beliefs in mainstream Lepai Society, Pahanists now usually bury their dead facing the Southeast. Many Pahanists also believe that a significant amount of Wicked, specifically “Enough to fill the Great Southern Lake” must be purged before the coming of Pahana.
*** Anti-Pahanaism: Anti-Pahanaism states that the coming of Pahana is bad and must be avoided. Pahana is said to be a pale man with a long flowing beard, much like Topiltzin Quetzalcoatl. When Pahana arrives in Lepai lands, the Anti-Pahanaists are to kill him.
** Lepai Religion:
*** Diyin Dine’e Worship: Diyin Dine’e worshippers worship the 4 Diyin Dine’e, First Man, Áłtsé Hastiin, First Woman, Áłtsé Asdzą́ą́, Mąʼiitoʼí Áłchíní, Great Coyote, and the coyote Áłtsé Hashké, First Angry. 
*** Hero-Twin Worship: The Hero-Twin is a common motif among Native American peoples, especially in Mesoamerica and the American Southwest. They worship the twin brothers Naayééʼ Neizghání and Naʼídígishí. They also believe that they must purge all those who are “Not friends of the Lepai”. This manifests as intense hate towards the Mesoamericans.
*** Wechugism: Wechugism is a branch of Hero-Twin Worship. It is said to be a person who has been possessed or overwhelmed by the power of one of the ancient giant spirit animals, related to becoming "too strong". These giant animals were crafty, intelligent, powerful and somehow retained their power despite being transformed into the normal-sized animals of the present day. The primary purpose of Wechugism is to rid the world of Wechuge, who are said to live in the south and the deep north. 
** Lepai Pochahontism: Due to prolonged contact with Kemahana, Pochahontism has begun to crop up in certain circles. The only difference is that Pochahontas is called Asdzą́ą́ Nádleehé. 
** Trialism: Trialism teaches that the Great Plague (which they call the Plague of Judgement) is a tool to "judge" whether a man is pure of heart and of sin or not. They have become known for subjecting their children to a rite of passage where they are locked in a room with the corpse of a person (usually a family member) who died of the Great Plague, with enough food and water for a week. They also believe that they should give foreign peoples the Great Plague.
* Military: The Lepai Military is mainly levy-based, except for small garrisons consisting of a dozen men to protect against raids in Kinhoodzo. There is a maximum of 23,000 warriors, 15,800 of which use horses, which we are able to use in case of a war.  With the recent discovery of economically viable deposits of tin, bronze is becoming common among higher-class soldiers. However, the majority of our warriors use flint weapons. Lepai Military Strategy is primarily based upon light cavalry and raiding. Unlike most of our neighbors, we use the Bow and Arrow, instead of the Spear-Thrower. Spears and Axes are the primary Melee weapons, with paddles meant to bonk and crush the skulls of the enemy are used also. 
* Wars and Conflicts:
** Great Southern War: (See raids and racism (2), as well as the diplomacy section for more) Taking advantage of the limited mobility of the Aztecs, loads of nomadic tribesmen pour into the Aztec empire, occupying the central grasslands. Knowing that they must carry all war supplies by porters and cannot have their warriors sustain themselves, the primary goal is to weaken and demoralize their forces via incessant raiding on settlements for the purpose of taking precious metals and minerals. In addition, their supply lines would be incredibly stretched due to the factors stated above, and also due to the fact that there are very little settlements and farms in the Central Highlands. In case  an Aztec force comes close, Indetah and Apache forces will fire volleys of arrows while riding away on horseback, as per traditional military tradition. In addition, we invite numerous people oppressed by the Aztecs to help fight against them. In addition, we deliberately smallpox settlements by chucking the diseased bodies of our men and the corpses of the Aztecs who were unlucky enough to die of it.
n total 14,000 Lepai warriors are sent to Mexico, not counting allies.Ithumb|322x322px|Black=Xaliscans/Cahita
Purple=Colimans/Tecos
Yellow=Tarascans
Red represents the general area of Indetah incursions into Aztec Land.
* Events:
** Petroglyphs: A massive group of petroglyphs carved into the Colorado Mountains is finished around this time. Most notably, a massive whirling log, carved onto a cliff face, is finished. In addition to religious imagery, impossible shapes are carved, which will surely confuse those who pass by the site later.
** The Chalice of the Gods: Commissioned by High Priest Diniihnáʼółtah, a chalice in the Lepai Style, resembling a horn with a handle at the bottom. It is the first object in Indetah forged out of a steel alloy. To provide the carbon necessary for forging, human body parts were used. Rumors of Semen and Blood being used spread, but they are not grounded in any real evidence found at the moment.
** Raids and Racism (2): Taklishim begins to up the scale of the raids. He decides to move his primary focus out of the hilly and forested western mountains, and into the central grasslands. Persecution of the Nahua community in Lepai continues to ramp up. 
* Diplomacy:
** Chichimecs: We do not wish to disease your people, and ruin your livelihoods. However, your loyalty to the demons of Titlan cannot be forgiven. Surrender, and you shall not suffer.
** Tarascans: Many years ago, your people were conquered by the Aztecs. You have sent young men and loot to them, but have not seen any of it returned. We offer to free you from your chains. You are a great people, skilled in bronzework and archery, like us, and it’s a shame that your talents and greatness are stifled by the Nahuatl boot. Rise up, take up your weapons of bronze, and rebel against the Aztecs! We shall share in the loot of their evil empire! 
** Colimans/Tecos: Many years ago, your people were conquered by the Aztecs. You have sent young men and loot to them, but have not seen any of it returned. We offer to free you from your chains. You are a great people, skilled in bronzework and archery, like us, and it’s a shame that your talents and greatness are stifled by the Nahuatl boot. Rise up, take up your weapons of bronze, and rebel against the Aztecs! We shall share in the loot of their evil empire!
** Cahita/Xaliscans: You are doing well, rise up and rebel, and you shall share in the loot of Titlan!
** Apache Tribes: You are doing well, our friends! You shall share in the great loot of Titlan!
==== Archduchy of Westria ====
* Head of the State: 
** Emperor Friedrich VII Hohenstaufen (B 1420 - still alive), (R 1463 - present)
*** Head of the Government:
**** Leader of the Wien Council Archbishop Julius Locher (B 1400 - 1488), (R 30th Mars 1477 - 1st January 1486)
**** Leader of the Wien Council Baron Hans von Trieste (B 1455 - still alive), (1st January 1486 - present)
***** Government: Absolute Feudal Monarchy ruled by an Archduke. Though a lot of powers are also vested in to a council. The title is Archduke of Westria, Last of the Romans. Our ruling dynasty is Hohenstaufen. We are also the Emperor of the HRE since 1351.
*** Heir to the throne:
**** Crown Prince Adelhard Hohenstaufen (B 1480 -still alive), (R 1480 - present)
*** Religious Head: 
**** Archbishop Julius Locher (B 1400 - 1488), (R 1459 - 1488)
**** Archbishop Jozeph Stein (B 1424 - still alive), (R 1488 - present)
*** Governor of Westrian Netherlands
**** Prince Leon Hohenstaufen (B 1430 - still alive), (R 1482- present)
*** Demographics:
**** Population:
**** Wien: Population: 16,290
**** Amsterdam: Population: 10,000
**** Konr: Population: 8,950
**** Rich: Population: 11,120
**** Polanum: Population: 12,490
**** Bozn: Population: 14,260
**** Trieste: 13,050
**** Antwerp: Population: 6,200
**** Liege: Population: 6,000
**** Luxembourg: Population: 4,000
**** Brussels: Population: 7,000
**** Rural and smaller towns population: 2,250,920
**** Total population: 2,360,280
**** Religion: catholic christians (99%), others (1%)
**** Ethnicities: 60% Westrian, 2% Venetian, 23% Flemish 10% Wallon and "Luxembourger" 5%
** Economy: We are based on agriculture and trade through the danube river and with most of the HRE. We use our own coins which resembles a lot those of the old Roman empire. We have also started with trade from the sea through our port Trieste.
* Wars and conflicts: 
* Castillian Invasion: The troops already stationed aided with even more troops from the mainland compromising of 6,300 Pikemen, 3,000 Swordmen, 4,000 Bowmen, 4,000 Cavalry, 2,000 Crossbowmen and 1,000 arqubusiers aided by 7,000 merceneries and local peasantry that tries to help but probably failed because of inexperience. This costed us a lot of money but we hope that the aquired land in the long term will benefit us instead if we manage to keep it.
** Chief Commander: Hans von Haustaffel (B 1456 - still alive), (R 1483 - present)
** Army: Total of
** Pikemen: 7,700
** Swordmen: 4,420
** Bowmen: 4,210
** Cavalry: 6,130
** Crossbowmen: 3,840
** Arquebusier: 1,200
** Merceneries: 7,000
** Navy: Total of
** Cocha: 24
** Cog: 25
** Hoy: 7
** Mediterranean brigantines: 3
** Heavy weaponry
** Cannons: 110
*** Events:
**** Castle construction: A young Italian architect with the name Anniballe Bianchi have been appointed as the one to continue to upgrade the castle  
**** The Archbishop's successor: The successor to the Archbishop as the leader of the council became Baron Hans von Trieste  
**** Creation of the Amsterdam Council: The Amsterdam council was created efffectively giving Westrian Netherlands homerule. The first thing the Amsterdam council does is trying organize some local forces to help against Castile.  
**** Conscript soldiers and getting merceneries: The Wien council and Emperor have started to conscript soldiers and getting more merceneries to get more troops to counter the Castillian invasion.  
**** Dislike against the Emperor?: With our recent aqusitions of the lowlands have made certain relations with certain princes a bit heated with this we try and secure relations with some of the more important princes. Though we have no clue that there is infact princes conspiring against the Emperor.  
**** Building Forts: We have started to build forts in the lowlands as a way to protect us from the Castillians.  
* Diplomacy:
* German States: We accept any volunteers in the war if any of your soldiers or people in general wants to join their Emperor in war against the Castillian Beast.
* Boiheim, Lusatien, Magdeburg, Anglefrizien: We try and imrpove our relations
* Vesnia: We ask for betrothal between a Vesnian princess and our crown prince and aswell to do a treaty that despite us intermarrying we can't inherit eachother's throne to keep the "balance" in the HRE.
==== Kingdom of Castille and Leon  ====
* Government: Absolute Monarchy
** Ruler (Queen): Maria I (1477-)
* Economy: The economy is starting to recover, with the use of loans and other measures.
* Alliance - Gladius Christi: Valcanor, Castile - Leon, Agousta      
* Demographics
** Population - 6,050,356
** Ethinicities - 91% Spanish-esque 5% North African 4% Other
** Religon - 93% Catholicism 7% Other
* Cities and Population Spread
** Madrid - 365,000
** Toledo - 341,000
** Cordoba - 305,000
** Burgos - 315,000
** Leon-  395,00
** La Coruna - 355,000
** Oviedo - 257,000
** Rural - 6,913,00
** Fuerte Solaridad - 500
** Fuerte Puedra Alta - 100
** San Sebastian - 350,000
** Granada - 40,000
** Sevilla - 20,000
** Garofe - 30,000
** Malaga - 20,000
** Algecia - 30,000
* Military - 180,000
** Archers - 50,000
*** Longbow - 15,000
*** Crossbow - 25,000
*** Medium-Sized Bows - 10,000
** Cavalry - 25,000
*** Heavy - 11,750
*** Light' - 5,350
*** Super Light - 7,150
** Standard Knights - 5,000
** Pikemen - 50,000
** Men at Arms - 15,000
** Arquebusers - 35,000
* Siege Weapons
** Trebuchets - 275
** Ballista - 250
** Cannons - 365
* Navy
** Transport Ships - 150
** Converted Merchant Ships - 100
** Floating Fortresses - 305
** Sea Falcons - 345
* Wars and Conflicts - 
** The Burgundian War of Succession - 30,000 troops are now in the Netherlands, of which there are 12,000 pikemen, 8,000 arquebuseers, 3,000 light cavalry, 3,000 heavy cavalry, 5,000 archers, as well as a large array of 100 Cannons. Of which there will be 15,000 men sent to instantly take Brussels, and 10,000 to take Amsterdam. The rest are reserve and will garrisson Antwerp. The assault on Amsterdam is to be aided with 20 Floating Fortresses and 30 Sea Falcons, which will bombard the city and destroy anything that might come out of it.
* Diplomacy -​​​​​​
* Events
** Protect the Merchants (Part 17) - The shipyards recieve an order for 10 Sea Falcons and 10 Floating Fortresses, as confidence returns to these institutions.
** Learning from our Allies (Part 15) - Despite the quite terrible reputation arquebus warfare had in the Mauretanian Invasion, it is eventually agreed upon that pike-arquebus warfare similar to that used in the previous war against Valcanor is heavily viable against the armies of Westria. The introduction of the Landschete also brings a new front to the use of Pike Warfare.
** Oh Look, an Island! (Part 13) - The people of the Islands start having control come back, though it's still somewhat small
** Securing the Island  - Control beings to slowly tighten again on the island territories.
** The King is dead, all hail the Queen (Part 3) - Maria I was not intimidated by the Westrian efforts, she instantly sent 15,000 more troops to squash them fast.
** Fixing the Economy (Part 2) - A few more loans are taken, and other measures taken to further bring the economy back to normal.
==== Kingdom of Osnerol ====
* Government: Absolute monarchy
** King:
*** Hoko Katzo (r. 1362 - 1374)
*** Cuitlaxelo Witzo (r. 1374 - 1386)
*** Tepu Suhotz (r. 1386 - 1412)
*** Caon'tzi Kaan (r. 1412 - 1435)
*** Koyum Nas (r. 1435 - 1458)
*** Bikem Mitza (r. 1458 - 1487)
*** Hukehe Utzin (r. 1487 - present)
**** Dynasty: 7th Dynasty (1223 - 1374), interregnum (1374 - 1386), restored 7th Dynasty (1386 - present)
***** Parliament: None
** Economy: The Osnerolese economy is based largely on fishing and agriculture, though copper mining is a decently-sized industry as well. Trade with foreign nations such as Elysia and the Atlantian states is now a large source of income for the nation.
** Capital: Monalba
** Demographics:
*** Population: 423,000 (89% Osnerolese, 4% Taino, 4% Apalachee, 2.5% Creek, 0.5% others)
*** Religion: 94% Osnerolese religion, 6% others
** Military: 8,460 manpower total
*** Army: 4,060 soldiers
*** Navy: 4,400 sailors (88 ships)
** Wars and Conflicts:
*** Osnerol-Choctaw War: More men are recruited to fight in the punitive campaign against the Choctaw. 16,000 men are sent west to conquer the tribes involved in the raids against Osnerol, marching through and occupying major tribal villages.
** Diplomacy:
*** N/A
** Events:
*** The King is Dead. Long Live the King!: In 1487, Bikem Mitza passed away from old age. His son, Hukehe Utzin, ascended the throne.
*** Olmec Irredentism: The movement to retake the Olmec homeland has become large enough to sway the opinion of Hukehe Utzin. (secret) He begins preparations to invade the Aztec Empire, though these plans are temporarily put on hold due to the Choctaw raider issue.
*** We've Got a Bit of an Issue: Hukehe Utzin's reign was off to a rocky start. Soon after his coronation, the western frontier of Osnerol became subject to a series of raids from the Choctaw tribes. Hukehe Utzin received a threat from a rather uppity Choctaw chieftain: let us settle in your lands or you will regret it. Obviously, Hukehe Utzin would not tolerate this, and he launched a punitive campaign against the tribes.
*** Fortresses: A series of fortresses is built on the western frontier of Osnerol and in strategic locations bordering other nations, such as Muskogee, Dysia, and the Elysian city-states.
*** A New City: In OTL Orlando, Florida, the largely chinampa-based agricultural settlement of Tzaramla grows into a city of its own right.
*** Greco-Osnerolese Script: A Greek-style script for Osnerol is comissioned, which is used alongside the current logosyllabic system of writing (think something similar to Romanization). This is the indirect result of over a century of cultural contact between Elysia, Atlantia, and Osnerol.
==== Tonga ====
* Government: Absolute Monarchy (Kingdom)
** King: Funga
*** Son: Punga
*** Daughter: Liska
** Dynasty: Tonga
** Duke: Amanga
*** Son: Nongo
* Capital: Mu'a
* Demographics:
** Population: ca 159 000 total
** Mu'a: ca 14 500
** Le'u: ca 4 300 
** Rural regions: ca 140 200
** Ethnicities: 100% Polynesian.
** Religion: 100% Tongan Mythology
* Trade: Trading between all islands in the nations are established in order to 1, make each island either richer economically or richer in supplies. This also helps the relations between neighboring islands streangthen and keep them connected.
* Wars and Conflicts:
* Military: 1% 1 590
** 10 High shiefs with Kinikini Tongan War Clubs
** 473 men with pakipaki clubs
** 513 men with Tongan Paddle clubs
** thumb|199x199px|North-western islands500 men with Tongan Paddle clubs as main weapon and Kolo Tongan Throwing Clubs as secondary weapon.
** 94 men with Pukepuke Tongan War Club
* Navy:
** 391 fishing boat
** 125 travel ships (traveling between the islands)thumb|230x230px|Northern Islands
** 54 exploration ships.
* Diplomacy:
* Events:
** North-western islands: We improve relations and within 5 years they are sent an offer to join Tonga.
** thumb|146x146px|South-western IslandsNorthern Islands: A messenger is sent to give the northern islands an offer to join Tonga.
**South-western islands: We improve relations and within 5 years they are sent an offer to join Tonga.
====Kemahanacommacah | Grand Confederacy of Kemahana====
*Government: Absolute monarchy with characteristics of authoritarian military dictatorship
**Weroance: 
***Kunu (1485-; Saashilid Dynasty)
**Deceased Weroances:
***Pocahontid Dynasty:
****Moskatachaw (1384-1421)
****Sikankanna (1421-1448)
****Thosoye (1448-1457; ousted from power)
***Saashilid Dynasty:
****Wokoto (1457-1485; abdicated)
*Economy: Our economy is divided between a subsistence farming and a nomadic hunter-gatherer economy, mainly based on ethnic divisions. However, the introduction of horses (brought during the Exile) has revolutionized the process of hunting game, and cattle ranching and pastoralism has also begun to take shape, especially in rural peripheral regions. We are also beginning to see the very beginnings of urbanization, although much of the population is still nomadic or lives in villages with less than 200 people.
*Capital: Tanacoma
**Summer Capital: Dilyacoma 
*Demographics (includes all areas part of Kemahana circa 1448):
**Population: 77,550
***Tanacoma: 9,000
***Pocahontocoma: 3,000
***Utemaca: 2,500
***Nisinima: 2,000
***Kanatsasipi: 3,000
***Iyi Sipi: 1,500
***Dilyacoma: 2,000
***Wakiigi: 1,000
***Other settled towns and villages: 23,825
***Nomadic population: 24,125
**Religion: 72.7% Pocahontist (56,379 ppl), 27.3% other (mainly assorted Native American beliefs; 21,171 ppl)
***Pocahontism: Born during the devastation of the Accursed Plagues (most likely smallpox, typhus and other Old World diseases) in the early and mid-1200s AD, which killed up 70-80% of the population of the Powhatan Confederacy, Pocahontism is an offshoot branch of the Hellenic pagan religion (with ample amounts of influence from Christianity and Native American traditions). The main difference between Pocahontism and the Greek pantheon is the equation of Pocahontas, a Powhatan chief-turned-deity, with Zeus, Athena, and Aphrodite.
****Orthodox Pocahontism: This sect of Pocahontism purports to be the sect which preserves the original theology of early Pocahontism the most. Orthodox Pocahontists believe that Pocahontas is the godhead and ruler of all the gods (a mix of ancestral spirits and Hellenic gods). Orthodox Pocahontists hold that Pocahontas and her spirit has, upon death, forever left the realm of the living, and only by praying through a weroance (chief) or a shaman shall Pocahontas hear your prayer. Orthodox Pocahontists teach that the Accursed Plague is punishment for a sinful society, and to avoid disease, one must live a virtuous and pious life. Orthodox Pocahontists are by far the most numerous and established of the Pocahontists, and Orthodox priests control almost all of the Pocahontist temples and shrines in Kemahana.
****Incarnationism: Incarnationism holds that the Spirit of Pocahontas lives on in each and every human, living thing, and inanimate object (in effect a form of pantheism). Incarnationism diverges from the other Pocahontist sects in that it denies the existence of other gods and ancestral spirits as distinct entities, merely suggesting that they, too, are concentrations of the Spirit of Pocahontas. They are a small but growing minority amongst Pocahontists, and are mostly prevalent in the ranks of scholastic types. 
****Trialism: Entrenched within Kemahanan military families, Trialism teaches that the Accursed Plague (which they call the Plague of Judgement) is a tool to "judge" whether a man is pure of heart and of sin or not. They have become known for subjecting their children to a rite of passage where they are locked in a room with the corpse of a person (usually a family member) who died of the Accursed Plague, with enough food and water for a week. In Trialism, the eternal Spirit of Pocahontas is present in the Plague of Judgement. Other gods and ancestral spirits are acknowledged here, although only Pocahontas has the authority to forgive all a man's past and future sins via the Accursed Plague. 
****Cult of the Fifth Wheel: A new and quickly-rising sect of Pocahontism greatly influenced by Anti-Pahanist and Wechugist thought, the Cult of the Fifth Wheel teaches that the gods are divided into good and evil forces, which have been fighting a war against each other for all eternity, using our world as their turf. The Cult of the Fifth Wheel teaches that the "peoples of the center of the world" (i.e the natives of the southern tier of the OTL continental US) are the chosen people of the righteous gods, and that the "peoples of the fringes of the world" (i.e peoples of the far north, south, east, and west) are servants of the gods of evil. Additionally, the Cult of the Fifth Wheel preaches that humanity lives in the penultimate age, known as the Fourth Wheel; an age of death, disease, and great suffering, and only by eradicating all the "peoples of the fringes" can they usher in the era of the Fifth Wheel, an era of peace, prosperity, and bliss.
***Other religions: Many native traditions and faiths continue, especially amongst the Miskawen population.
**Ethnicity: 33.5% Wisawen (25,980 ppl), 59.8% Miskawen (46,375 ppl), 4.7% Dinawen (3,465 ppl)
***Wisawen: The Wisawen (lit. yellow men) are the descendants of the Powhatan Exiles led by Usquehannatoco. A mix of several different ethnic groups from across the OTL US East, South and Midwest, as well as minuscule amounts of white European admixture, the Wisawen are the noble ruling class of the Kemahanacommacah. They are almost uniformly settled agricultural peoples, and form a majority in most of the western areas directly adjacent to the Front Range of the Rocky Mountains.
***Dinawen: The Navajo, known as the Dinawen in the Kemahanan tongue, are the only other agricultural peoples the Kemahanans have regular contact with. As a result, they are considered separate to the primarily nomadic Miskawen tribes. The term "Dinawen" would eventually outgrow the Navajo ethnic group, becoming a blanket term for all established agricultural peoples of the American Southwest (incl. the Pueblo and Anasazi). Currently, the Dinawen make a small minority in Kemahana, mainly consisting of aspiring merchants, almost 100% of which are Navajo.
***Askakwen: The term "Askakwen" refers to all indigenous peoples of Mesoamerica (including ethnic groups like the Nahua, the Mayans, the Purepecha, the Huastecs and the Chichimecs). The (admittedly small) Askakwen minority in Kemahana, previously consisting almost entirely of Nahua or Huastec traders, have been entirely liquidated during the Great Lynching, along with other scapegoats.
***Miskawen: "Miskawen" (lit. red men) is a blanket term for all the ethnic groups indigenous to Kemahana. These include the Ute, Shoshone, Apache, Comanche, Cheyenne and Arapaho, amongst other groups. Many of these peoples remain nomadic, although there has been increasing pressure for them to adopt settled agricultural or pastoral practices.
**Languages: Although most people continue to speak their ancestral mother tongue at home, and Literary Powhatan continues to be used as the official language of administration, a creole language, known simply as Kemahanan is used in non-formal conversation. Kemahanan is based heavily on Powhatan, Cherokee, Ute, Shoshone, Comanche, and Arapaho.
*Military: The Kemahanan military is mainly a levy-based system, although minuscule standing armies are used as garrisons in frontier areas to protect against raids. As the Miskawen become more integrated into Kemahanan society, our military has also begun recruiting them as quality horsemen. Most of our weapons are stone weapons due to the lack of iron and bronze in the region, with our only bronze and iron weapons being extremely prized heirlooms dating back all the way to before the Exile. However, we are beginning to get some bronze and even iron weapons made, due to access to plentiful mines in Lepai-controlled territory.
**Kemahanan Military:
***Infantry: 3000 (0 reserves)
***Archers: 1500 (0 reserves)
***Cavalry: 2500 (0 reserves)
**Kemahanan Ginimowin: The Ginimowin are specially trained troops tasked with internal security in Kemahana (a proto-police force). They deal with internal conflicts, civil disputes, and sporadic raids, as opposed to full-blown military ventures. They have also become a form of secret police under Wokoto's rule.
***The Ginimowin currently have 300 personnel.
*Wars and Conflicts: See Events for more information.
**The Black War: The Black War (Trade Kemahanan: Sékwahtak) was the Kemahanan name for the protracted conflict between the Indetah and Kemahanan empires of Aridoamerica and the Aztec Empire in Mesoamerica. 
***Initial Invasion: With our invasion force, along with auxillary support from our allies and comrades in this conflict, we march upon the lands of the Huastec, with seizing Tamtoc and plundering its riches our goal for this operation. After this has been accomplished, our army will move along the coast, plundering and burning everything along our way. 
****Tactics/Goals: As the perfidious Aztec Fringe People barbarians carry all of their supplies by porters and cannot sustain their warriors off the land, the primary goal is to weaken and demoralize their forces via incessant raiding on settlements for the purpose of taking precious metals and minerals. In addition, their supply lines would be incredibly stretched due to the factors stated above, and also due to the sheer distance of the border regions of Huasteca to the Aztec capital of Titlan. Should an Aztec force threaten our army, our forces will fire volleys of arrows while riding away on horseback, as per traditional military tradition. In addition, we invite numerous restive peoples in the Aztec Empire, including but not limited to the Tarascans (Purépecha) and the Tlaxcalans, to help fight against them. 
****Surrender or Die: Our armies are given the prerogative to destroy and plunder every ethnic Nahua settlement in Mexico, and give the Nahua no quarter. All of them shall be killed. For non-allied and non-Nahua villages (villages populated by minority groups), we will offer an ultimatum. Surrender or die. If they surrender, their village shall be left alone, and their people are liable to join our army or otherwise continue with their lives. If said village does not surrender, it will be wiped off the map, and its inhabitants killed from the oldest grandmother to the youngest child. 
****Biological Warfare: Disease-riddled bodies (such as those who have died of smallpox) shall be catapulted into every non-allied settlement we come across, in order to further weaken our enemy.
*Diplomacy: See Events for more information.
**Comanche and Karankawan tribes: My friends and comrades, today we come to you with the most delighful of offers. To the south of your lands, there is a great empire, full of gold, and silver, and all the jade and turquoise and gems you can imagine. It is a land of unimaginable plenty, and today, we march on their lands! We shall seize their boundess riches, and grow fat and rich over the corpses of the Aztecs!
**Akechetan Agallate: Honorable Akecheta, esteemed Lord of the Prairies and Plains, Terror of All Who May Oppose You, we of Kemahana come bearing good news. For to the far south, between our lands and the boundless sea, there is a massive empire, who call themselves the Aztec. Their lands are rich beyond belief, full of gold, and silver, and turquoise, and exotic pelts, and all things one may dream of under the bright sun above. Today, we implore you to join us, in plundering their fine empire, and reaping the bounties of this land of milk and honey, so that your people shall be rich for ever and ever. 
**Tarascans (Purépecha), Colimans (Tecos), Xaliscans (Cahita), and Tlaxcalans: For too long you have been oppressed under the boot of the evil and disgusting Nahua, who serve demons and sacrifice your people to their demonic deities. It is time to rise up against your evil oppressors, and take dominion over your ancestral lands! Join us, and you shall reap the rewards of the downfall of your torturers!
*Events:
**The Final Struggle and the Black War: Seeing the beginnings of a full Lepai invasion and the current perceived weakness of the Aztec Empire, High Priestess Alshi Giisitii has declared a holy war against the "Demon Worshipping Southern Wechuge Fringe Peoples" of the Aztec Empire, promising good fortune and a place in the afterlife for all who participate. Soon after, Weroance Kunu also announces a state of war with the Aztec Empire and mobilizes the army, along with several civilian fighters joining for various reasons. Meanwhile, envoys are sent to neighboring tribes, as well as the Akechetan Agallate to our east, promising great amounts of riches and loot if they participate.
**Discord in Mesoamerica: In order to pave the way, so to speak, for our invasion of Aztec Empire, feelers are extended to oppressed groups within the empire, such as the Xaliscans, Tarascans, Colimans, and Tlaxcalans, riling them up and persuading them to work with our invading armies to throw off the Nahua yoke once and for all.
**Construction of the Wigwami Naanroda: Construction of the Wigwami Naanroda (lit. House of the Fifth Wheel), the future site of the leadership of the Cult of the Fifth Wheel, commences in the Front Range of western Kemahana (near OTL Breckenridge, CO).
==== Nihon no Domei ====
* Government: Feudal Confederation
** Emperor: Uchiha Ryu [Hogo-sha]
** Regent: Senjougahara Ryuko
** Shogun: Yamagata Jiro
** Speaker of the National Convention: Nishimiya Yuzuru
* Allies: Ezo, by personal union with Fujiwara; Joseon, defensive military alliance
* Capital: Kyoto
* Demographics:
** Population: 12,540,000
** Ethnicities: Yamatai (78%), Chinese-origin (5%), Joseon (8%), Syonan (6%), Other (2%)
** Official Religion: Shinto, with Buddhist influences
* Population Distribution:
** Urban Population [out-of-date]: 1,950,000 - 435,000 (Edo), 382,000 (Kyoto), 198,000 (Hiroshima), 174,000 (Fukushima), 135,000 (Kobe), 305,000 (cities with less than 100,000 population)
** Rural Population [out-of-date]: 13,150,000 - 1,310,000 (Chugoku), 6,210,000 (Tohoku), 2,450,000 (Chubu), 1,100,000 (Kyushu), 890,000 (Shikoku), 1,570,000 (Kansai)
* Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War): 
** N.A 
* Army [recruitment halted for coronation of the new Emperor]
** Horses [15,000]: Modest steeds trained to gallop across the rough and uneven terrain of Nihon's islands. They can also be employed for charging out of boats onto land, although that kind of situation is comparably rarer.
** General infantry [63,000]: Rudimentarily trained infantry with a general focus on close-ranged melee and shortrange bow combat. Second priority for usage of battering rams and other siege equipment, usually assisting other infantry and auxillaries with tasks.
** Irregular infantry [63,000]: Infantry-in-training as well as part-time infantry that does not serve for lifetime employment. Mostly the former. First priority for handling of siege equipment.
** Support staff [15,000]:  Infantry serving in entirely logistical roles. Equipped with extreme short range equipment such as daggers for self-defence, the bulk of many impromptu convoys.
** Auxillary infantry [16,000]: Long-range bowmen and combat medics. Heavily trained, many chosen to be officers upon promotion in the field. 
** Irregular auxillaries [28,000]: Often merchants and mercenaries serving the same role as auxillary infantry, auxillaries-in-training or officers serving in combat. 
* Highest-ranking generals:
** N_A
* Navy:
** Kawataro-fune [53]: An armoured slow-moving battleship which covers the deck in metal plating and a layer of steel behind the caravel structure to give it a special amount of versatility. If it is sinking, it can last for enough hours to bring it back to shore or at least into a kamikaze attack.
** Hayai-fune [30]: A restored line of lightly-armoured battleships designed to quickly board another ship before sinking it. Incredibly fragile.
** Supply ships [152]: Unarmoured fast-moving cargo ships as well as heavy lightly-armoured supply ships. The former used to resupply close to land; the latter used to carry along supplies on longer, no-docking expeditions.
** Irregular converteds [12]: Various ships with various amounts of armour and what not attached on; mostly former Kei-fune and and Hayai-fune and cargo ships. Heavily personalised, often used as fleet commander ships.
** 39,000 sailors: close-quarters trained, basic infantry training and ship training
* Admirals:
** Koyanagi Touko: in charge of the First Fleet (formerly the 1st Expeditionary) 
** Matsudaira Keiko: In charge of the Second and Third Fleets, spontaneous attack fleets
* Diplomacy: 
** N-A
* Economics:
** De-centralisation: 
* Culture:
** Yamatai: The dominant culture on the three main islands, practiced by the vast majority of ethnic Nihonese; it emphasises the importance of self and the privilege of existence. A partly individualistic culture with overtly communal streaks that designates the greatness of finding a specific calling and engaging it with the most effort possible; giving rise to a society that prizes the arts as well as the value of literature. While it does not shun the sciences, they are not often given priority; meanwhile, the military and warriors are given outsized importance against all else. Its envisioning of Shinto has numerous distinct cultural streaks from the nations that existed before Yamato united the three main islands under its own banner; as well as little reminders of the past.
** Ainu: A distinct, unique culture native to Tohoku and Ezo; a kind of communal culture that emphasises the community and a place within that community. It speaks of the importance of discovering a place within society and fulfilling the callings asked of you by others, and that no individual is above the common good. Its adoption of arts and literature is thus comparably limited, but it is the Ainu which have advanced Nihon's science so far, partly due to the fact that they are encouraged to go to school from younger ages (and generally live in more urbanised societies). Their envisioning of Shinto is more akin to a kind of lifestyle, which promotes certain practices and discourages others; one which has, surprisingly, remained largely sturdy for the last 400 years.
** Joseonese-Han: A minority culture arising from the great giants from across the sea; Joseonese-Han is a monstrous beast of mish-mashed cultures, from distinct Han streaks arising almost 600 years ago to the original Xia cultures. It is almost entirely reliant on distinct, tiny Xianist sects and practices a form of Buddhism mixed with Shinto.
* Events:
** The Greatest General [9] [FINAL]: After experiencing a severe heart attack, Kanzaki realises his time is finally approaching. Even more than that, however, he realises what Tulaani is attempting to do and that his introduction of his works to her may have been a fatal mistake; considering her abilities, he decides instead to teach her how to read, how to engage in military strategy and basic training. This comes much at the shock of her parents, who begin participating as well and coming to realise this 'Mr. Izuku' must have been a far more significant figure where he came from. Showing the little girl how it all works, he imparts what knowledge he gained of assymetrical warfare and tactics during his long tenure in the military.He discovers, however, that the girl seems to completely disregard the Truth of Strategy in its entirety, choosing to focus on its original, Theory of Strategy, no matter how hard he attempts to convince her otherwise. She begins to speak of becoming a conqueror herself, something which quietly disturbs him; still, he spends much of his time teaching her about history, about the impact of terrain on warfare and more, until he finally succumbs to his extreme gout in late 1489, spending his last week alive surrounded by the family. He reveals where he is from and what he did before arriving in Almaty; but especially, he leaves Tuulani with one final message:'War, war is not a game. War is the process of you, taking life, to achieve a goal. You, you don't understand now. You think that conquering is but a means to an end. But, Nishi no Hikari, it is not a game. It is not just a tool. If you feel that you cannot go on, then stop. It is lack of that knowledge that has set conquerors to their end every, every time. Please, please, when you cannot see an answer to where your goal is even as the conquest has seen success... read it. Read the second book. No one can judge you. Brave girl.'Kanzaki Izuku lived a muted but illustrious life, passing away on the 18th August 1489 (one of the few Nihonese whose birth dates and death dates are so clearly known) surrounded by a Chagatai family. Although few would remember him, Nihonese historians in the future would come to reassess his importance in the history of Nihon, coming close to figuring out the link between a mysterious Nihonese man in Almaty and the vanished general on a mission from Kyoto.
** The New Era's Struggle [3]:
*** Showdown for Power - Autumn 1486: Realising that his rule is in jeopardy, Emperor Ryu finally calls the National Convention back to his presence in Kyoto in an attempt to reinforce his rule; however, he soon discovers he has been quietly superseded by Shogun Yamagata; who gains support by the day at the Convention with an opening monologue that receives a standing ovation. Meanwhile, the Commerce league of Kyoto quietly sends a letter to the Convnetion demanding that 'the three promises be delivered by the Emperor', despite Nihon being in a state of economic stagnation in which it would be impossible to do so. This is used by Yamagata to declare that the Emperor is simply 'too inept' and has 'lost the graces of the heavens'; kicking off several years of animosity between the Emperor and the Shogun. Yamagata unambiguously sets out his goals: placing the Nihonese military in control in Kyoto and abdicating responsibility for individual daimyo's territory completely to them, effectively turning the Domei into a loose confederation. This pits them directly against one another, and made further contentious by Yamagata using his authority to declare a state of 'Grand Secession' - that being the exact same trick used by Tomoe Gozen to force herself into the position of Empress; in which the Emperor is declared to no longer have the moral authority to lead the nation and therefore their authority is delegated to the Shogun.
*** I Deserve Your Job - Winter 1487: No one goes down without a fight. At least, not in this battle; Yamagata assumes authority as Shogun and temporarily Emperor of Nihon; ousting Ryu and Regent Senjougahara. Both are forced out of the Imperial Palace in Kyoto while widespread riots break out between various daimyo, a kind of civil war beginning to form; the Emperor and Regent flee to Edo, where they declare the city to be Tokyo and begin a campaign of re-accession for the Emperor. This leads to further violence, with many merchants simply moving further inland or escaping to Kansha and ushering in a period which will one day be known as the Yamaga Hane' shita hi (The Days the Mountains Thrived), as cities like Fukushima and further inland towns experience an influx of gold and silver from coastal merchants fleeing away. Kansha itself sees mass migration, especially from Kyushu. Still, Yamagata is unable to outright kill Ryu, as the rules of Grand Secession demand that he must acknowledge his succession of his own accord; many peasants, uninvolved with the events in Kyoto, already viewing him as a kind of usurper, receiving him less than warmly, a view taken by many Chugoku and Chubu residents. He must somehow convince Ryu to hand over the throne of his own accord, but how...?
*** The Puppeteering of the Emperor - Summer 1489: While attempting to figure out their next move in this great big spat, Senjougahara Ryuko takes a walk on the streets of the newly-proclaimed Tokyo. Believing that she can easily convince the peasantry to rise up against Yamagata, elevating Ryu to a kind of god-figure; she becomes convinced that she will win.
She returns back to the temporary imperial palace in a coffin, cut down by a hackneyed assailant whose black clothing and face mask will become the basis of the Nihonese ninja. Ryu, panicking at the death of his closest confident, addresses his other remaining advisors candidly; most agreeing that his chances of actually winning this battle of succession come down to practically nil. Still thinking that he has to somehow show his mother that he succeeded all those years later, he stands up and decides against abdicating, instead returning to Kyoto and agreeing to let Yamagata do whatever he wants in exchange for remaining Emperor. Yamagata is more than happy to allow him to become a puppet Mikado; ending the short succession crisis and fundamentally installing the Bakufu as the dominant political authority in Nihon.
**
* National Convention:
** N-A
Notable People:
* 1401-1473 [The Last Days of the Heian]:
** Uchiha Tomoko (1387 - 1469) [deceased]: Head of the Yamatai faction during the Civil War and later Empress (1412-1469) under the name 'Uchiha I'.
** Mori Kyoko (1378 - 1473) [deceased]: One of the two heads of the Peoples' League during the Civil War, later Speaker of the National Convention unopposed until death. Spouse: Kido Mirio.
** Hori Shizuku (1377 - 1456) [deceased]: The other head of the Peoples' League, a minor political player in Hiroshima after the war. Committed suicide under threat of involuntary execution.
** Midoriya Kaitou (1383 - 1472) [deceased]: A minor player in the Civil War who gained popularity as a capable administrator. Birth name Zhang Kaisheng. Spouse: Midoriya Yuki.
** Seishiro Kirie (1381 - 1463) [deceased]: One of the heads of the Outsiders who found herself alienated from her hometown in her pursuit of political unity. Became a remarkable writer, writing works such as The Use of War, a critical book on the purpose of strife. Spouse: Bakushi Yona.
** Bakushi Yona (1380 - 1463) [deceased]: A Yamatai-Eskosian, best known for fighting for the political rights of the tiny Eskosian minority in Nihon. Became a political kingmaker after the war. Spouse: Seishiro Kirie.
** Hu Jin-Yo (1376 - 1462) [deceased]: A Joseon-Yamatai, best known as a Joseonese reunificationist who participated in a minor role during the Civil War. Afterwards, provided much financial support to the Nihonese army advancing in Kyongsong before dying in a tragic accident.
** Kanzaki Izuku (1394 - 1489): First Shogun then Taisho, well known for unconventional military tactics that precipitated asymmetrical warfare against enemy forces. Lived a relatively stunted life afterwards, travelled into Joseon and participated in its war against Kyongsong before travelling West in hopes of retracing the steps of Bulijin Khatun, a dream promptly foiled.
** Nishimiya Asuka (1372 - 1479): Shogun after her predecessor Kanzaki was passed over due to ignoring the Empress, she became something of a despot and massively expanded the powers of the military as well as a small secret police under the direction of Empress Uchiha and Speaker Mori. Lived a quiet, nondescript life. Spouse: Ryuzoji Mirio.
* 1474 - ??? [The Rise of the Bakufu]
** Uchiha Ryu (1467 - ??): Adopted son of Empress Uchiha, originally groomed to be an apt successor of hers; he was soon convinced to take another path by the Regent. Overthrown in 1487.
** Senjougahara Ryuko (1459 - ??): Popular regent originally meant to become successor to Uchiha, eventually sidelined. With a massive amount of political power, however, she pulled strings to keep herself as Regent and manipulated the new Emperor as she wished.
** Senmyaku Hyo-in (1436 - 1486): Powerful orator of the Dochaku who advocated for their betterment. Eventually sidelined due to the maneuvring of Empress Uchiha.
** Yamagata Jiro (1461 - ??): An upstart military man who became Shogun at the behest of the late Nishimiya Asuka. Soon evolved into a broadly popular political figure who usurped the throne from Uchiha Ryu.
==== Valcanor ====
* Government: Absolute Monarchy (Personal Union with Castile)
** Queen: Maria I 
** Others:
*** Prince Lazaro, B 1415- (Undercover in Sicily)
*** Prince Benito, B 1470- (Hidden in Laszlofold)
*** Prince Fidel, B 1471
** Notable Past Royalty: 
*** King Agustin III (B 1364-1449, Ruled 1394-1449, struck down in war)
*** Princess Sophia Hohenstaufen of Westria (B 1388-1462, Ruled 1449 to 1454, stepped down)
*** Princess Selina, B 1411-1484 (Ruled in Westria as Queen for a time, returned to Valcanor before death.
*** Princess Lela, B 1415- (Ruled 1454-1477, forced from power)
* Economy: The Valcan economy is in ruin. Generation-long wars and shortages of food drag Valcanor down into a hole of debt. This is combatted by making jobs of repairing cities and roads and re-planting and restoring gardens, farms, orchards, and fields. With the war finished, the trade industry peeks its head out of the shadows and back into life.
* Capital: Valencia
* Demographics:
** Population: ~5,692,942
*** Ignore this
*** Valencia, Shining capital city: 96,755
*** Barcelona, Center of economy and industry: 93,845
*** Perrogo, Home of the Valcan Navy: 85,615
*** Tarragona, Keystone of culture: 69,695
*** Andorra, The final Valcan frontier: 68,315
*** Murcia, Agricultural powerhouse: ~40,000 
*** Rural Areas and Smaller Communities: ~4,818,080
** Ethnic Groups: 
*** 92.8% Spanish (Valencian descent)
*** 3.7% Spanish (other descent)
*** ~1% North African 
*** 1% French
*** 0.9% Other
** Religion: 
*** 98% Roman Catholic 
*** ~1% Arzham
*** ~1% Other 
* Military: Ignore this too 78,950 active 
** Human Resources:
*** 11,050 Foot Soldiers (Swordmen)
*** 11,352 Spearmen
*** 11,346 Cavalrymen
*** 3,700 Knights and Royal Guards
*** 8,300 Heavy Infantry
*** 200 Generals, Commanders and Strategists
*** 9,000 Standard Bowmen
*** 9,652 Longbowmen
*** 10,000 Crossbowmen
*** 550 Cannon-men 
*** 260 Arquebusiers 
*** 800 Elite Warriors (Assassins, spies)
** 394,750 Reserve Troops 
*** 300 active
**** 125,000 Swordmen, Spearmen, Heavy Infantry
**** 125,000 Bowmen, Crossbowmen, Longbowmen
**** 50,000 Cavalrymen
** Siege Weapons and Artillery:
*** 60 Battering Rams
*** 65 Catapults
*** +60 Trebuchets
*** 100+ Large Cannons
*** 200+ Small Cannons
*** 300 Arquebuses
** Navy:
*** 110+ Transports
*** 80+ Cargo Ships 
*** 9 Large Transports
*** 22 Sea Riders
*** 17 Naval Kings
*** 12 Salvaged Scourges
** Trading Fleet:
*** 120+ Merchant Ships
* Wars and Conflicts:
** Re-Re-Reconquista: The war has ended in a successful defense of Iberia. Now it is time to repair the damage caused.
* Diplomacy:
** N/A
* Events (1480-1485)
** Secret Son, Part 3: Fidel continues to grow in popularity amongst the Valcan people. Benito’s skills in diplomacy and battle grow, but so does his ego and sense of self-importance.
** Valcania, Rule the Waves, Part 3: The navy becomes the focus and highlight of the Valcan military. As a result, Perrogo grows from the shipbuilding industry giving many people jobs in this time of economic hardship.
** The Re-Established Hero, Part 1: Hanzila Suazo has traveled rather than most, and fought from one end of Europe to another, but after suffering a crushing injury in the War of the Drakes, the Valcan hero has lost the ability to use his legs. After returning to Valcanor from his time away in Albion, he is gifted a Medal of Honor, and his childhood friend Princess Lela commends him and his accomplishments. 
** Princess of the Sands, Part 1: An orphan girl on the streets of Murcia huddles in the rubble of a collapsed house as soldiers clear out the wreckage following the war. She had snuck out of her uncle’s house after her father was conscripted into the war against the United Spanish armies and her mother disappeared. The war had surrounded her just when she was about to reach her father, and she passed out. As she awakens, cleansed of her memory and personality, she remembers only one the name she was told to go by in case of trouble: Reina Palomo.
* Events (1485-1490)
** Secret Son, Part 4: Fidel grows in popularity in Valcanor, traveling around the nation and Castile to help clean up the wreckage from the war. When Benito finds out his royal heritage and that his successful brother is living the life while he trains for years in a foreign nation, he is furious. At his family for leaving him there. At the nobles for hiding the secret from him. And at his brother Fidel, gaining the popularity and power that should be his...
** Valcania, Rule the Waves, Part 4: The navy patrols Valcan waters, fending off any pirates they encounter, clearing the way for the trade fleet to dust itself off and get back into business.
** The Re-Established Hero, Part 2: Hanzila returns to his childhood home of Valencia with his brother and their family. He writes a book about lessons he learned from his war experiences, and works with the royal guard and Valcan military as a strategist. 
** Princess of the Sands, Part 2: Reina Paloma has struggled to make a living and get by in Valcanor, until she makes her way to Valencia and meets Fidel, prince of Valcanor. The two hit it off, though they come from very different backgrounds. However, the prince’s advisors will not let Reina stay, and she is thrown back out onto the streets. She wanders the alleys of Valencia, trying to find a safe place, when two men dressed in all black step out from the shadows. They are hired soldiers working for her uncle, and have been following Reina since she escaped his house. Squaring up for a fight, Reina doesn’t notice the third figure creep up behind her.
** Go Sell some Vases or Something, Part 1: The Valcan trading fleet resumes its business on a smaller scale, only making trips to and from France, Genoa, and Laszlofold for the time being.
==== Passamaquoddy ====
* Government: Chiefdom
** Sakom (Head Chief): Nutewestaq (Born 1427)
* Economy: Shells and carved beads are traded in exchange for food and services.
* Capital: Ehecinaqoten
* Demographics:
** Population: ~28,600
** Major Cities:
*** Ehencinakhiqoten: ~1,750
*** Atpechantwekomon: ~100
*** Rural Areas: ~26,750
** Religion: 
*** Native Beliefs: ~99%
*** Norse: ~1%
** Ethnicity:
*** Passamaquoddy: ~95%
*** Mixed: ~2%
*** Other Natives: ~2%
*** Norse: ~1%
* Military:
** Passamaquoddy has no military, though most men have at least some experience with hunting equipment, most notably spears.
* Wars and Conflicts:
** None
* Diplomacy:
** None
* Events
** The few settlements in Passamaquody grow slowly, though settlements only consist of two or three families on average. This prevents cities from developing.
** Ehecinakhiqoten and Atpechantwekomon will soon see the development of flatter, wider, and clearer trails between wigwams. A road system could eventually evolve into paths between settlements.
** Passamaquoddy is more of a loose confederation than a state with multiple levels of government, although there is a monthly meeting in Ehecinakhiqoten, where all able-bodied men (and some women) meet to discuss the state of the nation, how they will interact with foreign groups, and similar topics. Meetings take place once every full moon, when their ancestors are closest to them.
** Wikhausu’Piscoke, or just Wikhausu, is the son of Sakom Nutewestaq, stands out from a young age for drawing in and with mud on the ground. He creates odd symbols and draws out stories, similar to how the elders say their fathers’ fathers’ fathers would do on cave walls.
** With the new alliance in place, some Passamaquoddy families near the border with Nahican migrate across the border in a friendly exchange of culture and news in the region. 
** Expansions are made to the west and slightly north into the sparsely populated forests of the Amiaqac. They are both culturally and ethnically similar to us so they are welcomed to join Passamaquoddy.
** Efforts are made to hopefully assemble a trained military near Ehecinakhiqoten.
==== Ahuric Empire ====
* Government and Policy:
** Monarch: King Hameed Ahurid
** Administrative Situation: Restructuring the administration has led to the Muhafezat system, with local administrations in place in certain areas. This is both popular with the Reformists and the Minorities, as it gives them a level of autonomy. However, the power ultimatly rests with the Imperial Court, capable of overriding the rules of any Muhafeza. 
** Population: 7,852,636
** Policy and National Affairs:
*** Back to the Military: The Military had taken a hit after the civil war, understandably so. The King formed the military into 3 equal sipahs, the Aqeel's Sipah (succeeding the 3rd Sipah as the special force of the Military) and a patrol for trade safety. It is quite the ordeal setting up a military as such. This has now come to an end, with the King being exceedingly focused on the project, sprouting a healthy military. The Land Forces have trained in Elam as well as the deserts of Adnan to be better versed in multiple terrains. They have also gone, in small groups and in turns, to train in Malepdiva and Tamreda. Our gains against the Qarshids were limited by how capable our troops were to fight in the terrain, and as such we are preparing for another situation like that. In a, as far as we are concerned, first throughout the world, an entire fort is built to be shot at with cannons, to see how best to defeat a fort, and how best to build a fort. Dummy arrows, arrows with a clothed head, are used for training. This could be, perhaps, the first example of war games. Soldiers clash with wooden swords and dummy arrows. We haven't perfected this by any means, and as thus there are a dozen or two casualities. This isn't as big a deal as some might expect, as campaigning in the desert usually has casualities. The ground troops were focused on for the last 5 years too, so less resources are spent on them in the next 5 years. The Navy is brought back to prominence. While they had strength prior to this, they are by no means the strongest they have ever been. The Navy is to be restructured and expanded, with Masirah once again functioning. 
*** The Policy of Trade: We have explored far and wide, with access to the most amazing of resources. With such a network, we have to monopolise. A trade fleet is set up and effectively leased to merchants for a small fraction of their income. Fleets work as such: 10 Military ships along with 50 transport ships, for a big fleet, or 5 Military ships and 15 transport ships, for a small fleet, are given a certain date to leave a port. They venture to a far flung destination and have a number of days there to sell their wares and purchase foreign goods. Then, on a certain date, the entire fleet leaves port and returns to their port of origin (Usually Muscat). This sort of standardisation only works for a fraction of merchants, as many just set off on their own rather than sign up to some weird and convoluted scheme, which limits how effective this is. It is still wildly effective at displaying our power and trading. Fleets can fan out near a nation, with big fleets able to split into 10 convoys of 1 Military ship and 5 transports, and small fleets are able to split into 5 convoys of 1 Military ship and 3 transports. This allows, if a nation is spread out or single markets are small, for markets to not be saturated. This scheme is not only for the Empire, however, and the other members of the League of the Desert (Yemen, Qarsoon, Hejaz) are also able to sign up to this scheme, allowing their merchants in our fleets, and their military vessels in our convoys. This is the first prong, trade efficiency, in our two prong solution. The second is trade diplomacy. We are going to invest in new and exotic markets and keep them within our sphere of influence. We also intend to expand our port network. It makes sense to purchase or colonise ports in far away regions as a safe haven for our ships. Gerrha once held Barigaza from which they penetrated the Indian market, we shall emulate that success elsewhere. To that front, our focus is on Imerina, the southern island nation. The nation has a lot of rare resources, which sell well in our markets. We invest heavily on trade there.
*** Advertising and Expansion: We want to expand, as all nations do. Currently, our northern frontier is blocked. The nations to the North are far too powerful for us to handle. Hence we look south, towards to vast ocean, to give us islands and territory. This needs willing colonisers, people who don't mind adventure and discomfort. A large group of messengers, about 100, are sent around the nation to talk about the far away and exotic lands that we have found. Tales rivalling myths are spread. This is spread as "news", a message to inform the people how the nation is faring. Adventurers are grouped into "Adventure Guilds", small centres set up by citizens intrigued by the prospect of colonisation, to pool up their resources for adventure. Small guilds are set up across the nation, most prominently in Muscat. This is just as we wanted, small groups of people ready for adventure pooling up on their own so we don't have to search for them. 
*** Propoganda and Minorities: Our nation is filled with Minorities with Nabateans in the North West, Assyrian Refugees in the North East and groups of Elamites in the Elam region. What better way than to use these people as a form of propoganda. The Nabateans are given a new (small) city to the North East of Rafha named "New Petra" to serve as their administrative headquarters and win them over. They have their sights on their historic lands in Isetium, and as such are free to spread whatever propoganda they intend about them. The Assyrian refugees, which came to our nation when the Arzhamites attacked, perhaps don't number much more than 15,000 within our borders, are also given a small city to the North West of Eridu called Mdinatuwana (Blessed City) where they can reside. Temples are built there too, to show how commited we are to their cause. We also invite other Assyrians to join us from Arashena where they are "shackled to a harrassing regime" and "used as fodder despite their long and rich history as a great civilisation". It is propoganda, but hopefully effective. The Elamites are a trickier situation. There are few of them, as most Elamites were converted to Arzhamite. We hope, by using the hundreds of remaining Elamites in the mainland, and the few that remain in Elam, we can strengthen their position. An Elamite Elam would be further away from the Qarshids and perhaps be attached to us even further. Elamite temples are built, Elamites are encouraged to return to Elam, Elamite history is taught further is educational institutions and a form of elamite zeal is to be instilled (potentially) in the people.
* Military:
** Personnel: 75,000
** 1st Sipah: 
*** Swordsmen: 5,000
*** Spearmen: 2,000
*** Bowmen: 3,000
*** Fire Lancers: 350
*** Crossbowmen: 2,000
*** Light Cavalry: 2,000
*** Heavy Cavalry: 1,000
*** Ranged Cavalry: 1,000
*** Cavalry Fire Lancers: 85
*** Cannons: 10
*** Trebuchets: 20
*** Polybolos: 25
*** Transport Camels: 35
*** Overall: 17,050 Troops
** 2nd Sipah: 
*** Swordsmen: 5,000
*** Spearmen: 2,000
*** Bowmen: 3,000
*** Fire Lancers: 350
*** Crossbowmen: 2,000
*** Light Cavalry: 2,000
*** Heavy Cavalry: 1,000
*** Ranged Cavalry: 1,000
*** Cavalry Fire Lancers: 85
*** Cannons: 10
*** Trebuchets: 20
*** Polybolos: 25
*** Transport Camels: 35
*** Overall: 17,050 Troops
** 3rd Sipah: 
*** Swordsmen: 5,000
*** Spearmen: 2,000
*** Bowmen: 3,000
*** Fire Lancers: 350
*** Crossbowmen: 2,000
*** Light Cavalry: 2,000
*** Heavy Cavalry: 1,000
*** Ranged Cavalry: 1,000
*** Cavalry Fire Lancers: 85
*** Cannons: 10
*** Trebuchets: 20
*** Polybolos: 25
*** Transport Camels: 35
*** Overall: 17,050 Troops
** "Aqeel's" Sipah: 
*** Swordsmen: 4,000
*** Bowmen: 2,000
*** Fire Lancers: 500
*** Light Cavalry: 1,000
*** Ranged Cavalry: 500
*** Cannons: 20
*** Polybolos: 10
*** Overall: 8,110 Troops
** Patrol Force:
*** Light Cavalry: 3,000
*** Ranged Cavalry: 3,000
*** Heavy Cavalry: 500
*** Overall: 6,500 Troops
** Muscat Fleet:
*** Gharaq: 80
*** Harbis: 50
*** Fire Ships: 30
*** Light Transport Ships: 20
*** Heavy Transport Ships: 2
** Grane Fleet:
*** Harbis: 50
*** Gharaqs: 70
*** Fire Ships: 30
*** Light Transport Ships: 40
*** Heavy Transport Ships: 10
** Trade Fleet (There has always been a large trade fleet, but wasn't included here):
*** Big Fleets: 2
**** Harbis: 10
**** Gharaqs: 10
**** Transport Ships: 100
*** Small Fleets: 7
**** Harbis: 15
**** Gharaqs: 20
**** Transport Ships: 105
* Military Operations and Foreign Affairs:
** Adnanification:
*** Merchants of Imerina: Imerina is a strong nation on an island. They have useful resources and are friendly with us. To strengthen our influence, we send many merchants and citizens to Imerina to trade with them. The issue is understanding the language. Sorabe looks nothing like Adnanite. Our traders use Adnanite, but certain Sorabe words for things on the island have no Adnanite equivelant. We use the Adnanite Alphabet to sound out the Sorabe words. While our merchants use that, it could also make the Imerinan Merchants do the same to communicate better.
*** Horses of Imerina: They don't have horses here, how strange? Well, we know best how to gain a bussiness opportunity. We bring over a few horses to sell, and attempt to wow the population. 10 Light Cavalrymen (they are well trained with horses) are sent over to show off their horses. They travel around to show off and make horses more desirable. A number of stable masters are sent over and sell their service to train the horses and keep them in tip top condition. About 10 horses are offered to their military, for a fair price, after showing off our own military horsemen.
*** Religions of Imerina: The locals have their own religion, how very nice. But it isn't as safe as them having Zoroastrian, or some form of Zoroastrian, as their religion. A religious bond would make us pretty close, no matter what comes in between us. To that front, a number of "adventure guilds" are encouraged to go to Imerina and set up small centres to "educate" them. They come under the guise of teaching the locals about Ahuric Technology, which they do, but they also teach about the religion, language and geography of the Empire, an inevitable occurence. By giving them a small governmental grant, they are likely to be more effective in the efforts.
*** The Swahili on the Swahili coast: ​​There is a potential here which we can exploit. The locals of the coast have long been subjected to small Zoroastrianisation efforts which have had some success (How much success is up to staff) ​​​​​but not enough success for our liking. We are going to trade more with these people, which have some frankly amazing resources, while also influencing them. We spread the Adnanite language to some of these nations, as well as the Zoroastrian religion. 
*** Exploration: Self Explanatory
* Economy:
** High Income, High Spending: We recieve a very large income, with trade booming again. But this doesn't really trickle down as it is being spent in adventurous governmental spending sprees. People really don't get mad, because after a civil war, they have lost the feeling of protest. Much of the repairs are made using the large reserve in the treasury in Al-Khor and Adnan which were left by King Aqeel pre-civil war as money to use in case of war with Isetium or Arashena or the Qarshids. This covers some of the cost, but we need more, which is not being filtered down. This is likely to change in the future, as the young inexperienced King understands financial and adminstrative affairs more.
* New Research:
** Easier Fire Lances: Research back to normal
** Cannons: Research back to normal
* Diplomacy:
** Imerina: A Non-Aggression Pact? Also, a lot of stuff, partially secretly, is happening to you, if you want to read up on that.
** League of the Desert: Would you like to integrate our trading further to make more money and strengthen ourselves? (Read The Policy of Trade for further information)
** Swahili: We trade more with the northern swahili nations (Read The Swahili on the Swahili Coast)
** Staff: 2 new small cities, explained in "Propoganda and Minorities"
=== Turn XIX: 1490-1495 ===
==== Mod Events ====
*THE GREAT VOYAGE: Columbus' Bizarre adventure. Columbus was known by many names, but his name today is translated as Christopher Constantine Columbus (Or just Christopher Columbus).Though largely self-educated, Columbus was widely read in geography, astronomy, and history; he formulated a plan to seek a western sea passage to the East Indies, hoping to profit from the lucrative spice trade. Following persistent lobbying, the ruler of Castille-Leon agreed to sponsor a journey west, in the name of the Crowns of Castille-Leon. Columbus left Castille-Leon in August 1492 with three ships, and after a stopover in the Canary Islands made landfall in the Americas on the 12th of October. His landing place was an island in the OTL Bahamas; but when Columbus attempted to sail south to Cuba, he and his crew were captured by Dysian Pirates led by Captain Rhea Astraeapoulos (or Rhea Astraea by some sources). Held at "gunpoint", Columbus and his crew were imprisoned in what would be known today as Guantamanion. Negotiation resulted in him saving his skin due to the efforts of a Greek crew member, Constance; Columbus would write that his encounter with Captain Rhea turned out more pleasant than he expected afterwards, and she gave him information about navigating the land; nothing, however, about where it was, nothing to challenge his assumption it was Cipangu (a land known to them based off of word of the Chinese) or India. He would later question his luck that he met this woman and not someone considerably more temparamental; and so, offered her and a few of her crew a ride back to Europe as proof of the place for gold, an offer they accepted. He went on to Megas Athenais and established a fort there (La Navidad) in late 1492, declaring himself governor of Nueva Hispania (as per agreement) and sailed back to Europe. Returning to the fort in 1493, however, he would only discover it ransacked and ruined...
*THE GREAT VOYAGE (cont.): Captain Rhea suggested it was Megas Athenais, the people of this land. Angered, Columbus enlisted the help of Rhea's men to pacify them, again promising them riches. When Megas Athenais' troops eventually arrived, translators demanded the 'King' of Megas Athenais to negotiate. Believing things would be peaceful, the King agrees to meet on neutral waters. As the King waited, he was suddenly surrounded by Captain Rhea's fleet and promptly captured. Columbus demanded that the King should agree to be under the crown of Castille-Leon as a protectorate, with Columbus as governor or overseer; on top of a guarantee of safety to Hispanian and Captain Rhea's ships. He reluctantly agreed. They established San Costa (OTL La Isabela) as a base in 1493 and went their separate ways. Captain Rhea reluctantly took it upon herself to keep the King in check; a privilege some claim she abused. Castille-Leon now had control of Megas Athenais (or now Nueva Hispania), though practically only in name under their current protectorate status. The effect on the debt of Castille-Leon was similarly minor.
*The Blind Robin: Frederique didn't know where she was. She knew she had been kidnapped, judging by her binded hands; suddenly, some men came into the room and she demanded to know who they were. But they only told her they knew who she was after; her son. After being questioned back and forth, the men claimed that her son had died on their way to Svearike. In her anger, Frederique formulated a plan to break free on the opportune moment and take revenge - a moment that finally presented itself while she was being transported to another area. She pretended to be weak when the guards cut off her bindings from the pole before taking the dagger from the guard and stabbed him in the throat. In spite of her blindness, she was far from deaf; within seconds she already knew how many there were - just nine. Eight were impaled at the stake, but one escaped - one she chased down, and under duress, the guard revealed they had lied. Could it be her son is still alive? Frederique pondered; finishing off the goon, she thus set off to find her son, a task she completed in 1495, where she discovered him alive and well. Moments before approaching him, however, she heard a voice - one of a woman, one of a lover. The voices of children reached her, and at that moment she knew, and decided against interrupting. Leaving behind a small note with the help of the locals, she departed once more into the snow...
*Dark Horse: Despite initial impressions of the conflict, decay struck both Chagatai and Kashgar during the infighting-caused struggle to gain an upper footing. In 1493, a family of Chagatai nobles attended a meeting with others to issue a petition to the ruler; one involving numerous greivances within Chagatai and proposed solutions. One that was promptly... rejected. Dejected, these disillusioned groups formed an informal resistance to the ruler of Chagatai, intending to replace him; Tuulani's family was chosen - specifically her father, to lead as the new ruler. Their plan to begin a coup was triggered in 1494, where they tricked the old ruler of Chagatai into a parlay before threatening the poor fool with assassination; a bloody scene promptly avoided when he agreed to abdicate to Tuulani's father. Being part of the new 'ruling' family presented opportunities for Tulaani to learn more about Chagatai's history, especially the Second Daevite Empire; being the land from which it originated. But sometime in 1495, Tulaani's father was mysteriously murdered, and her older brother took power; Despite her young age, Tulaani immediately considered it suspicious and began a personal investigation of the most likely conspirator - her brother. He denied murdering their father in order to attain power for himself, but Tulaani grew up with him - she knew which buttons to press. She was barely moments away from unconvering the truth definitively before an assassin attempted to take her out, one which she herself precariously defied. With her suspicions confirmed, her thoughts turned to Chagatai, and its worsening under her brother's power; her thoughts thus turned to justice and revenge, and she set out to gain support for herself instead.
*Peasant Revolt of Iberia: The populace, already unhappy, weary and tired after a two generational war with Mauretania, learning of the Castillian crown's declaring war to contest land far away in the Low Countries, rose up in revolt in various regions in the country, demanding the end to the state of warfare. Valcanor also sees revolts, however at a lesser scale.
*Burgundian War of Succession: In the Battle of Lier, 10 kilometres from Antwerp, a company of three thousand Landschneckte organised by the local pro-Westria lords defeated a 15 thousand strong force of Castile in a sublime display of discipline and bravery, while Den Haag falls to Castillian forces, with Amsterdam just around the corner. Landschneckte approached by the Castillian also declined service, owing to their German-speaking origins and that some companies are already hired and utilised across the Holy Roman Empire.
*Institutionalisation of the Black Army: In January 1490, months before Matthias Corvinus' death, he made the decision to institutionalise the Black Army of Eskos, incorporating them into the official army, ensuring steady pay and a consistent stream of war veterans willing to join their ranks. Matthias would die in April of the same year, his cause of death suspected as a stroke after tasting some unsound figs, but some have not ruled out the prospects of foul play or nobles disgrunted with the institutionalisation poisoning him. His son, Laszlo, would inherit the throne.
*Trouble in Persia: With the untimely death of the Shah, the Qarshid Empire's stability is in jeopardy. Numerous royal and aristocratic factions have started forming, seeking to empower themselves, and with the beloved Shah gone, the stage is set for a great fall of the once great empire.
*Coffee: Merchants is said to have carried coffee from Yemen to Makkah at around 1490.
*Printing: The chivalric romance Tirant lo Blanch has its first edition printed in Valencia in 1490, while the Pentateunch (the five books of Moses in the Torah) is first printed in 1492.
*Ensisheim Meteorite: The Ensisheim meteorite, weighs 127 kg, lands in a field near the village of Ensisheim, part of the Duchy of Alsace
*The Erdapfel: Martin Behaim constructs the first surviving globe of the Earth, the Erdapfel, in 1492. Since Columbus would not return until later, the globe features an enlarged Old World and and oversized and southward shifted Japan and a mythical island.
*Stiegl Beer: Stiegl brewery is first recorded in Salzburg.
*Exile of the House of Medici: In 1494, the House of Medici is expelled from Florence.
*Ch'ing-yang Event of 1490: On March or April 1490, a presumed air burst or meteor shower Qingyang in China is said to have cause some casualties
*Bread and Cheese Revolt: The revolt, stoked by the local governor's high taxes on bread and cheese, was a peasant uprising in North Holland in 1491. The revolt was snuffed out after some 200 peasants were killed
*Dresden Fire: A fire broke out in Dresden in 1491
==== NPC Events ====
*Qarshid: A war with Arashena had found Qarshid's new borders pushed back to roughly around Hecatur and suffered the loss of Urdek Khanate as a protectorate/vassal.
*Aztecs: With constant discord on the northern border, some five altepetls are effectively broken away from being part of the de jure Aztec realm, instead now only remaining as tributary states.
*Swahili Coast nations: Some of them start adopting the Adnanite language in parallel to their own languages for use of trade, however, attempts of spreading Zoroastrianism are rebuffed.
*Munich: Prinz Alexios was found dead of a heart attack on a sunny morning in 1492. While the death is seemingly of natural causes, some suspect it may have been of foul play.
*Vestkyst: Vestkyst, being the historical ally of Albion for centuries, sends several shipments of food to their friend in need. Some German princes also follow the gesture.
*Yin-Tsu: They reluctantly accept to become a tributary state under the Atouman Empire for their own safety.
*Kongo: Nkuwu Nzinga, King of Kongo, is baptised by Agoustan missionaries as João I.
*Akecheta: they have reached the shores of Lake Michigan.
*Komi: Within the territories of Komi, copper and silver mines are found, bolstering their economy.
*Vesnia: They accept to a royal marriage with Westria, however careful to not disrupt the agreements they have already made with other princes within the Empire. (Italics: secret)
====Atouman Empire====
*Government:
**Aesuit of Arzham, Azarkh of Anatolia, Kayser-i Rûm, Padishah
***Tayyeb (b. 1452), Azarkh of Atouman Empire (1487-) x Esra, Hatun of Ionia (b. 1449-1491)
****Achaeus (b. 1472-), Ezkhan of Atouman Empire (1487-)
****Ozman II (b. 1475-1480)
****Aydin (b. 1487-1495)
****Dogukhan (b. 1489-1490)
****Ioxamander (b. 1491)
****Argun (b. 1491-1494)
*Economy: The economy of the Atouman Empire was based on a system of iqta', or Arzhamite feudal system, as the Atouman state's ultimate goal were consolidation and extension of the Azarh's power, and the way to reach it was by taking advantage of resources and the revenues system by making the productive classes prosperous. So while the agrarian-based economy was fruitful in it's development, it ultimately prevented an emergence of social disorder, and keeping the traditional organization of the culture and society as a whole. Mining operations would also aid as a driving factor of the economy, with copper, iron, silver, and gold being mined in Bulgaria while fruits grown across the Anatolian region and Balkan peninsula producing bountiful luxuries that are consequentially sold at the various port markets in Ionia and Greece. Olive trees grow in wild fashion, with their oil being harvested and sold to the highest bidder. Atouman expansion into Europe during the 14th and 15th centuries would emphasize a Greco-Persian royal sentiment, which would be ephasized furthermore in Azarkh Iskandir I's reign, who famously claimed himself as Padishah, a term historically used to describe the ruling monarch of Persia. This emphasis would lead to the capital cities becoming major commercial and industrial centres, serving as highways between the Greco-Roman-Daevite cultures and merchantile trade. This policy of tolerance would later lead to Azarkh Tayyeb's Mandate of Adrianople, which officially allowed for the Jewish people to reside and prosper in the Atouman Realm far away from the persecution they faced at the hands of Christendom. Most of these people were settled in either Constantinople or other port cities along the Ionian coast. Other exports include cotton and a myriad of fruits.
*Capital: Constantinople (Primary), Ipsus (Secondary), Adrianople (Tertiary)
*Demographics:
**Population: 11,232,000
**Religion:
***65% - Arzham: The Arzhamite faith had continued to flourish under the House of Atmanaglu, who were devote followers of Arzhang themselves, instituting various mosques and chapels during this time. This included the Ozman's Temple, which would stand as the largest religious institution until the construction of Ioxamander's Temple in 1547.
***35% - Christianity: Christianity following the collapse of the Byzantine Empire would stagnate during this time, declining into a plurality due to a myriad of policies introduced by the Atouman Empire, such as increased taxing, second-class citizenship, and the banning of proselytizing, which was punishable by death. This decline in Christianity would also be further aided by the re-organization of the Janissaries, which by this part were mostly made up of young Christian slaves from the Balkans that had converted to Islam.
*Wars and Conflicts:
**Atouman-Genoa War (1492-1493): With permission from Azarkh Tayyeb, Admiral Ekber Sofuoglu would use the Black Sea fleet to blockade the ports of Kamo and Taganrog, landing 15,000 men in Kamo on the eve of 1492. With support from the western Admiral's Omur Karadag and Dogukan Ozmert, Genoese traffic into the Black Sea would slam to a grinding halt, with ships being either turned down, re-directed to another port, or simply fired at if provoked. The Siege of Kamo would last three months, for the amphibious landing would make supplies limited, but under Admiral Ekber Sofuoglu, would prove possible in defeating the forces of Kamo, annexing the region into the Atouman realm and taking charge at Taganrog, where another siege would take place a month after the Siege of Kamo. Most of the army used in this siege would comprise of mostly Daevites that had migrated into the region, and would end in early Novemember after two months. While success had been seen in Admiral Sofuoglu's campaign, naval skirmishes between the Atouman Empire and Genoa would continue in the Mediterranean, leading to the Atouman-Genoa War (1495-TBD).
**Atouman-Helburg War (1495-): Making up for his promise to his grandfather Iskandir II, Azarkh Tayyeb would muster up the national armies once more, and deciding to raise a military campaign against the Kingdom of Helburg. In total, nearly 100,000 troops had been conscripted, led by Azarkh Tayyeb, General Turkekul Drakon, Grand Vizier Suleyman II abd-Muttari, and Major Atakan abd-Fahri. Under General Turkekul Drakon, the first legion of 20,000 men would campaign along the Black Sea coast, pillaging the various settlements and looting it for what it was worth. As is policy of the Drakonids, on the day that a village was captured, General Turkekul Drakon would summarily execute or enslave the local's male population, and then allowing the soldiers to do as they wished until the following morning. Meanwhile, under Major Atakan abd-Fahri, the second legion of 15,000 would be sent forward as the lead army, and with quick ease would capture the minor villages and towns outside of the capital. In May, the siege weapons constructed in the prior decade would be dusted off and used to engulf the capital of Helbork. Using their advanced gunpowder technology, with the artillery corps served a special role in shattering the walls and defenses of the city, leaving armies and citizens alike petrified at the fear of the Atouman Empire, the army of Major Atakan abd-Fahri would storm the city's defenses, with the forces of Grand Vizier Suleyman II abd-Muttari migrating and arriving at the eastern gates of the city in an effort to flank the Helburgian forces. Azarkh Tayyeb, protected by the bulk of the forces, allows for small legions to provide assistance while he watched from the hillside and plotted further instructions.
**Atouman-Genoa War (1495-): After Admiral Sofuoglu's campaign in Crimea, naval skirmishes between the Atouman Empire and Genoa would continue in the Mediterranean. The Atouman-Genoa War (1495-1497) was an Aegean Sea-based conflict between Genoese war ships and Atouman galleys. While most of it would not physically damage the core of the Atouman Empire, it did allow for the short-lived Kingdom of Arta, as proclaimed by Captain Evandro Moschella after his small fleet successfully captured the city after the Battle of Sparta against the much more powerful Atouman fleet under Admiral Omur Karadag. In fact, it was even said by Captain Evandro Moschella in his report after the battle that he had "...those atouman dogs with their tail down". So while a successful conquest in it's own manner, the Kingdom's lifespan would be short lived as Achaeus, the Ezkhan (Prince) of Atouman Empire at the time, would lead an army of 14,000 to siege and re-conquer the city in the following year, both firmly showing himself as both a competant military general and getting rid of the Genoese "entanglement" with the state of Hellas.
*Diplomacy:
*Events:
**Golden Age: The Atouman Golden Age, although more appropiate by most Scholars to have begun in the early 16th century under the reign of Azarkh Ioxamander, is considered by some historians to have started during the reign of Azarkh Tayyeb. Most historians point toward the "highway" argument, which stated that the very economic and cultural power of the Atouman Empire dependent on it's coalescing of these various cultural concepts, producing an era of military expansion adjacent to a cultural renaissance. While wars were waged, local economies and traditions would remain at the core of the Atouman state, leading to better paintings and portraits, literature and screenplays, and the return of Greco-Roman architecture.
**Yin-Tsu Rebellion (1491): While the Khan of Yin-Tsu was on friendly terms with the Atouman Azark, not every member of the nobility believed in paying tribute. This would lead to the Yin-Tsu Rebellion, a short-lived crisis in the Khanate of Yin-Tsu between the Yin-Tsu governance and the Orthodox Aristocracy that rebelled against the Atouman-led authority. While the rebellion would remain short in it's capacity, with the Aristocracy surrendering after the Battle of Aragat in which their general, Gunhan Yavuzboga, collapsed and died due to a heart attack, Admiral Ekber Sofuoglu would arrive in Aragat, and after reviewing the imprisoned nobility there, would believe that the Aristocracy had been supported in their rebellion by the Genoese colonies of Kamo and Taganrog. This would be affirmed by the noble Duran Yilmazok during his testimony, which stated that the weapons used have been supplied by Genoese colonies selling in a cheaper-than-usual manner. When the testimony reached Azarkh Tayyeb via Admiral Ekber, Tayyeb would give his blessing to Admiral Ekber Sofuoglu to submit proper justice against these colonies, culminating in the Atouman-Genoa War (1492-1493).
**A Marvelous World: As the Golden Age flourished in the Atouman Empire, plays and stage performances had re-emerged as popular entertainment, with Azarkh Tayyeb himself attending a number of those that are made. A series of plays during this time would be written and produced in this time, telling wonderful tales about various heroes and villians of different background in an 'alternative world' known as Thatmásari und-Kóhmosaro (lit. "A Marvelous World"). Much of these plays would be inspired by the real-life events and past history of the Atouman Empire, with other story origins either be modified re-tellings of the Arzhamite Prophets or, in some cases, modified re-tellings of Biblical mythology. The First Series, recorded anachronistically as "Part One", would tell the stories of the Armoured Man, Captain Anatolia, Zenon (a Bastard of Zeus), a romanticization of the Blank Panther from Wakanda, the Shrinking Man, and the Green Monster of Ionia in their battle against Pharon (brother of Zenon) and Kleon (adopted son of Ioxakram), with the series emphasizing a 'shared world' sense by incorperating the same cast of characters through most of the movies. This would culminate in the "formation" of the Akýikebités, a group of super-heroes and Earth's defenders against cosmological terror and those that wish it harm. The series would become popular and profitable, leading to various other writers and screen organizations ripping off of A Marvelous World, creating their own stories and plays about other super-beings in different worlds, such as the infamous A-Men and the Spider-Master.
**A Game of Chess: On a late, stormy night, Azarkh Tayyeb would have trouble falling asleep, waking up only to be in a state of frozen suspenion with his eyes wide open. There, his grandfather Iskandir II would appear before him, in a mortified and infested-like state. Iskandir II would preach to Tayyeb must fulfill his destiny of forming Atman's Empire, believing that he is the destined hero. Tayyeb, however, does not feel this way, and instead has become a patron of the great arts and a father for many children. Iskandir II would dismiss this thought, instead stating that the title of Azarkh has grown "impure" and can only be corrected in a game of sport, and that Tayyeb's younger brother, Malik, will become the Azarkh. This terrified Tayyeb, as knowing his brother Malik is not the same patron that he was, and only believed in further destruction and expansion. Tayyeb would bargain with Iskandir II, pleading that there must be a different way. Iskandir II would pause, and would state that perhaps he had been too harsh, and instead will give this "patronage of the arts" a chance in a game of chess between Tayyeb and Malik. Tayyeb would accept this as just, and would fall asleep finally. The next morning, Tayyeb would awake to the sound of a knock at his palace. Tayyeb would open the doorway to see his brother Malik dressed in the royal Atmanaglu war garments supported by high-ranking military generals. Malik would state that he had a vision where Tayyeb and him played chess over the right to rule, and that they must play this game to solidfy who is rightly-guided in succession of Iskandir II. Tayyeb, while a patron of the arts, had learned in his pass time how to shape rocks, and as such the game was played on a chess board that was made by him, with Tayyeb using soap-stone pieces and Malik using the Ebony-esque forrest. This game would last over three days, and just as the sun had begun to set on the fourth day, Tayyeb would check-mate Malik's king, and due to his shame in this great defeat that will surely be remembered for all of time, Malik would commit suicide, with Iskandir II granting legitimacy to Tayyeb later that night once again, and finally resting peacefully knowing that the Atouman State had earned it's legitimacy, but while Tayyeb had been given the blessing of Iskandir II, would take this as a learning instance, and vowed to re-affirm the power projection of the Empire before a second War of the Throne begins.
**Six Schools of Arzhamic Christianity: After the martyr of Abyad al-Tassakis, his disciples would mostly go into hiding, furthering their philosophy and theological discussions in private. Although originally centered in Greece, the Abyadites would travel across Anatolia and Western Asia, forming various schools named aptly after their ancestor while claiming lineage to the Abyadites. This would form the bulk of the Six Schools, with te Abyadites being the first School followed by the Aesunids, the Smyrnites, and the Munfarids at the end of the 15th century. The Aesunids were founded by Tabrik al-Aesun, who had written a commentary over Biblical canon, and pointed out similar reference points between the Bible and the Arzhamite scripture, specifically the Codex of Arzhang and the various Arzhite hadiths. Tabrik al-Aesun deduced that the concepts of Western and Eastern religion could be manifested into a singular concept, forming the basis of the Aesunids and the Gulurani faith, which preached a number of religious ideologies but was ultimately disorganized in it's form under Tabrik al-Aesun, leading to it become a localized school of thought in Hattria. The Smyrnites originated in the city of Smyrna, and are referred to as such due to the Patriarch wishing that his name not be remembered by his students. The Smyrnites were Neo-platonic in their beliefs, and derived that the perfect Atouman state would be built off of the work of The Republic. This would lead to many works be written about the similarities of the Republic and the Empire, although leaving a number of critical assessments of Azarkh Tayyeb. The Smyrnites would be slaughtered after a student betrayed the school and spoke to the Court of the Azarkh. The Munfarids, however, was not like ordinary schools during this time, being moreso a ruling dynasty that governed the State of Albania. The House of Munfar, descendents of Abdulla abd-Munfar, believed that the Christian prophets were angels that had once ruled the world, and that the angels themselves were descendents of Adam and Eve. In Munfarid canon, it is stated that Adam and Eve died in a volcanic eruption, with the blood of Adam spreading across the Earth, creating the angels, and that the blood of Eve would mold into the first humans. The Munfarids depicted God as a title held by the lead angel, and that the Heavens existed on the Northern Star, with fallen angels being cited as the prophets of the Bible. Unlike most Arzhamites, the Munfarids believed that the House of Arzha would be formed in the city of Alexandria, and that his arrival would mean the end of the world, so while the Arzhamites believed the House of Arzha would return in Kandahar and would mean the ascension of the followers of Arzhang to Heaven, the Munfarids accepted the House of Arzha's return would mean that the world has failed and that the return meant the forming of a state of hell for the rest of eternity.
====Wanka Empire====
*Government: Despotic Monarchy 
**Monarch:
***Kukuri (r. 1391 - 1418) (b. 1355 - d. 1418)
***Nayaraq (r. 1418 - 1434) (b. 1386 - 1434)
***Interim (1434 - 1438)
**Sapa Wanka (The One Ruler of Wanka):
***Pachacuti (r. 1438 - 1471) (b. 1409 - 1471)
***Tupac Wanka (Pachacuti II) (r. 1471 - 1493) (b. 1439 - 1493)
***Huayna (r. 1493 - present) (b. 1469)
**Heir: N/A
**Pretenders: N/A
**Current Dynasty: Pachacutian
*Capital: Wankapampa
*Economy: At the end of the 15th century, the Wanka Empire is almost complete in unifying the mountain kingdoms. Even after the death of Pachacuti, his descendant leaders, Tupac Wanka and later Huayna would become the most prosperous leaders of the region at the time, having amassed large amounts of gold and silver from all over the mountains and then stashing it somewhere, most likely the Machu Picchu. There, the so-called myth of Paititi began to spread among commoners, a lost city that would eventually be meeting the conscious minds of the Europeans by the 16th century, in search of what they would call El Dorado. The late 15th century and early 16th century (up until the Europeans have discovered the Wanka civilisation) would be a golden age after following decades of conquest by force.
*Demographics:
**Population: 969,000
***Wankapampa: 17,200
***Lima: 8,000
***Ica: 1,300
***Nazca: 8,700
***Qusqu: 16,800
***Abancay: 2,000
***Orcopampa: 2,300
***Arequipa: 900
***Atacama: 2,300
***Huachacalla: 1,500
***Calama: 600
***Puno: 1,200
***Collasuyu: 7,100
***Tiwanaku: 9,500
***Uyuni: 2,000
***Oruro: 1,500
***Huanuco: 7,200
***Tarapoto: 1,800
***Moyobambda: 5,000
**Culture: 52% Quechua/Chirip, 45% Quechua/Sedena, 3% Chavin
**Religion: 100% Inca pantheon 
*Military: By the start of the 1460s, Pachacuti splits the whole army structure and formalising it into three army groups. This is to ensure refined logistics and dedication to each conflict, so that Pachacuti and his own generals can summarise how many troops would be needed to take on the country. The Northern Army is also still preparing for invasion, but unless Pachacuti finally subjugates the south, they are very much garrisoned in the north.
**First Northern Army: 2500 soldiers
***200 elite warriors
***600 spearmen
***500 slingers
***800 archers
***400 axemen/clubmen
**Second Northern Army: 800 soldiers
***300 spearmen
***100 slingers
***300 archers
***100 axemen/clubmen
**First Southern Army (relocated to the north): 3000 soldiers
***50 elite warriors
***800 spearmen
***500 slingers
***600 archers
***1000 axemen/clubmen
**Second Southern Army (relocated to the north): 2450 soldiers
***50 elite warriors
***700 spearmen
***500 slingers
***600 archers
***600 axemen/clubmen
**Overall:
***300 elite warriors
***2400 spearmen
***2100 slingers
***2300 archers
***2100 axemen/clubmen
*Wars and Conflicts:
**Cajamarca, Calchaqui, Canar: (see Northern Conquests)
**Chimu: (see the Chimu Wars)
*Diplomacy: N/A
*Events:
**Northern Conquests (Part 4): Cajamarca and Calchaqui finally capitulate, with Canar being the next. The last of the three kingdoms were going to be easy targets to subjugate, so there would be deprioritisation against them in numbers as CHimu would be a formidable resistance in contrast to these kingdoms...
**Death of Another Sapa Wanka: Tupac Wanka died at the age of 54. Huayna succeeded as new Sapa Wanka, but unlike the two members of the Pachacutian dynasty, Huayna was destined to finally set the Wanka Empire at peace (until the Europeans come obviously) once the northern kingdoms are under full control.
**Chimu Wars (Part 1): As soon as the three armies were in the north, 1493 not only saw the death of Tupac Wanka but a retaliation by the Kingdom of Chimu, a kingdom that was left alone for a while now. As the Second Southern Army went to the west instead of the rest going north, message went to the Sapa of the Chimu people to launch an attack on Wankapampa. This was the flaw of Tupac Wanka's conquest to the north, as most of their warriors were focusing on northern conquests, they haven't focused well on Chimu, which they were more prepared. Quickly, the First Southern Army took a turn from the north as sent by a messenger on early 1494 and make a route to Wankapampa. Fortunately they were almost close to reaching the city but were still going to conquer it. As soon as the last three northern kingdoms are subjugated, the Chimu would be the last to capitulate into the hands of the Wanka Empire... (I want to make this dramatic as possible so please no nerf for mini-godmodding, I made a prompt to invade Chimu from the north first so they'd probably retaliate)
**Last of the Bunch?: The conquests of the Pachacutian dynasty is almost coming to an end. The war against Chimu could set the tone of an end of such conquest and a beginning of a brief period of stability, before the Europeans would arrive at the discovery of the Wanka Empire for themselves. Huayna is certainly beginning to take some cues on peace and maintaining steady expansion as soon as possible.
==== The United Kingdoms of the British Isles (Albion) ====
Government: Absolute Monarchy
*Drakes: 
**King Casimir (M, b. 1454 - )
**Queen Abigail (F, 1455 - )
Economy: The economy of British Isles consists of trade and commerce of a variety of materials. The primary export products of the UK are fish, wool, cloth, and a variety of vegetables.
Main Religion: Christianity
Cities and Demographics:
*Population: 6.36 million
*Cities
**London: The capital of England, and location of the throne.
**York: Main center of England’s eastern fishing company.
**Dover: Main location of the British navy. While elements of the navy are located throughout the territory, the headquarters of the navy are located here. In addition, Dover is the main trading hub between it and Caen.
**Brighton: A newer shipbuilding facility located on the English Channel.
**Birmingham: A quiet town that is the location of McCarthy Arms Company, one of, if not, the oldest firearms companies to date.
**Glasgow: Main hub of Scotland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
**Caen: The main hub where products heading to Britain from land mount ships to cross the channel. Also acts as Henry’s base of operations in France
**Dublin: Main hub of Ireland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
**Calais: One of the few French towns still owned by the British, it is a prosperous city that is one of the most important trading hubs in the North Sea.
*Wars and Conflicts
**War of the Drakes: The United Drake forces are almost victorious in driving out the Griffin forces, who begin to evacuate by sea. However, when they set sail, they sail west, confusing the Albish.
*Armed Forces
**Total: 289,550 Manpower
**Army
***Total: 127,820
***United Drake Forces: 
****Light Infantry: 7,000
****Frontline Infantry: 15,000
****Longbow Archers: 27,000
****Musketeers: 24,800
****Light Cavalry: 14,000
****Heavy Cavalry: 3,000
****Bow Cavalry: 3,720
****Field Artillerymen: 5,800
*****Field cannons: 1,760
****Logistical Support: 30,000
***Roundtable Knights (Elite): 8,350
****These are Britain’s elite forces. A rebirthed version sprouting from Artoria’s original group of holy knights, this force has never lost a battle, and has unwavering loyalty to the crown and the Order of the Roundtable, willing to fight to the death for the survival of the British Isles.
****While most are able to fight, members of the Roundtable are encouraged to branch out into their own craft, such as pottery and sheepherding, with the idea that everyone should act like a Roundtable Knight and give their all into both their craft and their country.
****The only way to become a Roundtable Knight is to be selected by an existing member of the group. Most knights tend to make apprentices out of those they recruit to the Roundtable, and generally, no one usually complains when a Roundtable Knight selects someone to join the ranks of the Roundtables. Depending on the country/chapter, one can also be appointed to the Roundtable by the crown..
****Notable (Living) Members:
*****The Drake Family
*****Joanne McCarthy
**Navy:
***Personnel: 64,000 (combined between both fleets)
***Naval Vessels:
****Prototype British Caravel: 50
****Dual-purpose Merchant Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warcogs: 160
****Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warships: 60
Research and Development
*Cannons: With cannon technology slowly chugging along, they are slowly becoming implemented within the navy and army.
**In addition, McCarthy Arms Company begins work on their own cannons, under the code name: MAC Cannon.
*Naval Vessels: The British Caravel fleet is expanded, with lessons learned from their trial-by-fire being implemented into their construction
*McCarthy Arms Company: Continued efforts are made by the firearms company to produce the best equipment for their soldiers, as they research into developing the matchlock rifle into something better
Training and Production
*2,500 musketeers
**Slow conversion of troops to musketeers
*170 British Caravels
*Scrapping of older models or conversion to merchant fleets
**1,500 Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warships
**1,000 Dual-purpose Merchant Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warcogs
*Whatever equipment and personnel is required to maintain numbers on the frontline.
Diplomacy
*European Neighbors: Requests are sent out for food, since it will be a while before mainland Britain can feed its new population.
Events
*War of the Drakes (Part 6): Though the civil war was over, the threat of invaders is still present, with the Griffins still residing in Scotland. As such, a continued offensive is launched at the Griffin forces to the north, in the effort to drive them into the North Sea.
**As they march forth, the Scottish praise the liberating army, happy that civil war is finally over and that a new dawn has been set for the British Empire.
*The Might of the Royal Navy (Part 3): At The Battle of North Sea (1494), the Royal Navy engages with the Griffin/Viking combined fleet. The battle started in Britain’s favor, staying at range as they fired on the combined fleet, but their faster craft managed to close the distance, leading to boarding actions. The fighting was tough, but eventually, the combined fleet was forced to retreat. However, they bought enough time for the Griffins to evacuate from Scotland successfully, as they begin their trek westwards.
*Operation Sol Obtenebratus (Part 3): The Griffins successfully flee from Britain as they take refuge with their allied Scandinavian Privateers. Eventually, the Griffins would merge with their allies, but for the time being, the Privateers believe they have the Griffins a tool within their arsenal, a hammer they can throw at foes at their leisure.
*Journey to the West (Part 1): With the Griffins driven out of Britain, the rulers order scouting parties be sent westward to investigate where the Griffins are heading to. Though it took some time, they gathered together a fleet of five ships, headed by Henry Cabot, set sail on November 10th, 1495, sailing into the unknown with nothing more than a Spanish-made map and a stalwart crew at his disposal. (They make landfall in modern-day Newfoundland in 1496)
**The Spanish-made map was bought from a French merchant. The map is crudely made and is nowhere near as well-made as the official maps, but even a "Chinese" bootleg map is better than no map at all.
Deceased Log
*Rulers
**Pendragon:
***Artoria “Ember” Pendragon (F, b.1317- 1389?) (Reign: 1351 ~ 1369 - 1389)
***Ash I (M, b. 1347 - 1434) (Reign: 1390 - 1434)
****Sister: Aura (F, b.1350 - 1434)
***Ash II (M, b. 1399 - 1442) (Reign: 1434 - 1442)
***Amber (F, b. 1424 - ) (Reign: 1442 - 1482)
****Brother: Edward (M, b. 1441 - 1481)
**Mordue:
***River Mordue (F, b. 1322 - 1393) (Reign: 1369 - 1393)
***Henry (M, b. 1353 - 1429) (Reign: 1393 - 1429)
****Daughter: Mary (F, b. 1382 - 1399)
***Lionel (M, b. 1388 - 1482) (Reign: 1430 - 1482)
****Son: Leo I (M, b. 1407 - 1465)
*****Leo III (M, b. 1445 - 1478)
****Son: Leo II (M, b. 1423 - 1478)
****Brother: Henry II (M, b. 1398 - 1478)
*Roundtable Knights
**Joan “Anne” of Arc (Died in 1431)
**Sir George Cromwell of Cotswold (Died in 1445)
**Sir George Cromwell II of Cotswold (Died in 1482)
**Sir Rex of Dover (Died in 1482)
*Misc
**Shauna McCarthy (Died in 1489)
***Founder of McCarthy Arms Company, one, if not, the oldest firearms companies in the world.
==== Kingdom of Imerina ====
* Government: Absolute Monarchy (Kingdom)
** King: Rafandrandrava (B 1453 D 1494) (R 1469-1494), Andriamasindohafandrana (B 1477, alive) (R 1494-Present)
** Dynasty: Ammagari (Andrianerinerina branch)
* Economy: The economy of Imerina is based mainly on agriculture and fishing, there's also some trade going on with the Swahili and various peoples on our home island including the other two states of Betsimisaraka and Mahafaly. Contact has been established with the Ahuric Adnanite people and we have a major trade relationship. That's kind of, it, our economy is practically the same as many other primitive african states and such, even if this foreign relationships put us a bit higher than others.
* Allies: N/A
* Capital: Ambanja
* Demographics:
** Population: ca 531 000 total
** Ambanja: 9 000
** Mahajanga: 6 000
** Toamasina: 1 300
** Rural regions: ca 515 000
** Ethnicities: 98% Malagasy (divided into 69% Merina and 21% others such as Betsimisaraka, Sakalava, Tsimihety etc.), 2% Komoro Natives (Swahili?)
** Religion: 99% Haintenism (traditional Merina folklore), 1% Zoroastrianism
* Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War):
** Hostilities With the Bara Polity (1): Yeah, we hate eachother big time. And it's time to truly show the Bara that we don't fuck around. Multiple raids are performed on their borderlands throughout this turn. Diplomats reassure tribes whose lands we pass through that our intentions are not hostile towards them so that they do not have to worry about seeing warriors traversing close to their settlements and such. If Rakotomanjato is still alive (that ca 60 year old bastard) he'll regret ever betraying the Merina.
** Hostilities With the Bara Polity (2): We might be getting hit by Baran raids as a response to our attacks, maybe, possibly, there's a chance, perhaps?
* Military: Due to Imerina being a rural realm, a large amount of units can be raised for warfare, but usually about 1% of the population is the most trained and prepared soldiers that can be drafted.
** Deployed units: All
** 5 200 Spearmen
** 3 200 Bowmen
** 300 Crossbowmen
** 500 Fossa Warriors
* Navy:
** 7 transport ships
** 11 Ahuric military ships
* Diplomacy:
** Ahuric Empire: See event.
* Events:
** Andriamasindohafandrana Ascends: Not very long after the death of his mother, Rafandrandrava's wife Rakalafohy fell ill and passed away in 1493. Rafandrandrava had known her since childhood and was obviously crushed by this and spent the rest of his life isolated from others until he abdicated the next year, in favor of his 16 year old son Andriamasindohafandrana. Later that same year Rafandrandrava would take a fall while out exploring the Central Highlands and later die from his injuries. Some think it was an accident while others think he attempted suicide. On his deathbed he assigned Ndahimananjara as the advisor of the young Andriamasondohafandrana and wrote down his last wish, that he would be buried in the same place as his late wife and that her shrine to be built next to his on Maromokotro. It is done and a new king is brought to power, who now receives a different form of raising and tutoring from the former warrior that is Ndahimananjara. While he didn't truly know his father for that long, Andiramasindohafandrana promises himself to do his best to improve Imerina in the way that his father had envisioned it.
** Influences of the Ahuric Empire: With increasing diplomacy and interaction, the Adananita have set influence over us, what with their technology and such but also through foreign interaction sort of created the first real Merina merchants (some are also of other tribes but this is to simplify). Now that these merchants meet the merchants of the Ahurics regularly on our shores the merchants are the first to gain knowledge of for example the existance of horses as well as what cavalry is. They are also exposed to the religion that the Ahuric Empire practices: Zoroastrianism and some have practically converted to it or adopted parts of it to their practice of Haintenism by the end of 1494. For the few that fully converted to the "other side", they start to learn the Adnanite language and alphabet in order to read scripture and soon enough the start of translating this begins, leading to the start of the Adnanite alphabet influencing and mixing into the Sorabe alphabet, although right now only for Zoroastrian texts.
** Adapting New Technology: We've held on to foreign tech for quite a while and now we start adapting it and studying it more. Crossbows especially for the purpose of warfare in the future. But the studying is also done for the purpose of creating our own versions of the different technologies when we are ready for it, so we don't have to depend on getting it from foreign sources, who are susceptible to whatever goes on in their world.
** Expansion - the Settling of the Central Highlands: As our population and borders grow, we reach the Central Highlands of Madagasikara, a less densely populated area. An exploration campaign is set up and many Merina people move to settle in these new lands. After Rafandrandrava's incident and subsequent death, it ends up on hold, but his son later declares the settling and exploration to continue for the sake of Imerina. This expands our borders further as well.
** Ndahimananjara: Ndahimananjara's child Andriantompokoindrindra that I told you to remember and you didn't remember because you don't care marries a lovely woman named Rabodonandriantompo and in 1493 their first child is born, Rangitamanjakatrimovavy, keep an eye on her as well... or we're no longer friends.
** The Spread of the Sorabe (continuous event): Through trade and such with both the other Malagasy peoples and the Swahili people start the spread of not only proper writing but also use of the Sorabe alphabet and script. (update on what it looks like generally? please? pretty please with a cherry on top? like maybe an event on the status of Ahuric and Merina influence on the Swahili)
==== Kingdom of Castille and Leon  ====
* Government: Absolute Monarchy
** Ruler (Queen): Maria I (1477-)
* Economy: The economy is starting to recover, with the use of loans and other measures.
* Alliance - Gladius Christi: Valcanor, Castile - Leon, Agousta      
* Demographics
** Population - 6,231,865
** Ethinicities - 91% Peninsularos 3% North African 4% Atlantians 1% Other
** Religon - 92% Catholicism 5% Ancient Greek Religions 3% Other
* Cities and Population Spread
** Madrid - 100,000
** Toledo - 82,000
** Cordoba - 75,000
** Burgos - 80,000
** Leon-  75,000
** La Coruna - 50,000
** Oviedo - 66,000
** Zaragoza - 50,000
** Rural - 5,363,265
** Fuerte Solaridad - 500
** Fuerte Puedra Alta - 100
** San Sebastian - 60,000
** Granada - 40,000
** Sevilla - 20,000
** Garofe - 30,000
** Malaga - 25,000
** Algecia - 35,000
** Gades - 30,000
** Atlantis - 10,000
** San Costa - 10,000
** Nea Theossalonica - 10,000
** Thalassopolis - 15,000
** Haitiana - 5,000
* Military - 180,000 90,000
** Archers - 50,000 30,000
*** Longbow - 15,000 9,000
*** Crossbow - 25,000 15,000
*** Medium-Sized Bows - 10,000 6,000
** Cavalry - 25,000 14,500
*** Heavy - 11,750 7,000
*** Light - 5,350 3,200
*** Super Light - 7,150 4,300
** Standard Knights - 5,000 3,000
** Pikemen - 50,000 30,000
** Men at Arms - 15,000 9,000
** Arquebusers - 35,000 3,500 
* Siege Weapons
** Trebuchets - 275
** Ballista - 250
** Cannons - 365
* Navy
** Transport Ships - 150
** Converted Merchant Ships - 100
** Floating Fortresses - 305 75
** Sea Falcons - 345 85
* Wars and Conflicts - 
** The Burgundian War of Succession - Seeing that unrest is starting to pull up in the homeland, after surpressing these uprisings, the Castilean Army is pulled out of the Netherlands.
** Elysian States - Several expeditions start sailing up the coast of these states, escorted by Floating Fortresses, the intention of the Castilean government over why these are happening remains unknown to them.
* Diplomacy -​​​​​​
** Osnerol - We are the Kingdom of Castile and Leon, now if you don't pay us 10% of your economy every year, well, we've heard about your nasty war with the Choctaw, and you probably don't a second front opening up, do you? (It is also aditionally that in this time that Osnerol starts getting called Catonzia in Castile-Leon)
* Events
** The New Frontier (Part 1) - Word quickly spreads from the royal court about the new continent that was discovered, with ethuisiam quickly exploding. Various explorers begin traveling over to this new frontier along with some sparse amounts of settlers following along as well. The Castilean Court, meanwhile, takes great interest in some of the exotic products brought back from the new lands, including Pineapples, Tobaco (which some people started taking an interest in), and several other New World products.
** Mapping the New World (Part 1) - Combining the various maps we polietly "borrowed" from various tribes and kingdoms, something of a vague resemblance of parts of the New World can be found. Various maps and copies are widely circulated around, gaining wide interest.
** The Beast of Nueva Hispania (Part 1) - In a village about 35 miles inland from the capital city of Atlantis in the year 1495, mysterious sightings were made of a "Lizard-like Beast, about the size of 10 Crocidiles of the Nile.", after the daughter of an offical dissapeered in the otherwise very familiar town. Several more dissapearances would prompt an investigation by the Spanish authorities, which found out that this beast was said to emerge every 5 years on the Winter Solstice, and that sacrifices were performer in that day in the form of animals, and sometimes humans on that day. A plan was hatched to subjugate this beast, which some began to call the "Leviathan"
** Conquistador Companies (Part 1) - During this time, many somewhat militaristically experienced men would find oppurtunity in their failing lives to strike gold in this new continent. Whilst in these 5 years, these companies of men will not perform anything incredibly huge, they are something the government, which does not wish to rush operations, is starting to keep a keen eye on.
** Fixing the Economy (Part 3) - It is at this time that hope starts rising, perhaps, for the economic standing of Castile-Leon, and less smaller loans are taken out. Help also arrives in the tribute paid from certain states.
** The Hispanian Inquisition (Part 1) - It is also during this time that Maria I grows weary of the growing strife in the states which obey the Cult of Ares, should she prevent rebellion, those that follow the cult must be surpressed. It is therefore that in the area that previously encompassed Granada, the Hispanian Inquisition, with their snow-white robes, broad brimmed hats, and silver crosses begin hunting down those which still follow the religion.
==== Archduchy of Westria ====
* Head of the State: 
** Emperor Friedrich VII Hohenstaufen (B 1420 - D 1492), (R 1463 - 11th May 1492)
** Emperor Adelhard II Hohenstaufen (B 1480 - present), (R 11th May 1492 - present)
** Prince-Regent Prince Leon Hohenstaufen (B 1430 - still alive), (R 11th May 1492 - present)
*** Head of the Government:
**** Leader of the Wien Council Baron Hans von Trieste (B 1455 - still alive), (1st January 1486 - present)
***** Government: Absolute Feudal Monarchy ruled by an Archduke. Though a lot of powers are also vested in to a council. The title is Archduke of Westria, Last of the Romans. Our ruling dynasty is Hohenstaufen. We are also the Emperor of the HRE since 1351.
*** Heir to the throne:
**** Crown Prince Adelhard Hohenstaufen (B 1480 -still alive), (R 1480 - 1492)
**** Crown Prince Hans Hohenstaufen (B 1480 - still alive), (R 1492 - present)
*** Religious Head: 
**** Archbishop Jozeph Stein (B 1424 - still alive), (R 1488 - present)
*** Governor of Westrian Netherlands
**** Prince Leon Hohenstaufen (B 1430 - still alive), (R 1482- 1492)
**** Lord Dries Mertens (B 1456 - still alive), (R 1492 -present)
*** Demographics:
**** Population:
**** Wien: Population: 16,490
**** Amsterdam: Population: 11,000
**** Konr: Population: 8,950
**** Rich: Population: 11,120
**** Polanum: Population: 12,490
**** Bozn: Population: 14,260
**** Trieste: 13,050
**** Antwerp: Population: 6,200
**** Liege: Population: 6,100
**** Luxembourg: Population: 4,000
**** Brussels: Population: 7,000
**** Rural and smaller towns population: 2,253,920
**** Total population: 2,364,580
**** Religion: catholic christians (99%), others (1%)
**** Ethnicities: 60% Westrian, 2% Venetian, 23% Flemish 10% Wallon and "Luxembourger" 5%
** Economy: We are based on agriculture and trade through the danube river and with most of the HRE. We use our own coins which resembles a lot those of the old Roman empire. We have also started with trade from the sea through our port Trieste and Westrian Netherlands.
* Wars and conflicts: 
* Castillian Invasion: With the pull out of the Castillian troops we see this as a win which will be celebrated in Westria and the Westrian Netherlands though we never know if the ever will comeback.
** Chief Commander: Hans von Haustaffel (B 1456 - still alive), (R 1483 - present)
** Army: Total of
** Pikemen: 7,100
** Swordmen: 4,420
** Bowmen: 4,210
** Cavalry: 6,130
** Crossbowmen: 3,840
** Arquebusier: 3,700
** Navy: Total of
** Cocha: 26
** Cog: 25
** Hoy: 8
** Mediterranean brigantines: 4
** Heavy weaponry
** Cannons: 133
*** Events:
**** Castle construction: Anniballe Bianchi continues the reconstruction of the castle.  
**** Conscript soldiers and getting merceneries: Has ended  
**** Building a fleet: Since after our disastrous war against the Castilians we have decided to start doing a fleet primary in the Westrian Netherlands to defend the territory from further naval invasions.  
**** Death of Friedrich VII: On the 11th of May our Emperor and Arhcduke passed away he was immediatly succeded by his young son who would have his unce appointed regent.  
**** Westrian Netherlands New Governor: The new governor in Westrian Netherlands is a Flemish man from the lower countries so hopefully this will help with any separatists.  
* Diplomacy:
==== Indetah ====
* Government: Agallate
** Aghá'łíí: Taklishim (1472-)
** Economy: As a Semi-Nomadic people we farm maize, beans, and squash around the more fertile land around the Colorado and Rio Grande rivers, as well as in certain other areas. Since our introduction to sheep, most of our people have become pastoralists instead of full-time hunter gatherers. We also mine Turquoise, which is a good that Mesoamericans prize dearly. In addition, we sell tin and bronze to the Kemehanans to the west. Pottery and Silverwork is another major component of the Economy.
** Capital: Tsétáłkáá
* Demographics:
** Population Density: 0.26/km2
*** Population: 94,000
*** Tota' Haal'a: 300
*** Ni Alnii’gi: 200
*** Tsétáłkáá: 2,200
*** Oraibi: 1500
*** Dziłghą́’í: 30
** Ethnic Makeup: 36.8% Lépai Diné, 8% Łitso Diné, 4% Baʼáadi Diné, 0.8% Wéʼéshgaaʼ Diné. 50.6% Anaasází Diné.
*** Lépai Diné: The term Lépai Diné refers to all Apachean Peoples. They make up the upper class of Lepai. This term also applies to the Apache.
*** Anaasází Diné: The term “Anaasází Diné” refers to the Keresan, Tanoan, Hopi, and Zuni peoples which are native to Lepai.
*** Łitso Diné: The Łitso Diné, literally meaning “Yellow Men”, refers to the Yuman peoples which inhabit the western regions of Lepai. 
*** Baʼáadi Diné: The term “Baʼáadi Diné” refers to the Piman and O’odham Peoples. 
*** Wéʼéshgaaʼ Diné: This term refers to all peoples inhabiting Mesoamerica, as well as the Coahuiltecans.
* Religion: Religion is a rather tricky concept in Lepai. Many of these religions share many of the same beliefs, but they each emphasize different portions of it. Thus, it can be said that there is only one religion practiced in Lepai.
** Puebloan Religion:
*** Kachinaism: Kachinaism holds that the world is populated by multitudes of “Kachina”. They are supernatural beings who represent and have charge over various aspects of the natural world. They might be thought of as analogous to Greco-Roman demi-gods or Catholic saints. There are literally hundreds of different kachinas, which may represent anything from rain to watermelon, various animals, stars, and even other Indian tribes. However, the kachinas are also thought to be the spirits of dead ancestors, and they may come to the Hopi mesas in the form of rain clouds.
*** General Pahanaism: General Pahanaism has much of the beliefs of Orthodox Pahanaism, but instead there are 2 Pahanas. The False Pahana shall arrive from the west, while the true Pahana shall arrive from the west. The False Pahana shall pretend to be the True Pahana, but one must not listen to his words, for if he is accepted, he shall plunge humanity into sin. The False Pahana is depicted as Topiltzin Quetzalcoatl.
*** Orthodox Pahanaism: Pahanaism is a religion primarily practiced by the Lepai, Keresan, and Hopi peoples. Due to its position, it is both Puebloan and Lepai in nature. Pahanaism focuses on the return of Pahana, meaning “Elder Brother” in Hopi. However, due to linguistic and cultural differences, Pahana is called Awanyu by Keresan peoples and Tłʼiish Yiłat’a’ by the Lepai. Pahanists say that Pahana will come at the end of the 4th world (the current world), and that humanity is at the cusp of the 5th world. At his arrival, the Wicked will be purged, and humanity shall enter a new world of peace. Traditionally, Pahanists are buried facing east in expectation of Pahana who will come from that direction. However, due to Pochahontist beliefs in mainstream Lepai Society, Pahanists now usually bury their dead facing the Southeast. Many Pahanists also believe that a significant amount of Wicked, specifically “Enough to fill the Great Southern Lake” must be purged before the coming of Pahana.
*** Anti-Pahanaism: Anti-Pahanaism states that the coming of Pahana is bad and must be avoided. Pahana is said to be a pale man with a long flowing beard, much like Topiltzin Quetzalcoatl. When Pahana arrives in Lepai lands, the Anti-Pahanaists are to kill him.
** Lepai Religion:
*** Diyin Dine’e Worship: Diyin Dine’e worshippers worship the 4 Diyin Dine’e, First Man, Áłtsé Hastiin, First Woman, Áłtsé Asdzą́ą́, Mąʼiitoʼí Áłchíní, Great Coyote, and the coyote Áłtsé Hashké, First Angry. 
*** Hero-Twin Worship: The Hero-Twin is a common motif among Native American peoples, especially in Mesoamerica and the American Southwest. They worship the twin brothers Naayééʼ Neizghání and Naʼídígishí. They also believe that they must purge all those who are “Not friends of the Lepai”. This manifests as intense hate towards the Mesoamericans. 
*** Wechugism: Wechugism is a branch of Hero-Twin Worship. It is said to be a person who has been possessed or overwhelmed by the power of one of the ancient giant spirit animals, related to becoming "too strong". These giant animals were crafty, intelligent, powerful and somehow retained their power despite being transformed into the normal-sized animals of the present day. The primary purpose of Wechugism is to rid the world of Wechuge, who are said to live in the south and the deep north. 
** Lepai Pochahontism: Due to prolonged contact with Kemahana, Pochahontism has begun to crop up in certain circles. The only difference is that Pochahontas is called Asdzą́ą́ Nádleehé. 
** Trialism: Trialism teaches that the Great Plague (which they call the Plague of Judgement) is a tool to "judge" whether a man is pure of heart and of sin or not. They have become known for subjecting their children to a rite of passage where they are locked in a room with the corpse of a person (usually a family member) who died of the Great Plague, with enough food and water for a week. They also believe that they should give foreign peoples the Great Plague.
** Military: The Lepai Military is mainly levy-based, except for small garrisons consisting of a dozen men to protect against raids in Kinhoodzo. There is a maximum of 23,000 warriors, 15,800 of which use horses, which we are able to use in case of a war.  With the recent discovery of economically viable deposits of tin, bronze is becoming common among higher-class soldiers. However, the majority of our warriors use flint weapons. Lepai Military Strategy is primarily based upon light cavalry and raiding. Unlike most of our neighbors, we use the Bow and Arrow, instead of the Spear-Thrower. Spears and Axes are the primary Melee weapons, with paddles meant to bonk and crush the enemy being used also. 
* Wars and Conflicts: 
** Great Southern War: We once again request and encourage the rebellion of the Tarascans and Collimans. The Commander of all Lepai forces in the campaign, Bichohi, decides to move south, from the occupied land within the altepetl of Chichimeca into Guamar territory by december of 1491, and into the valley of Mexico by 1492. Due to the land of the Guamar being sparsely populated and full of grassland, there is little worry. However, as we enter the valley of Mexico, issues begin to become apparent. Though the entire Indetah army is self-sufficient, and the commander is at the front-lines, certain minor logistical issues still occur. However, the main problem is the amount of people in the Valley of Mexico. The success of this campaign is determined by the toll smallpox took on the Aztecs, and the amount of Mexican allies with us or currently rebelling elsewhere. While our technological advantage will certainly make itself very apparent, as we have weapons and limited armor of bronze, as well as bows and arrows, the Nahuatl are the fiercest warriors in Mexico, and will likely prove themselves harder to beat than those encountered before. The appetites of the soldiers are piqued by the riches found in the Valley of Mexico, and they shall finally have the opportunity to massacre the ‘Wechuge’, which provides a moral boost which will hopefully be enough to overpower the ferocity of the Aztecs. The main goal is to block off the causeways to Titlan, resulting in starvation of the city. We continue with our standard procedure, tossing dead bodies into cities to give them Smallpox. As the city is likely already suffering from smallpox, the effects of the siege to the Aztecs will be much worse than usual. 
*** Siege of Titlan: Assuming the cities north of Titlan are taken, the main event shall commence; the siege of Titlan. The purpose is to occupy the causeways, starving out the city, while periodically throwing corpses into the city to sully the waters and give it more smallpox. In addition, we and our allies shall try to block the block the flow of information, so no reinforcements are able to come.
*** General Strategy: To support the army, raiding of the vast maize farms is required. Fortunately, there are plenty of maize farms within the valley of Mexico. As for the Native Allies which shall hopefully arrive, they will either bring supply themselves, or raid like we do. We rely on the Aztec’s unfamiliarity with horses for much of our strategy, allowing us to ram and charge into their forces, or to ride away, still firing arrows. This will demoralize the Aztecs. In addition, our practice of not taking captives, preferring to kill on the spot, gives us an advantage, as the Aztecs prioritize the taking and capturing of captives to be used for human sacrifice. In addition, our infantry uses larger shields than the Aztecs, allowing rudimentary shield formations to be formed. 18,500 warriors, not counting Apache, Comanche, Kemahanan, Tarascan, Xaliscan, Ponalan, Colliman, and Mixtec forces which may or may not help in the invasion of the area will be in the Valley of Mexico for the invasion.
* Events:
** Great Plague: Due to the immense effort of smallpoxing the Aztecs in the past 5 years, the disease begins to spread in the Aztec Empire. The exact extent and impact of the disease is yet to be seen, however. 
** Abandonment of Dziłghą́’í: Dziłghą́’í is abandoned in 1494, following years of decline stemming from drought in the region. However, the final nail in the coffin occurred when it was discovered that the Nation of Abadaan wasn’t entirely wiped out by the Children, and that some members relocated to Dziłghą́’í and have begun preaching. This prompted a military response, and the city was massacred. The civilians either fled, but the ones who were unlucky enough to be caught were massacred. Their bodies were left to rot in the sun. When visitors would inevitably come, they would find the lower floors of the city filled with skeletons.
* Diplomacy:
** Comanche, Apache: Let us march to Titlan. The great riches of the Aztec Empire shall be ours!
** Xaliscans and Ponalans: Join us in marching to Titlan, to regain one’s loot, and to see the Aztecs gone!
** Collimans:  Great people of the west, you, like the Tarascans and the Mixtecs have had your ancestors enslaved and conquered by the Aztec scum. Don’t you wish to be free of the Aztec yoke? Don’t you wish to see once more the tribute sent annually to Titlan? If so, then rebel, and march to Titlan.
** Tarascans: Great people of the west, you, like the Mixtecs and the Collimans have had your ancestors enslaved and conquered by the Aztec scum. Don’t you wish to be free of the Aztec yoke? Don’t you wish to see once more the tribute sent annually to Titlan? If so, then rebel, and march to Titlan.
** Mixtecs: Great people of the south, you, like the Tarascans and the Collimans have had your ancestors enslaved and conquered by the Aztec scum. Don’t you wish to be free of the Aztec yoke? Don’t you wish to see once more the tribute sent annually to Titlan? If so, then rebel, and march to Titlan.
====Kingdom of Osnerol====
*Government: Absolute monarchy
**King:
***Hoko Katzo (r. 1362 - 1374)
***Cuitlaxelo Witzo (r. 1374 - 1386)
***Tepu Suhotz (r. 1386 - 1412)
***Caon'tzi Kaan (r. 1412 - 1435)
***Koyum Nas (r. 1435 - 1458)
***Bikem Mitza (r. 1458 - 1487)
***Hukehe Utzin (r. 1487 - present)
****Dynasty: 7th Dynasty (1223 - 1374), interregnum (1374 - 1386), restored 7th Dynasty (1386 - present)
*****Parliament: None
**Economy: The Osnerolese economy is based largely on fishing and agriculture, though copper mining is a decently-sized industry as well. Trade with foreign nations such as Elysia and the Atlantian states is now a large source of income for the nation.
**Capital: Monalba
**Demographics:
***Population: 427,000 (89% Osnerolese, 4% Taino, 4% Apalachee, 2.5% Creek, 0.5% others)
***Religion: 95% Osnerolese religion, 5% others
**Military: 4,270 manpower total
***Army: 2,070 soldiers
***Navy: 2,200 sailors (37 ships)
**Wars and Conflicts:
***Osnerol-Choctaw War: A campaign to push the Choctaws out of Osnerol has begun. More men are recruited from the reserves. 12,000 soldiers total are sent to advance towards Naniaba (the main settlement in the occupied land) while advancing the front to push the Choctaw raiders out and to hopefully advance into their land in retaliation. Once reaching Naniaba, 4,000 troops will stay to lay siege to the city, while 8,000 troops will continue to push the front west, pushing the enemy lines even further west and making it more difficult for enemy soldiers to break out and wreak further havoc. The remainder of the reserves stay back in case of further intrusions from the Choctaw, and more defenses are built in strategic positions.
**Diplomacy:
***Castile-Leon: Fine, we'll pay you tribute.
**Events:
***We've Got a Bit of an Issue (pt 2, electric boogaloo): Hukehe Utzin was very dismayed over the state of the campaign against the Choctaw tribes and the very poor management of the military so far. As a result, he promptly replaced his current military advisor with a more competent candidate, fixed the military, and began the push to retake Nanaiba.
***Strange Men from the East: In the year 1492, the people of the Lokera Islands (OTL Bahamas) encountered a strange crew of white men who had appeared to come from the east and who apparently did not speak Greek or Norse. Furthermore, rumors of Mega Athenais's fall had become a cause of alarm for some. Unbeknownist to the Osnerolese at the time, these men were members of the first Castilan expedition to the New World.
***Chronicles of Osnerol: A historiographic book about the history of the Osnerolese is written, covering from the founding of the Osnerolese kingdom to the recent expansions of the kingdom.
====Kemahanacommacah | Grand Confederacy of Kemahana====
*Government: Absolute monarchy with characteristics of authoritarian military dictatorship
**Weroance: 
***Kunu (1485-; Saashilid Dynasty)
**Deceased Weroances:
***Pocahontid Dynasty:
****Moskatachaw (1384-1421)
****Sikankanna (1421-1448)
****Thosoye (1448-1457; ousted from power)
***Saashilid Dynasty:
****Wokoto (1457-1485; abdicated)
*Economy: Our economy is divided between a subsistence farming and a nomadic hunter-gatherer economy, mainly based on ethnic divisions. However, the introduction of horses (brought during the Exile) has revolutionized the process of hunting game, and cattle ranching and pastoralism has also begun to take shape, especially in rural peripheral regions. We are also beginning to see the very beginnings of urbanization, although much of the population is still nomadic or lives in villages with less than 200 people.
*Capital: Tanacoma
**Summer Capital: Dilyacoma 
*Demographics (includes all areas part of Kemahana circa 1448):
**Population: 77,550
***Tanacoma: 9,000
***Pocahontocoma: 3,000
***Utemaca: 2,500
***Nisinima: 2,000
***Kanatsasipi: 3,000
***Iyi Sipi: 1,500
***Dilyacoma: 2,000
***Wakiigi: 1,000
***Other settled towns and villages: 23,825
***Nomadic population: 24,125
**Religion: 72.7% Pocahontist (56,379 ppl), 27.3% other (mainly assorted Native American beliefs; 21,171 ppl)
***Pocahontism: Born during the devastation of the Accursed Plagues (most likely smallpox, typhus and other Old World diseases) in the early and mid-1200s AD, which killed up 70-80% of the population of the Powhatan Confederacy, Pocahontism is an offshoot branch of the Hellenic pagan religion (with ample amounts of influence from Christianity and Native American traditions). The main difference between Pocahontism and the Greek pantheon is the equation of Pocahontas, a Powhatan chief-turned-deity, with Zeus, Athena, and Aphrodite.
****Orthodox Pocahontism: This sect of Pocahontism purports to be the sect which preserves the original theology of early Pocahontism the most. Orthodox Pocahontists believe that Pocahontas is the godhead and ruler of all the gods (a mix of ancestral spirits and Hellenic gods). Orthodox Pocahontists hold that Pocahontas and her spirit has, upon death, forever left the realm of the living, and only by praying through a weroance (chief) or a shaman shall Pocahontas hear your prayer. Orthodox Pocahontists teach that the Accursed Plague is punishment for a sinful society, and to avoid disease, one must live a virtuous and pious life. Orthodox Pocahontists are by far the most numerous and established of the Pocahontists, and Orthodox priests control almost all of the Pocahontist temples and shrines in Kemahana.
****Incarnationism: Incarnationism holds that the Spirit of Pocahontas lives on in each and every human, living thing, and inanimate object (in effect a form of pantheism). Incarnationism diverges from the other Pocahontist sects in that it denies the existence of other gods and ancestral spirits as distinct entities, merely suggesting that they, too, are concentrations of the Spirit of Pocahontas. They are a small but growing minority amongst Pocahontists, and are mostly prevalent in the ranks of scholastic types. 
****Trialism: Entrenched within Kemahanan military families, Trialism teaches that the Accursed Plague (which they call the Plague of Judgement) is a tool to "judge" whether a man is pure of heart and of sin or not. They have become known for subjecting their children to a rite of passage where they are locked in a room with the corpse of a person (usually a family member) who died of the Accursed Plague, with enough food and water for a week. In Trialism, the eternal Spirit of Pocahontas is present in the Plague of Judgement. Other gods and ancestral spirits are acknowledged here, although only Pocahontas has the authority to forgive all a man's past and future sins via the Accursed Plague. 
****Cult of the Fifth Wheel: A new and quickly-rising sect of Pocahontism greatly influenced by Anti-Pahanist and Wechugist thought, the Cult of the Fifth Wheel teaches that the gods are divided into good and evil forces, which have been fighting a war against each other for all eternity, using our world as their turf. The Cult of the Fifth Wheel teaches that the "peoples of the center of the world" (i.e the natives of the southern tier of the OTL continental US) are the chosen people of the righteous gods, and that the "peoples of the fringes of the world" (i.e peoples of the far north, south, east, and west) are servants of the gods of evil. Additionally, the Cult of the Fifth Wheel preaches that humanity lives in the penultimate age, known as the Fourth Wheel; an age of death, disease, and great suffering, and only by eradicating all the "peoples of the fringes" can they usher in the era of the Fifth Wheel, an era of peace, prosperity, and bliss.
***Other religions: Many native traditions and faiths continue, especially amongst the Miskawen population.
**Ethnicity: 33.5% Wisawen (25,980 ppl), 59.8% Miskawen (46,375 ppl), 4.7% Dinawen (3,465 ppl)
***Wisawen: The Wisawen (lit. yellow men) are the descendants of the Powhatan Exiles led by Usquehannatoco. A mix of several different ethnic groups from across the OTL US East, South and Midwest, as well as minuscule amounts of white European admixture, the Wisawen are the noble ruling class of the Kemahanacommacah. They are almost uniformly settled agricultural peoples, and form a majority in most of the western areas directly adjacent to the Front Range of the Rocky Mountains.
***Dinawen: The Navajo, known as the Dinawen in the Kemahanan tongue, are the only other agricultural peoples the Kemahanans have regular contact with. As a result, they are considered separate to the primarily nomadic Miskawen tribes. The term "Dinawen" would eventually outgrow the Navajo ethnic group, becoming a blanket term for all established agricultural peoples of the American Southwest (incl. the Pueblo and Anasazi). Currently, the Dinawen make a small minority in Kemahana, mainly consisting of aspiring merchants, almost 100% of which are Navajo.
***Askakwen: The term "Askakwen" refers to all indigenous peoples of Mesoamerica (including ethnic groups like the Nahua, the Mayans, the Purepecha, the Huastecs and the Chichimecs). The (admittedly small) Askakwen minority in Kemahana, previously consisting almost entirely of Nahua or Huastec traders, have been entirely liquidated during the Great Lynching, along with other scapegoats.
***Miskawen: "Miskawen" (lit. red men) is a blanket term for all the ethnic groups indigenous to Kemahana. These include the Ute, Shoshone, Apache, Comanche, Cheyenne and Arapaho, amongst other groups. Many of these peoples remain nomadic, although there has been increasing pressure for them to adopt settled agricultural or pastoral practices.
**Languages: Although most people continue to speak their ancestral mother tongue at home, and Literary Powhatan continues to be used as the official language of administration, a creole language, known simply as Kemahanan is used in non-formal conversation. Kemahanan is based heavily on Powhatan, Cherokee, Ute, Shoshone, Comanche, and Arapaho.
*Military: The Kemahanan military is mainly a levy-based system, although minuscule standing armies are used as garrisons in frontier areas to protect against raids. As the Miskawen become more integrated into Kemahanan society, our military has also begun recruiting them as quality horsemen. Most of our weapons are stone weapons due to the lack of iron and bronze in the region, with our only bronze and iron weapons being extremely prized heirlooms dating back all the way to before the Exile. However, we are beginning to get some bronze and even iron weapons made, due to access to plentiful mines in Lepai-controlled territory.
**Kemahanan Military:
***Infantry: 3000 (0 reserves)
***Archers: 1500 (0 reserves)
***Cavalry: 2500 (0 reserves)
**Kemahanan Ginimowin: The Ginimowin are specially trained troops tasked with internal security in Kemahana (a proto-police force). They deal with internal conflicts, civil disputes, and sporadic raids, as opposed to full-blown military ventures. They have also become a form of secret police under Wokoto's rule.
***The Ginimowin currently have 300 personnel.
*Wars and Conflicts: See Events for more information.
**The Black War: The Black War (Trade Kemahanan: Sékwahtak) was the Kemahanan name for the protracted conflict between the Indetah and Kemahanan empires of Aridoamerica and the Aztec Empire in Mesoamerica. 
***Advancing Towards Titlan: 11,250 Kemahanan and allied troops continue to march south from their originial invasion in the Huastec lands, carving a path of death and complete destruction as they loom closer and closer to Titlan, the Aztec Capital, a majestic city and one that must be completely razed to the ground.
****Tactics/Goals: We once again request and encourage the rebellion of the Tarascans and Collimans. Our forces move south, from the occupied land within the altepetl of Huasteca into Totonac territory by december of 1491, and into the valley of Mexico by 1492. Due to the land of the Totonacs being relatively sparsely populated, there is little worry. However, as we enter the valley of Mexico, issues begin to become apparent. Though the entire Kemahanan army is self-sufficient, living off the land, and the commander is at the front-lines, certain minor logistical issues still occur. However, the main problem is the amount of people in the Valley of Mexico. The success of this campaign is determined by the toll smallpox took on the Aztecs, and the amount of Mexican allies with us or currently rebelling elsewhere. While our technological advantage will certainly make itself very apparent, as we have weapons and limited armor of bronze, as well as bows and arrows, the Nahuatl are the fiercest warriors in Mexico, and will likely prove themselves harder to beat than those encountered before. The appetites of the soldiers are piqued by the riches found in the Valley of Mexico, and they shall finally have the opportunity to massacre the "Fringe Peoples", the greatest honor in the Fifthist religion, which provides a moral boost which will hopefully be enough to overpower the ferocity of the Aztecs. The main goal is to block off the causeways to Titlan, resulting in starvation of the city. We continue with our standard procedure, tossing dead bodies into cities to give them Smallpox. As the city is likely already suffering from smallpox, the effects of the siege to the Aztecs will be much worse than usual. 
****Surrender or Die: Our armies are given the prerogative to destroy and plunder every ethnic Nahua settlement in Mexico, and give the Nahua no quarter. All of them shall be killed. For non-allied and non-Nahua villages (villages populated by minority groups), we will offer an ultimatum. Surrender or die. If they surrender, their village shall be left alone, and their people are liable to join our army or otherwise continue with their lives. If said village does not surrender, it will be wiped off the map, and its inhabitants killed from the oldest grandmother to the youngest child. 
****Biological Warfare: Disease-riddled bodies (such as those who have died of smallpox) shall be catapulted into every non-allied settlement we come across, in order to further weaken our enemy.
*Diplomacy: See Events for more information.
**Comanche and Karankawan tribes: My friends and comrades, today we come to you with the most delighful of offers. To the south of your lands, there is a great empire, full of gold, and silver, and all the jade and turquoise and gems you can imagine. It is a land of unimaginable plenty, and today, we march on their lands! We shall seize their boundess riches, and grow fat and rich over the corpses of the Aztecs!
**Akechetan Agallate: Honorable Akecheta, esteemed Lord of the Prairies and Plains, Terror of All Who May Oppose You, we of Kemahana come bearing good news. For to the far south, between our lands and the boundless sea, there is a massive empire, who call themselves the Aztec. Their lands are rich beyond belief, full of gold, and silver, and turquoise, and exotic pelts, and all things one may dream of under the bright sun above. Today, we implore you to join us, in plundering their fine empire, and reaping the bounties of this land of milk and honey, so that your people shall be rich for ever and ever. 
**Tarascans (Purépecha), Colimans (Tecos), Xaliscans (Cahita), and Mixtecs: For too long you have been oppressed under the boot of the evil and disgusting Nahua, who serve demons and sacrifice your people to their demonic deities. It is time to rise up against your evil oppressors, and take dominion over your ancestral lands! Join us, and you shall reap the rewards of the downfall of your torturers!
**Indetah: Mind working together to murder the Aztecs?
*Events:
**Great Plague: Due to our immense effort of engaging in crude biological warfare with the Aztecs during the past 5 years, smallpox begins to spread in the Aztec Empire. The exact extent and impact of the disease is yet to be seen, however. 
==== Keisarvalta ====
* Government: Elective Monarchy
** King: Aroulf I
** Dynasty: Varold
* Economy: The Keisairvaltan Economy is based on heavily by trade through the Baltic Sea. As well as agriculture.
* Capital: Varntio
* Demographics:
** Population: 4mil
*** Ingrians: 45%
*** Rostovians: 15%
*** Misc Finnic Cultures: 5%
*** Vesnians: 7%
*** Daeva: 9%
*** Volgans: 9%
*** Vedenans: 5%
** Religion:
*** Eastern Orthodox: 90%
*** Catholic: 4%
*** Traditional Religions: 2%
*** Judaism: 4%
** Wars & Conflicts:
*** War against Komi Levies push from all sides towards Qusomo, with levies from Rostova and Yaroslava pushing from the left and Murom, Sura-Sitan, and Tambovian levies raiding the city of Qusomo.
* Events
** The Komi Claim: After Yin-Stu was taken by the Atoumans the Riksdag has become torn on the issue of international supremacy, worrying that the surrounding nations would be absorbed. This led to a claim on Komi being formed over the claim of Illegitimate ownership of Qosoma and all the other previously Kostroman land, claiming it was gained in a war of aggression and deserves to be "liberated".
==== Nihon no Domei ====
* Government: Feudal Confederation
** Emperor: Uchiha Ryu [Hogo-sha]
** Shogun: Yamagata Jiro
** Congress of Daimyo: A body consisting of the 24 Daimyo and certain outside observers.
*** Chairman of the Congress: Nishimiya Yuzuru
*** List of Daimyo: Midoriya, Nanbu, Odawara, Fujiwara, Mogami, Yatogami, Niigata, Tachibana, Shiba, Nagao, Matsudaira, Takeda, Oda, Chuosanmyaku, Tanabe, Kanzaki, Miyoshi, Mori, Uzumaki, Chosokame, Otomo, Ryuzoji, Honkobu-Taira, Taira, Ryukyu
*** Autonomous Territories: Izumo-Matsue (Joseonese), Chiba (Eskosian)
*** Outside Observers: Ezo (Friend of the Domei), Kansha (officially a Daimyo), Joseon (Friend of the Domei)
* Allies: Ezo, by personal union with Fujiwara; Joseon, defensive military alliance
* Capital: Kyoto
* Demographics:
** Population: 12,540,000
** Ethnicities: Yamatai (78%), Chinese-origin (5%), Joseon (8%), Syonan (6%), Other (2%)
** Official Religion: Shinto, with Buddhist influences
* Population Distribution:
** Urban Population [out-of-date]: 1,950,000 - 435,000 (Edo), 382,000 (Kyoto), 198,000 (Hiroshima), 174,000 (Fukushima), 135,000 (Kobe), 305,000 (cities with less than 100,000 population)
** Rural Population [out-of-date]: 13,150,000 - 1,310,000 (Chugoku), 6,210,000 (Tohoku), 2,450,000 (Chubu), 1,100,000 (Kyushu), 890,000 (Shikoku), 1,570,000 (Kansai)
* Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War): 
** N.A 
* Army:
** Horses [15,000]: Modest steeds trained to gallop across the rough and uneven terrain of Nihon's islands. They can also be employed for charging out of boats onto land, although that kind of situation is comparably rarer.
** General infantry [63,000]: Rudimentarily trained infantry with a general focus on close-ranged melee and shortrange bow combat. Second priority for usage of battering rams and other siege equipment, usually assisting other infantry and auxillaries with tasks.
** Irregular infantry [63,000]: Infantry-in-training as well as part-time infantry that does not serve for lifetime employment. Mostly the former. First priority for handling of siege equipment.
** Support staff [15,000]:  Infantry serving in entirely logistical roles. Equipped with extreme short range equipment such as daggers for self-defence, the bulk of many impromptu convoys.
** Auxillary infantry [16,000]: Long-range bowmen and combat medics. Heavily trained, many chosen to be officers upon promotion in the field. 
** Irregular auxillaries [28,000]: Often merchants and mercenaries serving the same role as auxillary infantry, auxillaries-in-training or officers serving in combat. 
* Highest-ranking generals:
** N_A
* Navy:
** Kawataro-fune [57]: An armoured slow-moving battleship which covers the deck in metal plating and a layer of steel behind the caravel structure to give it a special amount of versatility. If it is sinking, it can last for enough hours to bring it back to shore or at least into a kamikaze attack.
** Hayai-fune [33]: A restored line of lightly-armoured battleships designed to quickly board another ship before sinking it. Incredibly fragile.
** Supply ships [152]: Unarmoured fast-moving cargo ships as well as heavy lightly-armoured supply ships. The former used to resupply close to land; the latter used to carry along supplies on longer, no-docking expeditions.
** Irregular converteds [8]: Various ships with various amounts of armour and what not attached on; mostly former Kei-fune and and Hayai-fune and cargo ships. Heavily personalised, often used as fleet commander ships.
** 39,000 sailors: close-quarters trained, basic infantry training and ship training
* Admirals:
** Koyanagi Touko: in charge of the First Fleet (formerly the 1st Expeditionary) 
** Matsudaira Keiko: In charge of the Second and Third Fleets, spontaneous attack fleets
* Diplomacy: 
** N-A
* Economics:
** De-centralisation: The collapse of central authority in Nihon as well as the chaos of widespread rioting pushes many skilled workers and artisans into rural areas and an exodus to Kansha, which is more or less happy to receive them; meanwhile, this kind of decentralisation leads to the advent of informal communes in parts of Nihon, particularly Shikoku, Kyushu and Chugoku. It also leads to power being shifted right back into the hands of regional Daimyo, who wield outsized power over the country now, removing the centre of power from Kyoto and permanently changing the dynamics of power in the region.
** Value of Gold: While barter has remained one of the biggest methods of trade within the country, gold is the currency by which trade with foreign merchants has been practiced. The main source of gold in Nihon, however, are the Han nations to the East, Kansha and Syonan; it has no actual power over the premier currency it uses. Thus, this leads to barter trade being exceedingly common and the usage of gold remaining restricted to the tiny upper class of Nihon.
*** Actual monetary value: One ounce of gold can currently buy eight sacks of rice (7.4kg total).
* Culture:
** Yamatai: The dominant culture on the three main islands, practiced by the vast majority of ethnic Nihonese; it emphasises the importance of self and the privilege of existence. A partly individualistic culture with overtly communal streaks that designates the greatness of finding a specific calling and engaging it with the most effort possible; giving rise to a society that prizes the arts as well as the value of literature. While it does not shun the sciences, they are not often given priority; meanwhile, the military and warriors are given outsized importance against all else. Its envisioning of Shinto has numerous distinct cultural streaks from the nations that existed before Yamato united the three main islands under its own banner; as well as little reminders of the past.
** Ainu: A distinct, unique culture native to Tohoku and Ezo; a kind of communal culture that emphasises the community and a place within that community. It speaks of the importance of discovering a place within society and fulfilling the callings asked of you by others, and that no individual is above the common good. Its adoption of arts and literature is thus comparably limited, but it is the Ainu which have advanced Nihon's science so far, partly due to the fact that they are encouraged to go to school from younger ages (and generally live in more urbanised societies). Their envisioning of Shinto is more akin to a kind of lifestyle, which promotes certain practices and discourages others; one which has, surprisingly, remained largely sturdy for the last 400 years.
** Joseonese-Han: A minority culture arising from the great giants from across the sea; Joseonese-Han is a monstrous beast of mish-mashed cultures, from distinct Han streaks arising almost 600 years ago to the original Xia cultures. It is almost entirely reliant on distinct, tiny Xianist sects and practices a form of Buddhism mixed with Shinto.
* Events:
** The Struggle of the New Era [4]: 
*** The Formal Dissolution - Autumn 1491: The National Convention is finally fully dissolved to little fanfare; its effective dissolution half a decade ago making for the real 'end' that most observed. Its duties are pushed towards a new institution known as the Congress of Daimyo, better known as the Congress; which is otherwise powerless and has no position capable of speaking directly to the Emperor. Current speaker Nishimiya Yuzuru becomes Chairman of the Congress, but also personal advisor to Shogun Yamagata; while only Shogun Yamagata and those he deems as 'suitable' advisors may approach the Emperor. Yamagata himself seems to be in a rut - he has no real ambitions for his position, wanting to keep himself in power as a kind of despot. Thus, he neglects to implement any rules for the Congress, believing that doing so would be an affront to his image as a decentraliser. This is a bad idea.
*** New Alliances - 1491 onwards: In the absence of rules rolling back their conduct nor a popular cultural memory of a civil war to stop them, the various Daimyo almost immediately begin to use the Congress as a method of gaining political support for themselves. The country forms itself into disparate provincial factions almost immediately, leading to the acceleration of decentralisation and the further removing of power from Kyoto. These new factions take to their own individual power struggles, which results in numerous changes:
**** The main family of the Oda are expelled from their territory and a small branch family takes their place. They flee to Niigata.
**** A string of assassinations decimate much of the Nagao, confirming to many the utility of ninjas.
**** The pseudo-democracy of Kagoshima is crushed and Taira establishes the 'Kingdom in Taira'.
*** The Rise of the Clans - 1494: These changes generally lead to the re-arising of new clans in Nihon around provincial boundaries; note, that these clans are not family trees but generally political alliances solidified with political marriages.
**** Shin-Taira: Ryuzoji, Honkobu-Taira and Chosokame
**** Oda: Oda, Matsudaira, Takeda and Chuosanmyaku
**** Miyamizu: Tachibana, Fujiwara and Mogami
** The Phoenix of Nihon [1]:
*** Kanzaki's Legacy [Background]: Although Kanzaki Izuku died in relative obscurity away from his homeland, his dreams didn't; he had two children, Hiro and Mayaka, who had... mixed views of him. Kanzaki Hiro participated in war games with the military and became a kind of mercenary liason as he grew up, forming the Nihonese Southern Company, a small group of travelling warriors which eventually grew to stretch most of Kansha and Nihon, with yearly travels into Syonan, Wu, and Joseon. Mayaka, on the other hand, became a influential leader of the Kanzaki Daimyo; growing old as the effective matriarch of a society which while the rest of Nihon grows apart from Kyoto, commands an immense amount of support from much of the region as a secondary power-broker in the region. Those two children have grown old enough to have their own, as well, and Hiro and Mayaka may be forgotten... but those kids of theirs are sure to make an impact.
*** A New Player - Spring 1492: In the annals of Sanzen'in temple, a 35-year old woman grouses. She looks around and observes nothing but misconduct, misconduct and more misconduct. Such an affront to the family name, she concludes; such a waste of time. Kanzaki Nagato (born to Hiro) sets out to leave the confines of a small military academy and instead make a name for herself as a political major. Knowing her strengths lie elsewhere than strict politics, she decides to form the first Association of Nihonese Secret Warriors, better known in the future as the Ninja Association. This is effectively a paramilitary organisation which trains assassins and other unconventional warriors for the usage of anyone and everyone who asks, which, in this political climate, makes Nagato, who finds a small crack team almost immediately, an incredibly valuable political ally. She's given cover by her aunt Mayaka, who takes pity on her general abandonment by her father, and show everyone what it means to do business. Rumours quickly spread of her involvement in the assassination of the Nagao, an association which causes her to be feared but even more than that a coveted friend; not to mention the fact that she exercises an outward 'love of the people' which makes her untouchable in rural land. She has just flipped Nihonese politics on its head, and what will colloquially be known as the Legend of the Nihonese Murderers has just begun.
Notable People:
* 1401-1473 [The Last Days of the Heian]:
** Uchiha Tomoko (1387 - 1469) [deceased]: Head of the Yamatai faction during the Civil War and later Empress (1412-1469) under the name 'Uchiha I'.
** Mori Kyoko (1378 - 1473) [deceased]: One of the two heads of the Peoples' League during the Civil War, later Speaker of the National Convention unopposed until death. Spouse: Kido Mirio.
** Hori Shizuku (1377 - 1456) [deceased]: The other head of the Peoples' League, a minor political player in Hiroshima after the war. Committed suicide under threat of involuntary execution.
** Midoriya Kaitou (1383 - 1472) [deceased]: A minor player in the Civil War who gained popularity as a capable administrator. Birth name Zhang Kaisheng. Spouse: Midoriya Yuki.
** Seishiro Kirie (1381 - 1463) [deceased]: One of the heads of the Outsiders who found herself alienated from her hometown in her pursuit of political unity. Became a remarkable writer, writing works such as The Use of War, a critical book on the purpose of strife. Spouse: Bakushi Yona.
** Bakushi Yona (1380 - 1463) [deceased]: A Yamatai-Eskosian, best known for fighting for the political rights of the tiny Eskosian minority in Nihon. Became a political kingmaker after the war. Spouse: Seishiro Kirie.
** Hu Jin-Yo (1376 - 1462) [deceased]: A Joseon-Yamatai, best known as a Joseonese reunificationist who participated in a minor role during the Civil War. Afterwards, provided much financial support to the Nihonese army advancing in Kyongsong before dying in a tragic accident.
** Kanzaki Izuku (1394 - 1489): First Shogun then Taisho, well known for unconventional military tactics that precipitated asymmetrical warfare against enemy forces. Lived a relatively stunted life afterwards, travelled into Joseon and participated in its war against Kyongsong before travelling West in hopes of retracing the steps of Bulijin Khatun, a dream promptly foiled. Spouse: Yonekura Hiyori.
** Nishimiya Asuka (1372 - 1479): Shogun after her predecessor Kanzaki was passed over due to ignoring the Empress, she became something of a despot and massively expanded the powers of the military as well as a small secret police under the direction of Empress Uchiha and Speaker Mori. Lived a quiet, nondescript life. Spouse: Ryuzoji Mirio.
* 1474 - ??? [The Rise of the Bakufu]
** Uchiha Ryu (1467 - ??): Adopted son of Empress Uchiha, originally groomed to be an apt successor of hers; he was soon convinced to take another path by the Regent. Overthrown in 1487.
** Senjougahara Ryuko (1459 - 1489): Popular regent originally meant to become successor to Uchiha, eventually sidelined. With a massive amount of political power, however, she pulled strings to keep herself as Regent and manipulated the new Emperor as she wished. Murdered by an assassin.
** Senmyaku Hyo-in (1436 - 1486): Powerful orator of the Dochaku who advocated for their betterment. Eventually sidelined due to the maneuvring of Empress Uchiha.
** Yamagata Jiro (1461 - ??): An upstart military man who became Shogun at the behest of the late Nishimiya Asuka. Soon evolved into a broadly popular political figure who usurped the throne from Uchiha Ryu.
==== Tonga ====
* Government: Absolute Monarchy (Kingdom)
** King: Funga
*** Son: Punga
*** Daughter: Liska
** Dynasty: Tonga
** Duke: Amanga
*** Son: Nongo
* Capital: Mu'a
* Demographics:
** Population: ca 167 000 total
** Mu'a: ca 15 200 
** Le'u: ca 5 000 
** Rural regions: ca 146 800
** Ethnicities: 100% Polynesian.
** Religion: 100% Tongan Mythology
* Trade: Trading between all islands in the nations are established in order to 1, make each island either richer economically or richer in supplies. This also helps the relations between neighboring islands streangthen and keep them connected.
* Wars and Conflicts:
* Military: 1% 1 670
** 10 High shiefs with Kinikini Tongan War Clubs
** 499 men with pakipaki clubs
** 538 men with Tongan Paddle clubs
** 525 men with Tongan Paddle clubs as main weapon and Kolo Tongan Throwing Clubs as secondary weapon.
**
** 98 men with Pukepuke Tongan War Club
* Navy:
** 408 fishing boat
** thumb|218x218px129 travel ships (traveling between the islands)
** 57 exploration ships.
* Diplomacy:
* Events:
** thumb|141x141pxNorth-western islands: We improve relations and within 5 years they are sent an offer to join Tonga.
** Northern Islands: A messenger is sent to give the northern islands an offer to join Tonga.
**
** South-western islands: We improve relations and within 5 years they are sent an offer tothumb|136x136pxjoin Tonga.
==== Passamaquoddy ====
* Government: Chiefdom
** Sakom (Head Chief): Nutewestaq (Born 1427)
* Economy: Shells and carved beads are traded in exchange for food and services.
* Capital: Ehecinaqoten
* Demographics:
** Population: ~29,170
** Major Cities:
*** Ehencinakhiqoten: ~1,800
*** Atpechantwekomon: ~320
*** Rural Areas: ~27,050
** Religion:
*** Native Beliefs: ~98%
*** Norse: ~2%
** Ethnicity:
*** Passamaquoddy: ~91%
*** Mixed: ~3%
*** Other Natives: ~4%
*** Norse: ~1%
* Military:
** Skilled hunters are given jobs of protecting the larger settlements. This spreads to smaller groups too, leading to a loosely connected military force.
** Numbers:
*** Psqociskinap (use Clubs in combat): 50
*** Sikuwan (use Spears in combat): 25
*** Tomhikon (use tomahawks in combat): 10
*** Kskomakon (hold shields in front of others to defend): 15
* Wars and Conflicts:
** None
* Diplomacy:
** None
* Events
** Early axes and tomahawks are used to clear out a path through the dense forest from Ehecinakhiqoten to Atpechantwekomon. This will hopefully allow for more efficient travel.
** The son of the Sakom, Wikhausu’Piscoke, spends time at the full moon meetings drawing on the ground as the leaders of the nation discuss the alliance with Nahican. After the meeting, an elder named I'tawitahasu sees what he has written and asks the young artist about it. As Wikhausu explains his work, he notices a pattern with symbols and what topics were under discussion at the time. Intrigued with the child’s work, I'tawitahasu begins to work with Wikhausu and develop the basis of an alphabet.
** More Passamaquoddy people marry into Nahican and Vinlander families, further diversifying our culture and skills. The soft-core colonization of Nahican via the migration of families across the border continues.
** The Passamaquoddy people continue to migrate west.
** The beginnings of the military of Passamaquoddy are gathered in Ehecinakhiqoten. Clubs, shields, tomahawks, and knifes are crafted by townspeople as the settlement begins to evolve.
==== Ahuric Empire ====
* Government and Policy:
** Monarch: King Hameed Ahurid
** Administrative Situation: The Muhafezat system has expanded in scope, now creating the Nabatean Muhafeza, the Elam Muhafeza and the Assyrian Muhafeza. This decentralisation keeps the reformists more than pleased with our government. The popular support is useful as it allows us to do things with the knowledge that our people are behind us, such as wars.
** Population: 8,412,321
** Policy and National Affairs:
*** The Law of Darman: King Hameed has long held the belief that our exploration and trade are more than income making. The Law of Darman, adnanite for Treatment or Medicine, is a decree by the King that subsidises and develops Beitol Darman, house of treatment, in the large cities to provide treatment to people, decreasing mortality rates. With the navy and army back in action, money that would usually train new troops are diverted for this project. As part of the project, other than the Beitol Darman, 2 more prongs are included in this law. As exploration takes place, we discover new societies with new plants, herbs and resources. These, in their own societies, has a place in treatment and could be particularly useful. As such, a task force, with about 500 people, taken from the army, is sent around the world to discover new herbs and treatments. They are split into 10 groups of 50 each and sent to nations with permission and acceptance. One group is considered the Command Group, with constant contact with all other groups, stationed in a base of operations, typically a camp built with tents and a small wall, trench or hill and watchtowers. 3 groups are reserved for emergency situations, in case groups requires aid. The 6 groups trek through the land, effectively campaigning, asking about, and foraging for herbs that may have medicinal benefits. If it is possible, samples of fruits or seeds are also to be taken, to grow these plants in our own nation. While many seeds don't make it, and many more aren't suited to the climate, and many more will just fail due to chance, we might get some success, so we try. Each of these groups have a translator, a local scout and botanologists which does increase the time before each mission, as translators need to learn the language, and suitable scouts need to be hired or trained. The other prong is the development of a large dedicated research centre. This research centre is built in an oasis, to take advantage of more usable soil for growing plants and herbs. While our knowledge is primitive and often wrong, we know that certain plants have an effect on certain sicknesses. While it may seem brutish and wrong, criminals are often used in tests, though they have a low casualty rate and thus the damaging publicity of this mission should be low. Thanks to a stirring speech by the King, touting "the basic right of life for our sick and children" as one of the pillars of our state. 
*** Settling Distant Lands: There are many islands in the ocean, suitable for building big ports and trading centres. Below Malepdiva, there are many islands that can be used. These shall be the first fruits we pick, but there are likely many more islands we can grab. Past this, we have our eyes set on Africa. There are resources there that we simply can not overlook. Our once prosperous outposts on Africa have long slipped from our grasps, forming their own nation and projecting strength in the region. As such, we now are more invested in the region, our merchants travel to these lands and back, their languages are learnt, their resources surveyed and their people convinced. Sumali has long outstayed its welcome in Africa. We pressure them and attempt to diplomatically isolate them. We shouldn't make any more moves before discussing with the League of the Desert for their opinion on the matter. 
*** The Enemy of my Enemy: The Arashenans have long been considered a rival. With us adopting Assyrians under our banner, giving them territory and decentralised rule of their own land, we probably have them fuming, as they hold a large Assyrian population. This is as expected, and as intended. The Assyrians are likely to be a strong card to flip on them in case of war. Their advances into Qarshid territory are also concerning. We funnel some weaponry through Elamite Arzahmists to Qarshid Arzhamists, to Qarshid Resistance against the Arashena. Going through Elamite routes should blur the route from us to the resistance as the Elam region is pretty close in culture to the Qarshids, and as such are distinctly Adnanite. They also retain strong communication with their Qarshid counterparts across the border, often having tribes cross borders along their once undivided tribal lands, and as such it becomes harder to understand if it even was the Elamites who passed on the weaponry, blurring the line even further. Our trade also isn't done directly, going through as "Supply for the Elam Muhafeza" which is sold in markets, while certain Elamites are subsidised by "mysterious figures" who order them to buy the weapon and funnel it off. Blurring the lines could keep the Arashenans off our heels for the time being, and allow us to deny any motive, in case of war, holding the moral highground in the eyes of our own people, thus increasing morale. In conjuction to that, we expand on the defences built along the Northern border over the many, many decades. These defences are now fitted with small cannons, weapons we didn't have at the time they were built. These defences are expanded and built up, with long trenches and walls, forts dotting the northern region and an efficient communication channel built with horses and resting houses, allowing speedy delivery of messages, expanded to reach the largest of these forts in every region. We also start looking for potential enemies to the Arashenans, hoping to gain an ally or someone who would open a second front against the enemy. 
*** The Volunteer Army: The expansion of the enemies to the North is blasted by the King and figures in the government. Such threatening acts are considered provacative and damaging to the region's stability. Once again the King expresses his condolences to the "enslaved" Assyrian population, a show of support for them, to win them over. Many young men are invigored by the reports and news being spread. Why not use them for what may come? Many of these volunteers are trained with crossbows, easy to use and learn, and swords, enough to have a basic understanding of warfare. This provides a reserve of up to 10,000 men we can call on in case of war without sacrificing too much on training. Some of the more promising are trained with horses, cannons and hand cannons. The Royal Stables, a particularly large piece of architecture and practicality is coming to use now, with horses that may not be considered of royal quality being sold off cheaply to people in the North. This will allow for a rapid movement of people from the area, as well as a cavalry force in any resistance effort. 
* Military:
** Personnel: 75,500
** 1st Sipah: 
*** Swordsmen: 5,000
*** Spearmen: 2,000
*** Bowmen: 3,000
*** Fire Lancers: 350
*** Crossbowmen: 2,000
*** Light Cavalry: 2,000
*** Heavy Cavalry: 1,000
*** Ranged Cavalry: 1,000
*** Cavalry Fire Lancers: 85
*** Cannons: 10
*** Trebuchets: 20
*** Polybolos: 25
*** Transport Camels: 35
*** Overall: 17,050 Troops
** 2nd Sipah: 
*** Swordsmen: 5,000
*** Spearmen: 2,000
*** Bowmen: 3,000
*** Fire Lancers: 350
*** Crossbowmen: 2,000
*** Light Cavalry: 2,000
*** Heavy Cavalry: 1,000
*** Ranged Cavalry: 1,000
*** Cavalry Fire Lancers: 85
*** Cannons: 10
*** Trebuchets: 20
*** Polybolos: 25
*** Transport Camels: 35
*** Overall: 17,050 Troops
** 3rd Sipah: 
*** Swordsmen: 5,000
*** Spearmen: 2,000
*** Bowmen: 3,000
*** Fire Lancers: 350
*** Crossbowmen: 2,000
*** Light Cavalry: 2,000
*** Heavy Cavalry: 1,000
*** Ranged Cavalry: 1,000
*** Cavalry Fire Lancers: 85
*** Cannons: 10
*** Trebuchets: 20
*** Polybolos: 25
*** Transport Camels: 35
*** Overall: 17,050 Troops
** "Aqeel's" Sipah: 
*** Swordsmen: 4,000
*** Bowmen: 2,000
*** Fire Lancers: 500
*** Light Cavalry: 1,000
*** Ranged Cavalry: 500
*** Cannons: 20
*** Polybolos: 10
*** Overall: 8,110 Troops
** Patrol Force:
*** Light Cavalry: 3,000
*** Ranged Cavalry: 3,000
*** Heavy Cavalry: 500
*** Overall: 6,500 Troops
** Muscat Fleet:
*** Gharaq: 80
*** Harbis: 50
*** Fire Ships: 30
*** Light Transport Ships: 20
*** Heavy Transport Ships: 2
** Grane Fleet:
*** Harbis: 50
*** Gharaqs: 70
*** Fire Ships: 30
*** Light Transport Ships: 40
*** Heavy Transport Ships: 10
** Trade Fleet (There has always been a large trade fleet, but wasn't included here):
*** Big Fleets: 2
**** Harbis: 10
**** Gharaqs: 10
**** Transport Ships: 100
*** Small Fleets: 7
**** Harbis: 15
**** Gharaqs: 20
**** Transport Ships: 105
** Darman Task Force:
*** Tajawaleen: 300
*** Raseleen: 100
*** Translators: 40
*** Botanists: 60
*** Overall: 500
* Military Operations and Foreign Affairs:
** New Troops and Tactics:
*** Tajawaleen: The Wanderers, they are men who are often very lightly armoured and do not have the heavy fighting capability of regular soldiers. They are trained in traversing difficult terrain, foraging, camping, and dealing with unorganized light attack. While they don't make sense as a military force, they are expectional at working away from supply lines and cities in difficult terrain. They are trained to deal with light attacks from locals with deadly efficiency, capable of both ranged and melee fighting and armed with composite bows and short swords. They much rather retreat than fight a larger force, which they can do with efficiency, as they don't have much to carry and can provide harrassing fire while their retreat.
*** Raseleen: The Messengers, they are very lightly armoured cavalrymen capable of transporting goods and messages quickly between small groups in difficult terrain. While they can fight in melee, they are usually in retreat. 
** Adnanification:
*** Swahili: We continue our efforts
*** Jazeerat Marjan: South of Malepdiva are a bunch of islands with beautiful and pristine oceans. These islands have been explored a long time ago. Transport ships are to land on some island (Egmont Island) and set up a settlement, with support. Within the next few years, settlements are to pop up on the other islands too. 
*** Imerina: We continue investing in their adnanification.
** Local Developments: 
*** Assyrian Sovereignty: Assyrians have long suffered under various nations without a nation of their own. The Assyrians are shackled to the institutions of a distant Arzhamite state, one that doesn't allow the Assyrians their culture and religion. We have shown our affliation with the cause by building cities for Assyrian refugees. We make a promise that if we ever capture the ancient Assyrian Cities, we shall give them independence under an Assyrian nation. The hope is that this will give some Assyrian loyalty to us in case of a war with Arashena.
*** The Qarshid Resistance: Through contacts in Elam, as detailed in Policy and National Affairs - The Enemy of my Enemy, we funnel weapons to the Qarshids now in Arashenan territory. It is a slow process, taking about a year for the first shipment to reach the Qarshid resistance thanks to all the transfers of equipment used to blur our invovlement. We hope they will at least damage the Arashenans enough to cause them some damage. 
* Economy:
** High Income, High Spending: We recieve a very large income, with trade booming again. But this doesn't really trickle down as it is being spent in adventurous governmental spending sprees. People really don't get mad, because after a civil war, they have lost the feeling of protest. Resources are now spent on rebuilding the damage, recovering our losses to a certain degree. It is still a limited amount, but less is spent on the military and more on the people.
* New Research:
** Easier Fire Lances: Research back to normal
** Cannons: Research back to normal, forts seem to be better off against cannons if they have dents in the wall rather than one straight wall, interesting. 
* Diplomacy:
** Imerina: Can we, potentially, move 500 lightly armed troops through your territory into the highlands? We say troops, they are more botanists than troops, trying to find medicinal herbs. We will leave on your notice without any effect on our trade. 
** League of the Desert (Yemen, Qarsoon, Hejaz): We are considering a strike on the Sumali, as their territory hold a lot of raw resources and their territory so close to the Qarsoon capital island of Tamreda could become a concern. 
** Swahili: We try again, more Zoroastrian, more Adnanite
** Staff: Read the entire Local Development Section. We also build colonies in the Chagos Archipelago if it works out.
==== Dual Principality of Munich ====
* Government: Feudal Elective Diarchy
** Prinzessin: Marie I Welf-Schwerin (b.1436, r.1456-)
** Prinz: Alexios I "The Sodom" Kastanitsa (b. 1430, r. 1456-1492) Petra I Welf (b.1420, r. 1492-)
** Offices:
*** Chancellor: Petra Welf (b.1420)
*** Royal Tutor: Hans 
*** Marshal: Kassandra Kastanitsa (b.1460)
*** Master of the Guard: Erwin Schwerin (b.1443)
*** High Priest: Franz Rosenheim (b.1422)
*** Court Philosopher: Paul of Munich (b.1430)
*** Court Jester: Heinz the Bard Dachau (b.1440)
*** Steward: Johannes Schwerin-Rosenheim (b. 1440)
*** Physician: Ernst Dachau (b.1431)
*** Spymaster: Johan Ingolstadt (b.1435)
*** Court Chaplain: Alexa Kastanitsa (b.1442)
* Economy: Feudal economy mostly comprised of agriculture and trade
* Capital: Munich
* Laws:
** Military Law: Martial Education: Every free person can join the military and carry melee weapons
** Taxation Law: Trade Tax: Traded goods will have a 20% tax over them, along with nobles and feudal lords giving 10% of the food and goods produced
** Domestic Law: Social Mobility: Every serf can buy his way out of serfdom if he/she has the money to buy it
* Demographics:
** Population: 300,000
** Ethnicities: 98% German, 2% other
** Religion: Roman Catholic
** City Population:
*** Munich: 40,000
*** Rosenheim: 20,000
*** Ingolstadt: 20,000
* Wars and Conflicts:
** N/A
* Events:
** Das Landsknecht: mercenary companies are growing and offering their services to anyone
** Death of Alexios: Alexios I "the Sodom" Kastanitsa dies from a heart attack in 1492, with suspicion of assassination being very high
* Diplomacy:
** Mecklenburg: we send them a gift of gold to keep our military alliance
* Navy:
** 8 ships: (320 crew and soldiers)
*** Grand Admiral: Johannes Welf (b.1450)
*** 2 galleys (armed with one cannon and two swivel guns, 40 crew, 20 gunners)
**** Herzog Heindrich
**** Prinz Alexios
*** 2 cogs (armed with 10 archers, 10 crew)
**** Prinz Karl
**** Diarchie
*** 4 hulks (armed with 15 archers each, 25 crew,)
**** Prinzessin Marie
**** Ingolstadt
**** Sinope
**** Rosenheim
* Army: 
** Immortals: 1000
*** 200 heavy knights
*** 100 horse archers
*** 300 heavy halberdmen
*** 100 arquebuses
*** 50 hand culverins
*** 250 hand cannons
** First Division: 5000 (+400) 
*** General: Heindrich von Ingolstadt-Sinope (b.1438)
*** 1000 light cavalrymen
*** 1000 light halberdmen
*** 1000 light pikemen and spearmen
*** 400 crossbowmen
*** 1000 archers
*** 200 longbowmen
*** 400 horse archers
*** Support Units:
**** 400 supply carts
** Second Division: 5000 (+400)
*** General: Constantine Kastanitsa-Welf (b.1450)
*** 1000 light cavalrymen
*** 1000 light halberdmen
*** 1000 light pikemen and spearmen
*** 400 crossbowmen
*** 1000 archers
*** 200 longbowmen
*** 400 horse archers
*** Support Units:
**** 400 supply carts
** Siege Cohort: 1000
*** General: 
*** 200 pikemen
*** 8 trebuchets (25 crewmen each)
*** 20 ballistae (5 crewmen each)
*** 10 catapults (10 crewmen each)
*** 2 bombards (6 crewmen each)
*** 8 falconets (3 crewmen each)
*** 18 cannons (3 crewmen each)
==== Valcanor ====
* Government: Absolute Monarchy (Personal Union with Castile)
** Queen: Maria I 
** Others:
*** Prince Lazaro, B 1415- Undercover in Sicily)
*** Prince Benito, B 1470- (Hidden in Laszlofold)
*** Prince Fidel, B 1471
** Notable Past Royalty: 
*** King Agustin III (B 1364-1449, Ruled 1394-1449, struck down in war)
*** Princess Sophia Hohenstaufen of Westria (B 1388-1462, Ruled 1449 to 1454, stepped down)
*** Princess Selina, B 1411-1484 (Ruled in Westria as Queen for a time, returned to Valcanor before death. 
*** Princess Lela, B 1415-1494 (Ruled 1454-1477, forced from power)
* Economy: 
* Capital: Valencia
* Demographics:
** Population: ~5,863,730
*** Valencia, Shining capital city: 96,755
*** Barcelona, Center of economy and industry: 93,845
*** Perrogo, Home of the Valcan Navy: 85,615
*** Tarragona, Keystone of culture: 69,695
*** Andorra, The final Valcan frontier: 68,315
*** Murcia, Agricultural powerhouse: ~41,000
*** Rural Areas and Smaller Communities: ~4,984,170
** Ethnic Groups: 
*** 92.8% Spanish (Valencian descent)
*** 3.7% Spanish (other descent)
*** ~1% North African 
*** 1% French
*** 0.9% Other
** Religion: 
*** 98% Roman Catholic 
*** ~1% Arzham
*** ~1% Other 
* Military: 78,950 active 
** Human Resources:
*** 11,050 Foot Soldiers (Swordmen)
*** 11,352 Spearmen
*** 11,346 Cavalrymen
*** 3,700 Knights and Royal Guards
*** 8,300 Heavy Infantry
*** 200 Generals, Commanders and Strategists
*** 9,000 Standard Bowmen
*** 9,652 Longbowmen
*** 10,000 Crossbowmen
*** 550 Cannon-men 
*** 260 Arquebusiers 
*** 800 Elite Warriors (Assassins, spies)
** 394,750 Reserve Troops 
*** 300 active
**** 125,000 Swordmen, Spearmen, Heavy Infantry
**** 125,000 Bowmen, Crossbowmen, Longbowmen
**** 50,000 Cavalrymen
** Siege Weapons and Artillery:
*** 60 Battering Rams
*** 55 Catapults
*** +60 Trebuchets
*** 100+ Large Cannons
*** 200+ Small Cannons
*** 300 Arquebuses
** Navy:
*** 100+ Transports
*** 75+ Cargo Ships 
*** 10 Large Transports
*** 26 Sea Riders
*** 20 Naval Kings
*** 12 Salvaged Scourges
** Trading Fleet:
*** 130+ Merchant Ships
* Wars and Conflicts:
** N/A
* Diplomacy:
** N/A
* Events
** Secret Son, Part 5 (Finale): IDK I ran out of ideas so I’m ending this. Both brothers are vibing.  Benito may have killed some guy but that’s not important.
** Valcania, Rule the Waves, Part 5 (Finale): The Valcan navy has grown to great heights. Our ships maintain a presence further to the East, between Laszlofold and Sicily. This is to ensure our trading fleet’s safety past Naples into the Eastern Mediterranean. 
** The Re-Established Hero, Part 3: Hanzila Suazo, now in his 80s, retires to his humble home on the outskirts of Valencia to live out his life in peace. He spends time playing with and teaching his brother’s young grandson, hoping to pass on his legacy as an undying, lucky as all heck warrior. 
** Princess of the Sands, Part 3 (Finale): same as above I ran out of ideas forget that I ever did this
** Go Sell some Vases or Something, Part 2: The discovery of the new world draws some traders away from the Mediterranean, but our trade is still rebounding strong enough to support our economy. Westria, Escosia, Dardania, Isetium, and of course the Atoumans can expect trading ships bearing Western goods and crafts (If they will allow us, of course.) Our presence on this side of Italy is still strong, with the Italian states (Other than Naples) having an increase in a Valcan business.
** I Smell a New World, Part 1: The Valcan Western Expedition Alliance is created between a group of rich merchants and nobles theorizing a potential profit from the New World and a second chance to expand and conquer. The first expedition consists of four Valcan ships headed for Nueva Hispania, from which they plan to continue on in search of unclaimed or weakly defended land to set up a colony in.
** Well Lela’s ded 
=== Turn XX: 1495-1500 ===
==== Mod Events ====
*The Dark Horse: In 1497, Tulaani had finally gathered enough support to enact her plan. Despite being 16, she grew up with a natural charisma, simply by telling a story. They say that anyone can be convinced, regardless of their viewpoints, through a story. It could be a story of an experience they sympathize, or a story they could understand. Regardless, Tulaani grew up with stories of heroes and conquerors in her childhood, and she is smart enough to put it to good use. Somehow, she manages to get people to think she must be the reincarnation of Bulijin Khatun, the long dead conqueror, and convinced them that she would help bring peace to the land and the lands beyond. To restore the Daevites to their former glory. What is impeding on this is her older brother, who has continued to ruin the state. With her supporters, on the next meeting with the ruler, she managed to bring up the issue of her brother's corruption and brought evidence of his killings. She was attempted to be silenced, but she found support of the majority of the room, and they ousted her brother. Now with herself in power, she turned to the east state Chagatai is at war with, determined to bring down the war once and for all. Her brother, in disgrace, later killed himself (saving her the trouble of thinking he might return for revenge).
*Blind Robin (Final): Frederique, her mission finally complete, now left her with nothing to do. She suppose she could have an apprentice, but such a search has proven unfruitful. She did not want to pass such responsibilities down to her son. He deserves the happiness and peace with his family. She traveled back to her home, only to discover that it is sold to another person. Angered, she attempted to bring this to court, but was rejected. Dejected, she traveled to Snaelland, and with help (again) had built a hut for herself where she will live out the rest of her days in peace. Will the line ever continue? Frederique figures that if anyone wants to, they could seek her out, like she sought for her son. Perhaps it is the first test, for a person to take things seriously enough to venture forth across thousands of kilometers (or miles) to find her. Regardless, that is for the future, for now she should rest.
*Vikings of the Caribbean (Part 2): The Vinlander earls hear of weird men arriving from across the vast, thought to be, endless ocean from the east. These conquerors had taken the entire island of Megas Athenais and tales of riches and new technology and wisdom, and a new God had reached the ears of Elyso-Vinlander nobles, finally reaching King Dungail. He orders the southern earls to perform a great raid, wanting to uncover more about these strange easterners, turning their hunts towards Nueva Hispania, instead of Dysia. Dozens of ships sailed from the north, hitting the cities of Haitiana and San Costa, sacking their harbors before fleeing back to Osnerol. The city of Arascælen (otl Nassau) is founded with permission from Osnerol to act as a waypoint for raids, as a resting point further from Monalba.
*New Hispanian Claims: During Columbus' absence Captain Rhea wanted to press New Hispanian claims on Puerto Paleoga (or Palega, OTL Puerto Rico), controlled by the Palaiologos in 1495. When the Palaiologos refused to be incorporated, Rhea ordered the firing of cannons onto the island. When she was in Europe, she saw the cannons and firearms everyone carried. She instantly fell in love with them as soon as she saw their firepower. In her words (by modern translation), "A girl always something that can pack a punch, right?" She brought a couple back from Europe, out of Columbus' wallet, of course. Encouraged by Puerto Paleoga's surrender, she goes after the big prize: Dysia. Dysia over the hundreds of years became more increasingly organized, but more around an "alpha", elected based off of their prowess. She sailed to Guantamion, and demanded that everyone joins her or else they will perish. Of course, only a few people joined her. When the magistrate of Dysia (pirate governor alpha male) disputes her, she challenged him to a duel for Dysia, to which he promptly accepts. If Rhea loses, and dies, all her possessions and New Hispania will belong to Dysia. Most of the major pirate captains agrees to this, either way they can do whatever they want except they will be insured for protecting New Hispania, as Rhea agreed to. The duel ended anticlimactically with Rhea stabbing the magistrate and shooting him with her matchlock pistol, bedazzling onlookers and shocking to witnesses. With the prospect of getting weapons, they are more enthusiastic of her influence. Some did not accept this and moved into OTL Turks and Caicos Islands. Columbus departed from Castile-Leon once again with six ships in 1498. Being governor has allowed him to independently make a voyage. He met with Rhea again and was pleasantly surprised to hear she has incorporated Puerto Paleoga (or Palega) and Dysian OTL Cuba and Jamaica (both are named Disica, North Disica and South Disica, by Castile-Leon).
*New Discoveries: Henry Cabot sailed to the west to find fugitives, and (for personal reasons) possibly hope for a route to China. Instead he spotted an unknown land. Not knowing what else to call it, he called (OTL Newfoundland) Avalon, believing that such place is more heavenly. He sailed south along the coastline for a brief moment but did not touch down. He did, however, land in Avalon, only to discover it is already inhabited. Finding little success with seeking out fugitives associated with the Griffin "cult", Cabot sails back. Meanwhile, two Agoustan explorers journeyed to Greenland, and during their voyage, spotted sighting of some "white men" in a land which they dubbed Labrador (as mentioned earlier). New Hispanian explorers met the Osnerolese, to which they began to call the region "Catonzia", named from Catonzi (another name the Osnerolese is referred by). Because of these discoveries, word of a New World has spread, causing the rise of the earliest trading companies and expeditionary ventures.
*Treaty of Tordesillas: Rumors of Columbus' voyage and settlement has spread. In 1495, Agousta approached Castile-Leon with an idea. The undiscovered lands to the east would belong to Agousta and the lands to the west to Castile-Leon. This was based off of the Papal bull made in 1493, Pope Alexander IV gave permission (or a task) to Castile-Leon to Christianize the heathens of the west. By 1500, several groups of missionaries and trading companies are formed, waiting to get an opportunity. Though, they'll need to find income to start traveling, they look to Agoustan merchants for help. It will take a bit of time though
*Fury of Ares (Part 2): The Aretians declare war on Galatoi, taking Donnius and sieging Velitia. Djenne is pushed back and Djenne encircled. The Northern campaign continues with advancements made to Ifni, but the warlords are stopped there by Mauretanian armies hastily gathered for defense. Mossi declares war on Aretis-Songhai, advancing on Gao
*Sack of Titlan: With the continued raids from Indetah and Kemahana, the unrest developed by external instigation and discord, and the effects of the plague, the city of Titlan, the capital of the Aztec Empire was sieged and sacked by early 1495. The Empire would never reach the same heights again, as its subjects look to break away, and outside threats remain an everpresent issue.
*Dreamcatcher (Final): I have finally reached an area with water reaching over the horizon. I witness the sun setting over the mountain of glistening seas. My men and I stepped into the water, it is deeper than another we have ever seen. We cannot even see the bottom for most of it. It is quite an experience I have known for in a lifetime. I ordered my men and I to pull back, our lifetime is now at peace.
*Vasco de Gama: The Agoustan explorer set out from Lisbon in 1497, and after visiting several cities in Southeatern Africa, arrives in Calicut in southern India in 1498, discovering the maritime route to India.
*Shrove Tuesday: On February 7, 1497, followers of Girolamo Savonarola burnt thousands of objects deemed "immoral" at the Bonfire of the Vanities in Florence.
*John Cor: The friar records the first known batch of Scotch whiskey in 1495.
*Drydocks: The first of its kind is commissioned in Portsmouth in 1495.
*L'Ultima Cena: The Last Supper, a painting representing the last supper of Jesus and his apostles as depicted in the Gospel of John, was finished by Leonardo da Vinci in 1498 and is housed in the Santa Maria delle Grazie convent in Milan. The painting would go on to become one of the most recognisable works of art of the Western world.
*1498 Nankai Earthquake: An earthquake along the Nankai megathrust in Nihon in 1498 killed five thousand people and tsunamis were recorded, reportedly destroying the building housing the statue of the Great Buddha at Kōtoku-in. The statue itself survived.
==== NPC Events ====
*Helborg: They fall to the Atouman invasion, and accepted becoming a protectorate of sorts.
*Eldia: In a series of political manoeuvring and marriages, the Kingdom of Croatan has de facto become a crown under that of Eldia. Sharing the same king, Croatan has effectively become the latest addition to the Eldian crown.
*Delhi Arzhakhate: They annex Sura, while conducting multiple military incursions into Odisha.
*Aethopia: They guarantee the independence of Sumali.
*Swahili: The population along the Swahili Coast adopts both the Adnanite and the Sorabe for use of trade of the two large nations, but most, if not all of the population sticks to their indigenous beliefs.
==== Indetah ====
* Government: Agallate
* Aghá'łíí: Taklishim (1472-)
* Economy: As a Semi-Nomadic people we farm maize, beans, and squash around the more fertile land around the Colorado and Rio Grande rivers, as well as in certain other areas. Since our introduction to sheep, most of our people have become pastoralists instead of full-time hunter gatherers. We also mine Turquoise, which is a good that Mesoamericans prize dearly. In addition, we sell tin and bronze to the Kemehanans to the west. Pottery and Silverwork is another major component of the Economy.
* Capital: Tsétáłkáá
* Demographics:
** Population Density: 0.26/km2
** Population: 94,000
*** Tota' Haal'a: 300
*** Ni Alnii’gi: 200
*** Tsétáłkáá: 2,200
*** Oraibi: 1500
*** Dziłghą́’í: 30
** Ethnic Makeup: 36.8% Lépai Diné, 8% Łitso Diné, 4% Baʼáadi Diné, 0.8% Wéʼéshgaaʼ Diné. 50.6% Anaasází Diné. 
*** Lépai Diné: The term Lépai Diné refers to all Apachean Peoples. They make up the upper class of Lepai. This term also applies to the Apache.
*** Anaasází Diné: The term “Anaasází Diné” refers to the Keresan, Tanoan, Hopi, and Zuni peoples which are native to Lepai.
*** Łitso Diné: The Łitso Diné, literally meaning “Yellow Men”, refers to the Yuman peoples which inhabit the western regions of Lepai. 
*** Baʼáadi Diné: The term “Baʼáadi Diné” refers to the Piman and O’odham Peoples. 
*** Wéʼéshgaaʼ Diné: This term refers to all peoples inhabiting Mesoamerica, as well as the Coahuiltecans.
* Religion: Religion is a rather tricky concept in Lepai. Many of these religions share many of the same beliefs, but they each emphasize different portions of it. Thus, it can be said that there is only one religion practiced in Lepai.
** Puebloan Religion: 
*** Kachinaism: Kachinaism holds that the world is populated by multitudes of “Kachina”. They are supernatural beings who represent and have charge over various aspects of the natural world. They might be thought of as analogous to Greco-Roman demi-gods or Catholic saints. There are literally hundreds of different kachinas, which may represent anything from rain to watermelon, various animals, stars, and even other Indian tribes. However, the kachinas are also thought to be the spirits of dead ancestors, and they may come to the Hopi mesas in the form of rain clouds.
*** General Pahanaism: General Pahanaism has much of the beliefs of Orthodox Pahanaism, but instead there are 2 Pahanas. The False Pahana shall arrive from the west, while the true Pahana shall arrive from the west. The False Pahana shall pretend to be the True Pahana, but one must not listen to his words, for if he is accepted, he shall plunge humanity into sin. The False Pahana is depicted as Topiltzin Quetzalcoatl.
*** Orthodox Pahanaism: Pahanaism is a religion primarily practiced by the Lepai, Keresan, and Hopi peoples. Due to its position, it is both Puebloan and Lepai in nature. Pahanaism focuses on the return of Pahana, meaning “Elder Brother” in Hopi. However, due to linguistic and cultural differences, Pahana is called Awanyu by Keresan peoples and Tłʼiish Yiłat’a’ by the Lepai. Pahanists say that Pahana will come at the end of the 4th world (the current world), and that humanity is at the cusp of the 5th world. At his arrival, the Wicked will be purged, and humanity shall enter a new world of peace. Traditionally, Pahanists are buried facing east in expectation of Pahana who will come from that direction. However, due to Pochahontist beliefs in mainstream Lepai Society, Pahanists now usually bury their dead facing the Southeast. Many Pahanists also believe that a significant amount of Wicked, specifically “Enough to fill the Great Southern Lake” must be purged before the coming of Pahana.
*** Anti-Pahanaism: Anti-Pahanaism states that the coming of Pahana is bad and must be avoided. Pahana is said to be a pale man with a long flowing beard, much like Topiltzin Quetzalcoatl. When Pahana arrives in Lepai lands, the Anti-Pahanaists are to kill him.
** Lepai Religion:
*** Diyin Dine’e Worship: Diyin Dine’e worshippers worship the 4 Diyin Dine’e, First Man, Áłtsé Hastiin, First Woman, Áłtsé Asdzą́ą́, Mąʼiitoʼí Áłchíní, Great Coyote, and the coyote Áłtsé Hashké, First Angry. 
*** Hero-Twin Worship: The Hero-Twin is a common motif among Native American peoples, especially in Mesoamerica and the American Southwest. They worship the twin brothers Naayééʼ Neizghání and Naʼídígishí. They also believe that they must purge all those who are “Not friends of the Lepai”. This manifests as intense hate towards the Mesoamericans.
*** Wechugism: Wechugism is a branch of Hero-Twin Worship. It is said to be a person who has been possessed or overwhelmed by the power of one of the ancient giant spirit animals, related to becoming "too strong". These giant animals were crafty, intelligent, powerful and somehow retained their power despite being transformed into the normal-sized animals of the present day. The primary purpose of Wechugism is to rid the world of Wechuge, who are said to live in the south and the deep north. 
** Lepai Pochahontism: Due to prolonged contact with Kemahana, Pochahontism has begun to crop up in certain circles. The only difference is that Pochahontas is called Asdzą́ą́ Nádleehé. 
** Trialism: Trialism teaches that the Great Plague (which they call the Plague of Judgement) is a tool to "judge" whether a man is pure of heart and of sin or not. They have become known for subjecting their children to a rite of passage where they are locked in a room with the corpse of a person (usually a family member) who died of the Great Plague, with enough food and water for a week. They also believe that they should give foreign peoples the Great Plague.
* Military: The Lepai Military is mainly levy-based, except for small garrisons consisting of a dozen men to protect against raids in Kinhoodzo. There is a maximum of 23,000 warriors, 15,800 of which use horses, which we are able to use in case of a war.  With the recent discovery of economically viable deposits of tin, bronze is becoming common among higher-class soldiers. However, the majority of our warriors use flint weapons. Lepai Military Strategy is primarily based upon light cavalry and raiding. Unlike most of our neighbors, we use the Bow and Arrow, instead of the Spear-Thrower. Spears and Axes are the primary Melee weapons, with paddles meant to bonk and crush the enemy being used also. 
* Wars and Conflicts:
** Great Southern War: All Indetah forces pull out of the Aztec Empire following the sack, though small raids would be common in the next few years. 
* Events: 
** Sack of Titlan (technically happened last turn): As Titlan falls, the Tamechpechtecahtzin of the Aztec Empire,Tizoc, escapes to Tlaxcalla in the year 1494. In the next few years, he would die, and Moctezuma II would become the new Tamachpechtecahtzin. However, Axayacatl, his brother, would stay behind, but die of smallpox. Ahuizotl became leader of the Aztecs within Lake Texcoco, but his efforts were for naught. Eventually, he would surrender as the Mexica became unable to fight. Bichohi kept him around, but eventually hanged him from a tree while returning to Indetah. Brackish water is allowed to flow from the north side of Lake Texcoco to the southern side with the destruction of numerous causeways. Lake Xochilmico and Lake Chalco are spared from this, but Titlan is flooded as saline water flows into the city. Though the water will drain, this effectively makes agriculture in and around the city impossible. A small community of Kemahanans and Lepai stay within Lake Texcoco, taking residence in Itzacalco, a group of islands directly south of the island Titlan is on. This settlement is named Kintáłkáá, renamed to Quintallcá during the Spanish Invasion. The valley is left severely depopulated after the sack.
** Economic Issues: With massive amounts of wealth entering Indetah, and an incredibly large force used to raid the Aztecs, Indetah sees numerous issues involving the economy. Fields were left unplowed, and many flocks were left unattended.
** Snake of the Red Sands: The commander of the Lepai Forces used to invade the Aztec, Bichohi, has finally achieved this goal of purifying himself and Lake Texcoco at the age of 27. However, something feels off. Perhaps it’s guilt? Whatever it was, Bichohi retreats from public life. However, stories of pueblos on the water with giant dogs which spit fire circulate among the Aztec Empire and Indetah. This worries Bichohi, and would prompt him to make one last public appearance a few decades later.
==== Sublime State of Zhaowa (how the hell did i do this) ====
Government: Mixed Kongsi Republic
* Administration: Zhaowa, like it’s mother state, Li, has an administrative system not dissimilar to the Li system of Prefectures (Chú), Urban Counties (Hwen), and Rural Counties (Vo). There are 21 prefectures. 
* Grand Overseer (Taixu): The Taixu is the ruler of Zhaowa as elected by the Grand Tribunal. The Current Taixu is: Jieu Jengywéi (1492-)
* Grand Tribunal (Ta Fapdéng): The Grand Tribunal is the main legislative authority in Zhaowa. It is made up of 81 members who vote on national policy and pass bills.
** Council of Nine (Bát Yén qi Hwai): The Council of Nine oversee the 9 ministries of government in Zhaowa. They are hand-picked by the Taixu. Though meritocratic on paper, the ranks of the Council of Nine come from the same few noble families. The 9 ministries of government are the; the Ministry of Personnel, the Ministry of Commerce, the Ministry of Ceremony, the Ministry of Law, the Ministry of War, the Ministry of Works, the Ministry of Supervision, and the Ministry of Households. All of the ministers are subordinate to the Taixu. 
** Lower Tribunal (Hyaqi Fapdéng): The Lower Tribunal consists of all citizens elected by the Common People’s Tribunal and many high-ranking Bureaucrats. Members of the Lower Tribunal meet once a year to elect members of the Grand Tribunal. There are 873 members of the Lower Tribunal. They function similarly to the Electoral College in OTL US politics.
** Common People’s Tribunal (Kúngyén qi Fapdéng): The Common People’s Tribunal consists of all citizens within the State of Zhaowa. It is by far the largest electoral body within Zhaowa. All citizens have the right to directly elect leaders for their respective counties and prefectures via popular vote. Though they do not directly vote for higher positions, they very much influence their decisions. As representatives those elected are both morally and practically obligated to represent the wishes of those under them, as the common people can easily vote them out if they do not fulfill their wishes.
* Political Parties: While there are no official political parties Within Zhaowa, there are several political blocs within the Tribunals.
** Aristocrats: The Aristocrats are a large front wishing to preserve the status-quo and increase the power of the noble class. They hold 23 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
** Tradesmen’s Front (Xángtang): The Tradesmen’s Front, primarily made up of Lower-level officials, merchants, and artisans, is a major political bloc within Zhaowa. They advocate for less trade restrictions, more power to the Hwais, lower tariffs, a strong navy, improving infrastructure, and pacifist foreign policy. They hold 24 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
** Militarists (Kwúntang): The Stratocrats are a sister group of the Tradesmen's front. They share many of the same beliefs as the Tradesmen's Front. However, they advocate for socially Conservative policies and aggressive foreign policy. They hold 21 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
** Traditionalists (Dauvuttang): The Traditionalist Party, primarily made up of Buddhists and Xianists, is one of the larger political fronts within Zhaowa. They advocate for socially Conservative policies, reforms to the Ministry of Ceremony, and Isolationist Foreign Policy. They hold 23 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
** Xianists (Xéntang): The Xianists are a fringe political bloc. They advocate for increased authority of Xianist schools, socially Progressive policies, reforms to the Ministry of Ceremony, and exploration into Papua and Australia. They hold 3 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
** Native Front (Tuojáktang): Made up of Ethnic Minihasans, Papuans, Ternatians, and others, the Native Front is a large tent group with incredibly diverse views on Economic, Social, and Foreign policies. Their only shared interest is to support rights for the native people within Zhaowa. Even among the large native population, this faction has little support. They have 10 seats in the Grand Tribunal.
* Economy: Zhaowa has a Proto-Capitalist economy, focusing on agriculture, spices, metals, fishing, and logging. Perhaps the most important part of the Zhaowanese economy is the trade of all of the above. A major feature of the Zhaowanese economy is the Hwai, an economic and societal structure functioning similar to a Renaissance Guild, a Trade/Workers Union, and a Cartel. Hwais evolved from notions of brothership among the Mercantile and Managerial class of Yun-era China. Most citizens are part of or somehow involved in a Hwai. Hwais are commercial organizations consisting of members that provide capital and shared profits. Though much of the population may not be an active member of a Hwai, many citizens work for a member of a Hwai. Since all involved in the Hwai receive equal profits and have equal capital, Zhaowa could also be classified as Proto-Market-Socialist. Zhaowa has a paper and coin based Fiat monetary system. To avoid inflation, all money is in the hands of the Ministry of Finance. All paper money can be exchanged for gold, silver, and copper, or silk with an exchange rate of 3%.
* Currency: Jencé
* Demographics:
** Ethnic Makeup
*** 17% Pure Chinese 
*** 31% Mixed-Race 
*** 25% Austronesian Malukans
*** 13% Minihasan Groups
*** 9% Papuan Groups
*** 3% Toraja
*** 1% Malay
*** 1% Other 
** Total Population: 321,000
*** Maluku: 29,500
*** Manado: 21,000
*** Nimkyóng: 18,000
*** Selam: 10,000
*** Launa: 7000
*** Sufu: 5,500
*** Jáng Hwi: 4000
* Religion: 9% Xianist, 21% Mahayana Buddhist, 22% Theravada Buddhist, 6% Hindu, 47% Animist, 2% Other(Zoroastrian, Arzhamist)
* Military: 14,200 Personnel
** Army: 3,200
*** 200 Artillerymen 
*** 2,400 Infantry
*** 800 Fire Archers and Gunmen
** Navy: 10800 Sailors, 395 Ships (excluding coastal patrol)
*** 20 Hunghwangjwen (~80 meters) (2200 crew total)
*** 40 Galleys (32~ meters) (1920 crew total)
*** 100 Supply ships (45~ meters) (2000 sailors total)
*** 40 Heavy-Cannon Ships (30~ meters) (820 crew total)
*** 160 3-Masted Djongs (25~ meters)  (2560 crew total)
*** 35 Troop Transports (350 crew total, able to carry 2900 troops in total)
*** Various Coastal Patrol (950 crew total)
* Firearms:
** Cetbang/Jwangfiau: The Jwangfiau is the most commonly used gun in Zhaowa. It is a breech-loading swivel gun, and is used on fortifications and ships. 
** Xépdan-tswáng: The Xépdan-tswang, literally meaning “Ten Shot Gun”, is a gun similar to an Organ Gun. Inspired by the multiple rocket launchers in use across the Sinosphere, instead of firing arrows or rockets, it fires iron or bronze pellets. It is used as an anti-personnel gun. Due to it having 10x more barrels than an average gun, it can shoot 10x more bullets, but it takes 10x more time to clean. Unlike the guns of Europe, it is breech loading, which provides quicker loading time. To seal the breech, paper cartridges or a block are used, though this is quite ineffective. The Xépdan-tswáng is used in very low quantities, with perhaps only 40 being used across Zhaowa.
** Lagatswáng: The Lagatswáng, literally meaning “Small Long-Gun”, is a firearm used across Zhaowa in mediocre quantities.  Deriving from the Javanese Arquebus, it features a mechanism not dissimilar to a serpentine lock, though it requires a match to fire. It could be classified as a type of Arquebus. It does not feature a stock, making it quite unstable, but it makes up for this with a folding stand. (Just search up Javanese arquebus it’s the same thing)
** Bedil Tombak/Lungencwung: The Lungencwung, literally meaning “Hand Gun”, is the most common handheld gun in Zhaowa. It is quite simple, with a socket attached to a pole and a tube from which projectiles are fired from. It commonly has a blade attached to it in case of melee fighting. Around all infantry in Zhaowa uses it along with another blade (1,800 users among infantry). 
* Events:
** The Imperial Idea (1) in 1501, Tsúyén, twin brother of the Taixu Jieu Jengywéi, is chosen as the Minister of Ceremony and the Minister of Law. To avoid legal ramifications, a new position is created just for him, the Kwukna Dzú. It is both the Minister of Law and the Minister of Ceremony, and chief advisor of the Taixu. In case of the Taixu dying while in office, the Kwukna Dzú will serve as the interim ruler. The Kwukna Dzú is not expected to last after the death or removal from office of Tsúyén. Due to Tsúyén’s massive popularity, most do not have a problem with this. In fact, many see it as a beneficial change. Tsúyén seeks to remove racial divisions within Zhaowa, stating that “All who dwell in  Zhaowa can become a king with the soreness in one’s back and the calluses on one’s skin. Our origin does not matter, as we are all citizens of the great nation of Zhaowa.” In addition, he pushes for a standardized code of universal rights for all Zhaowanese citizens. However, his humanitarian beliefs only apply within Zhaowa. On many occasions, he expressed the wish to spread “Zhaowanese prosperity” by any means necessary, whether via trade or outright war of expansion. He starts cultivating Zhaowanese Nationalism and the idea of Zhaowanese societal superiority, stating that Zhaowa’s economic, technological, and cultural prosperity within the last century was due to the unique government and society it possesses. 
** Power Westward: As Syonan has restricted Zhaowanese Trade north with the Sulu Sea Toll, there is no option but to project power westward and dabble in the Indian Sea trade. The Indian Sea Hwai, founded by a prospecting group of merchants and the union of multiple Hwais involved in trade in the west, and with some funding from the government, extends an offer of importing technology such as Swivel-Guns and Rocket-Launchers to the Sentinelese. 
* Diplomacy:
** Khmerlacca: Alliance? we’ll be able to use each other's ports and we’ll have a non-aggression pact. 
** Sentinelese Kingdom: Hey! We shall import technology to you, though you will have to pay it back over a period of 50 years, or pay it back in one large payment right now. To earn income, you can raid nations in the area, which are not Khmerlacca and us. 
====Atouman Empire====
*Government:
**House of Atmanaglu
***Tayyeb (b. 1452), Padishah of Anatolia (c. 1487-) x Esra, Hatun of Ionia (b. 1449-1491)
****Achaeus (b. 1472-), Ezkhan of Atouman Empire (c. 1487-) x Aliye, Hatun of Hellas (b. 1465)
****Ozman II (b. 1475-1480)
****Aydin (b. 1487-1495)
****Dogukhan (b. 1489-1490)
****Ioxamander (b. 1491), Ezkhan of Atouman Empire (c. 1500-)
****Argun (b. 1491-1494)
*Economy: The economy of the Atouman Empire was based on a system of iqta', an Arzhamite feudal system, as the Atouman state's ultimate goal were consolidation and extension of the Azarh's power, and the way to reach it was by taking advantage of resources and the revenues system by making the productive classes prosperous. So while the agrarian-based economy was fruitful in it's development, it ultimately prevented an emergence of social disorder, and keeping the traditional organization of the culture and society as a whole. Mining operations would also aid as a driving factor of the economy, with copper, iron, silver, and gold being mined in Bulgaria while fruits grown across the Anatolian region and Balkan peninsula producing bountiful luxuries that are consequentially sold at the various port markets in Ionia and Greece. Olive trees grow in wild fashion, with their oil being harvested and sold to the highest bidder. Atouman expansion into Europe during the 14th and 15th centuries would emphasize a Greco-Persian royal sentiment, which would be ephasized furthermore in Azarkh Iskandir I's reign, who famously claimed himself as Padishah, a term historically used to describe the ruling monarch of Persia. This emphasis would lead to the capital cities becoming major commercial and industrial centres, serving as highways between the Greco-Roman-Daevite cultures and merchantile trade. This policy of tolerance would later lead to Azarkh Tayyeb's Mandate of Adrianople, which officially allowed for the Jewish people to reside and prosper in the Atouman Realm far away from the persecution they faced at the hands of Christendom. Most of these people were settled in either Constantinople or other port cities along the Ionian coast. Other exports include cotton, a myriad of fruits, and plenty of slaves.
*Capital: Constantinople (Primary), Ipsus (Secondary), Adrianople (Tertiary)
*Demographics:
**Population: 12,200,000
**Religion:
***65% - Arzham: The Arzhamite faith had continued to flourish under the House of Atmanaglu, who were devote followers of Arzhang themselves, instituting various mosques and chapels during this time. This included the Ozman's Temple, which would stand as the largest religious institution until the construction of Ioxamander's Temple in 1547.
***35% - Christianity: Christianity following the collapse of the Byzantine Empire would stagnate during this time, declining into a plurality due to a myriad of policies introduced by the Atouman Empire, such as increased taxing, second-class citizenship, and the banning of proselytizing, which was punishable by death. This decline in Christianity would also be further aided by the re-organization of the Janissaries, which by this part were mostly made up of young Christian slaves from the Balkans that had converted to Islam.
*Wars and Conflicts:
**Atouman-Helburg War (1495-1498): In early 1496, the city of Helbork would fall under the strangulation of the Atouman Empire's iron grip, but much to the dismay of Azarkh Tayyeb once he arrived from the hillside, would see that King Ivan III Thoridon of Helburg, along with much of his Court, had fled the city once they saw it was a lost cause. This led to Azarkh Tayyeb proclaiming to the Helburgian soldiers that surrendered, that they had basically been fighting for nothing, that they are meaningless to their incompetant leader, and for their meaninglessness, must be punished. After Azarkh Tayyeb finished his speech, all of the remaining Helburgian soldiers, that just so happened to fail in their retreat, would be impaled. Now while this was usual in most medieval Atouman conquests, the policy of killing captured troops and P.O.W.'s via impalement had not been formally used since the reign of Iskendir II, so while Tayyeb had promised his grandfather that he would restore the power projection of the Empire, this had only proved that the Atouman state had returned in full effect. While this was a moment of clarity for the Atouman Empire, Azarkh Tayyeb would be encountered by the Grand Vizier, Suleyman II abd-Muttari, and asked if they had plans in case the neighboring states decide to intervene, and while Azarkh Tayyeb says that he does, he would also state that if the King had fled into Vedena, that there may be more problems coming their way than originally expected. Following their conquest of Helbork, Azarkh Tayyeb would proclaim himself "King of Helburg and Moldavia", and would continue onward to Jotunnholt. After fighting a band of remnant Helburgian forces near the Lacul Danceni, Azarkh Tayyeb would lead forces to the lake's front, and from across the lake would see General Aleksy Suchecki of Vedena. Through their position on the water preventing communication, Azarkh Tayyeb would use his messenger pigeon to send a message to General Aleksy Suchecki, which simply stated that he could simply surrender and flee or that Suchecki and any forces he had mustered will face dire consequences. From the Polish perspective, Suchecki had always dreamt of this moment, ever since his father returned from fighting against the Atoumans and asserting the independence of Helburg and Vedena. So while this message was frightening, Aleksy would take it as the final obstacle blocking his way from becoming a "great" General. Suchecki would return the pigeon with a message to Azarkh Tayyeb, asking the same question rhetorically. Due to the lake being a stopping point for the Atouman forces, Azarkh Tayyeb prepared his forces to simply go around the lake, and while initially under the impression that the battle would commence outside the walls of Jotunnholt, would come across Suchecki and his forces in the woodland area. Although the Atoumans outnumbered the forces of Vedena and Helburg almost 2:1, the Atoumans were forced to retreat south of the Lake. The next two years would see failed Atouman expansion into northern Helburg, being consecutively stopped near Lacul Danceni. However, after a harsh winter in 1497, scouts would report to Azarkh Tayyeb that Suchecki had fallen deadly ill, and that the opportunity for an Atouman victory had finally shown itself. The Siege of Jotunnholt, canonically referred to in the Vedanen and Helburgian canon as "The Red Apocalypse", would see a seasoned Atouman army slaughtering the morally inept Vedenan and Helburgian armies, with the King of Helburg fleeing into Vedena proper as the city fell under Atouman occupation, with the territory transitioning into the Amirate of Moldovia, an Atouman vassal and tributary state.
**Atouman-Genoa War (1495-1497): By 1497, the Kingdom of Genoa had suffered heavy-handed naval defeats by the Atouman Empire, leading to their recognition of colonies in the Black Sea being virtually impossible now. While this worried the Republic of Venice, whom had their own sort of colonies in the Aegean Sea during this time, mainstream naval conflicts during this time would end for nearly thirty years.
*Diplomacy:
*Events:
**Golden Age: The Atouman Golden Age, although more appropiate by most Scholars to have begun in the early 16th century under the reign of Azarkh Ioxamander, is considered by some historians to have started during the reign of Azarkh Tayyeb. Most historians point toward the "highway" argument, which stated that the very economic and cultural power of the Atouman Empire dependent on it's coalescing of these various cultural concepts, producing an era of military expansion adjacent to a cultural renaissance. While wars were waged, local economies and traditions would remain at the core of the Atouman state, leading to better paintings and portraits, literature and screenplays, and the return of Greco-Roman architecture.
**Life of Ioxamander: In 1491, Ioxamander (Akhrean: Xšyemeneùs) was born in the Constantinople Citadel. Although Ioxamander's mother, Esra, the Hatun of Ionia, would die giving birth to the young Ioxamander and his twin brother, Argun, Ioxamander would witness death at a young age when his afformentioned twin brother, Argun, would suffer death due to siezure during a viewing of Akýikebités: Paichafikarun (tr. "Avengers: Endgame"). Dying in his hands, Ioxamander would percieve his brother's death as divine in it's nature, mostly due to the fact that he could've been in the same position as Argun, leading him to believe this to be a sign from God that to make the best for himself before it is his time to leave the world. Taking up primary education in Constantinople and Sparta, Ioxamander would become become known in his youth for his technical and logical thinking, favoring history and mathematics. Towards his family, however, Ioxamander would be known as acting "anti-social", as recorded by his Consort's journal. The consort would additionally devulge that Ioxamander, while patient and humble, would occassionally act erratic, sometimes disturbed. By the age of nine, Ioxamander was declared an Ezkhan of Atouman Empire in the case that his older and only other surviving brother, Achaeus, were to pass away without offspring.
**Amirate of Moldavia: Following the conquest of Helburg, the Amirate of Moldavia would be formed as a protectorate tributary state, and occassionally, as a vassal state of the Atouman Empire. The state's structure would follow similarly to the Atouman iqta', and although the nobility that surrendered in the war were allowed to remain in the estates general, Arzhamite aristocrats would be relocated into Moldavia to better establish an assertion of authority in the region. The aristocracy and nobility would comprise the General's Court, and in an elective format, would nominate the Amir, or Prince, of Moldavia (the title of King belonging to the Atouman Azarkhate), which were often rigged in favor of the Arzhamite aristocracy.
====Wanka Empire====
*Government: Despotic Monarchy 
**Monarch:
***Kukuri (r. 1391 - 1418) (b. 1355 - d. 1418)
***Nayaraq (r. 1418 - 1434) (b. 1386 - 1434)
***Interim (1434 - 1438)
**Sapa Wanka (The One Ruler of Wanka):
***Pachacuti (r. 1438 - 1471) (b. 1409 - 1471)
***Tupac Wanka (Pachacuti II) (r. 1471 - 1493) (b. 1439 - 1493)
***Huayna (r. 1493 - present) (b. 1469)
**Heir: N/A
**Pretenders: N/A
**Current Dynasty: Pachacutian
*Capital: Wankapampa
*Economy: At the end of the 15th century, the Wanka Empire is almost complete in unifying the mountain kingdoms. Even after the death of Pachacuti, his descendant leaders, Tupac Wanka and later Huayna would become the most prosperous leaders of the region at the time, having amassed large amounts of gold and silver from all over the mountains and then stashing it somewhere, most likely the Machu Picchu. There, the so-called myth of Paititi began to spread among commoners, a lost city that would eventually be meeting the conscious minds of the Europeans by the 16th century, in search of what they would call El Dorado. The late 15th century and early 16th century (up until the Europeans have discovered the Wanka civilisation) would be a golden age after following decades of conquest by force.
*Demographics:
**Population: 1,045,000 
***Wankapampa: 18,700
***Lima: 8,500
***Ica: 1,800
***Nazca: 9,100
***Qusqu: 17,000
***Abancay: 2,500
***Orcopampa: 2,600
***Arequipa: 1,100
***Atacama: 2,500
***Huachacalla: 1,600
***Calama: 700
***Puno: 1,200
***Collasuyu: 7,100
***Tiwanaku: 10,400
***Uyuni: 2,000
***Oruro: 1,500
***Huanuco: 7,200
***Tarapoto: 1,800
***Moyobambda: 5,000
***Cajamarca: 3,000
**Culture: 50% Quechua/Chirip, 45% Quechua/Sedena, 5% Chavin
**Religion: 100% Inca pantheon 
*Military: By the start of the 1460s, Pachacuti splits the whole army structure and formalising it into three army groups. This is to ensure refined logistics and dedication to each conflict, so that Pachacuti and his own generals can summarise how many troops would be needed to take on the country. The Northern Army is also still preparing for invasion, but unless Pachacuti finally subjugates the south, they are very much garrisoned in the north.
**First Northern Army: 2500 soldiers
***200 elite warriors
***600 spearmen
***500 slingers
***800 archers
***400 axemen/clubmen
**Second Northern Army: 2700 soldiers
***800 spearmen
***600 slingers
***600 archers
***700 axemen/clubmen
**First Southern Army (relocated to the north): 2800 soldiers
***50 elite warriors
***800 spearmen
***500 slingers
***600 archers
***800 axemen/clubmen
**Second Southern Army (relocated to the north): 2450 soldiers
***50 elite warriors
***700 spearmen
***500 slingers
***600 archers
***600 axemen/clubmen
**Overall:
***300 elite warriors 
***2900 spearmen
***2100 slingers
***2600 archers
***2500 axemen/clubmen
*Wars and Conflicts:
**Canar, Quito, Guancavalica: (see Northern Conquests)
**Chimu: (see the Chimu Wars)
*Diplomacy: N/A
*Events:
**Northern Conquests (Part 5): The final stage of the conflict commences by the turn of the 15th century. Canar and Quito were absorbed during this period, with the last of the kingdom, Guancavalica being assaulted by only one army at this point. Around the time, there was also an expansion in the north into tribal, non-organised areas of the Chavin people. By 1499, Guancavalica is at the brink of capitulation as the Chimu.
**Chimu Wars (Part 2): The Chimu began assaulting the city of Wankapampa on early 1495, which would've been a decisive point for the Sapa Chimu to win and take throne against Huayna. When one of the armies were being sent home after decades long acquisition of territory, especially the two southern armies, they encountered a siege and they forced the Chimu out of Wankapampa successfully by the end of 1495. Some of their own troops branched off to the First/Second Northern Army to assist the final offensives. Soon enough, Chimu's capital would soon be surrounded by 1498, with their kingdom expecting to capitulate by the start of a new century.
**Return to Home: The southern armies raised by the Sapa Wanka have been sent home for the first time after decades of enlisting. Clearly these soldiers are now loyal to their own deaths with the Wanka Empire being their support of overcoming any issues back home. Since there was little need to conquer more territory with more forces, Huayna believed that it was time for them to come home. Once Chimu capitulates, along with Guancavalica, the northern armies will also be sent home. That is, until the Europeans come in the 16th century...
==== Kingdom of Imerina ====
* Government: Absolute Monarchy (Kingdom)
** King: Andriamasindohafandrana (B 1477, alive) (R 1494-Present)
** Dynasty: Ammagari (Andrianerinerina branch)
* Economy: The economy of Imerina is based mainly on agriculture and fishing, there's also some trade going on with the Swahili and various peoples on our home island including the other two Malagasy states of Betsimisaraka and Mahafaly (fuck Bara, dey not real contryy). Contact has been established with the Ahuric Adnanite people and we have a major trade relationship. That's kind of, it, our economy is practically the same as many other primitive african states and such, even if this foreign relationships put us a bit higher than others.
* Allies: N/A
* Capital: Ambanja
* Demographics:
** Population: ca 540 000 total
** Ambanja: 10 000
** Mahajanga: 6 000
** Toamasina: 2 000
** Rural regions: ca 522 000
** Ethnicities: 95% Malagasy (divided into 67% Merina and 28% others such as Betsimisaraka, Sakalava, Tsimihety, Antankarana etc.), 3% Adnanite, 2% Komoro Natives (Swahili?),
** Religion: 97% Haintenism (traditional Merina folklore), 3% Zoroastrianism (there are also people who practice Haintenism with Zoroastrian influences)
* Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War):
** Hostilities With the Bara Polity (1): Same as before, mostly. Various raids are done on Baran settlements. But something is new. To really break them down, the first cavalry units are sent into wreak havoc upon the unknowing Bara in 1498. Being on horses and being fast they will be able to send them into panic. Still it's basically just a mindless charge and the raid would cause a fair bit of chaos and the raiding of neighbouring Bara tribes, which neither the soldiers nor the rest of Imerina know due to how there aren't really any completely known established borders there.
** Hostilities With the Bara Polity (2): We are sometimes getting hit by Baran raids as a response to our own attacks but that will probably end soon, maybe.
* Military: Due to Imerina being a rural realm, a large amount of units can be raised for warfare, but usually about 1% of the population is the most trained and prepared soldiers that can be drafted.
** Deployed units: All
** 5 200 Spearmen
** 3 200 Bowmen
** 300 Crossbowmen
** 10 Light Cavalry
** 500 Fossa Warriors
* Navy:
** 7 transport ships
** 11 Ahuric military ships
* Diplomacy:
** Ahuric Empire: We agree, under some conditions. (discussed on Discord)
** Bara: Following the raid of 1498, Andiramasindohafandrana sends a diplomat to Bara. If they give the Merina a tribute of resources and an official apology from whoever is currently leading them (Rakotomanjato is like 70 so probs ded soon if not already) and there shall be peace. The Merina will leave them alone and no more war shall exist between us.
* Events:
** Andriamasindohafandrana's Reign [1]: As the only child of Rafandrandrava, he seeks a wife in order to produce an heir. Rasoherimananitanyjaka is the one he marries. In other news he starts focusing on three main things. 1. Relations with the Ahuric Empire as well as putting their given knowledge and technology to use. 2. The expansion into and subsequent settling of the Central Highlands. 3. Fucking up Bara. He takes a lot of things into his own hands, young as he is. Sure he is being tutored by a military hero, but that military hero is old and reaching the end of his life and unable to keep the king in his grip like Zafimahova did to the king's father. Andriamasindohafandrana is curious and ambitious, especially regarding the Ahuric Empire and its relations with Imerina, so he pursues his passion and hopes to one day travel to the Ahuric Empire and see the world outside of Madagasikara.
** Influences of the Ahuric Empire: With increasing diplomacy and interaction, the Adananita have set influence over us. More merchants start to adopt Zoroastrianism and/or parts of it into their rituals and traditions. More Zoroastrian texts are translated into Malagasy and the Sorabe alphabet, which is being more modified in these texts to accomodate various parts of the Adnanite language that we don't have, continuing the Adnanification of the Sorabe alphabet as well as leading to merchants learning the Adnanite language. The rougly established class of Merina merchants also trade in the Comoros with not only the natives there but also the Swahili on the East African coast, which sets up the start of spreading Zoroastrianism, the adnanified Sorabe and the Adnanite language to those lands. There are also other things going on such as exchanging traditions in cuisine.
** Adapting New Technology: We've held on to foreign tech for quite a while and now we start adapting it and studying it more. Crossbows especially for the purpose of warfare in the future. The first few Merina crossbows date to 1497. Hand cannons are kinda useless and only a few are actually used. The rest that we have our hands on just kinda becomes a status symbol held by various nobles. A few horses are adapted for the first form of Merina cavalry, but it is still a work in progress.
** Expansion - the Settling of the Central Highlands: As our population and borders grow, we reach the Central Highlands of Madagasikara, a less densely populated area. An exploration campaign is ongoing and many Merina people migrate to settle in these new lands. This expands our borders further as well.
** Status of the Antankarana [1]: The Central Highlands are inhabited mainly by the Antankarana ethnic group. The Merina are now expanding into their territory, coupled with Ahuric people studying the region and warriors from both Imerina and Bara crossing to raid the other side. This has started to cause the Antankarana to start fleeing the regions due to the chaos. They practically start scattering in all directions but this has only just begun and most tribes still live in the region and try to live with everything going on.
** Ndahimananjara and His Family [1]: He is old, but has planted a legacy. His son Andriantompokoindrindra currently has quite a bit of influence in the royal court, currently raising his daughter Rangita in the way of the warrior, just as Ndahimananjara had taught him as a young boy. Now, another challenger has appeared, as Andriantompokoindrindra has a son in 1496 named Andriamihaja which means that the order of succession right now is: Rafandrampohy, Andriantompokoindrindra, Andriamihaja.
** Birth of Rafandrampohy: The king and queen don't take too long to get down to business and in 1495, the heir is produced, named Rafandrampohy. With the king spending quite a lot of time with Andriantompokoindrindra, this leads to Rafandrampohy and Rangita becoming friends at a young age and boy howdy will this affect the future even if you can't see it yet.
** Adnanite Settlers: The migration of Adnanite people to Imerina has properly begun, most of them being merchants that have decided to stay. Andriamasindohafandrana officially recognizes these new people as citizens of Imerina. Some of the merchants have started relationships with the Malagasy, mostly Merina and yeah you can see where this is going.
** The Spread of the Sorabe (final): This continues or whatever, no need to mention it anymore after we got an update.
==== Keisarvalta ====
* Government: Elective Monarchy
** King: Aroulf I
** Dynasty: Varold
* Economy: The Keisairvaltan Economy is based on heavily by trade through the Baltic Sea. As well as agriculture.
* Capital: Varntio
* Demographics:
** Population: 4mil
*** Ingrians: 45%
*** Rostovians: 15%
*** Misc Finnic Cultures: 5%
*** Vesnians: 7%
*** Daeva: 9%
*** Volgans: 9%
*** Vedenans: 5%
** Religion:
*** Eastern Orthodox: 90%
*** Catholic: 4%
*** Traditional Religions: 2%
*** Judaism: 4%
** Diplomacy
*** Danemark: We would like sea access to trade with Albion.
** Wars & Conflicts:
*** War against Komi: We continue to push past the city of Qosoma focusing on quickly sweeping through land using cavalry tactics. We off a peace treaty where we gain all of former Kostroman Land and the city of Qusoma to be renamed Kostroma and 20 years before both parties can declare war again.
* Events
** The Volcan Merchant Class: As the merchants in the Volcan area continue to rise in economic and political power, the society of Keisairvalta begins to focus around Aristocacy over Blood leading to the rise of powerful Volcan Families and a growing focus on Baltic Trade with the Scandinavians.
==== Tonga ====
* Government: Absolute Monarchy (Kingdom)
** King: Funga
*** Crown Prince (Eldest): Punga (14)
*** First Princess (Eldest): Liska (12)--------------------------|
*** Second Princess (Youngest): Rasinga (5)                                   |
*** Second Prince (Youngest): Ranga (4)                                            | 
** Dynasty: Tonga                                                                                                         |------- betrothed     
** Archduke: Amanga                                                                                                |
*** Son: Nongo (15)-------------------------------------------|
*** Daughter: Misanago (4)
* Capital: Mu'a
* Demographics:
** Population: ca 180 000 total
** Mu'a: ca 16 100 
** Le'u: ca 5 800 
** Rural regions: ca 158 100
** Ethnicities: 100% Polynesian.
** Religion: 100% Tongan Mythology
* Trade: Trading between all islands in the nations are established in order to 1, make each island either richer economically or richer in supplies. This also helps the relations between neighboring islands streangthen and keep them connected.
* Wars and Conflicts:
* Military: 1% 1 670
** 10 High shiefs with Kinikini Tongan War Clubs
** 499 men with pakipaki clubs
** 538 men with Tongan Paddle clubs
** 525 men with Tongan Paddle clubs as main weapon and Kolo Tongan Throwing Clubs as secondary weapon.
** 98 men with Pukepuke Tongan War Club
* Navy:
** 438 fishing boat
** 135 travel ships (traveling between the islands)
** 60 exploration ships.
* Events:
** thumb|163x163pxNorth-western islands: We improve relations and within 5 years they are sent an offer to join Tonga
** Northern Islands: A messenger is sent to give the northern islands an offer to join Tonga.
** South-western islands: We improve relations and within 5 years they are sent an offer to ​​​​​​join Tonga.
** thumb|220x220pxNorth-eastern Islands: We send an offer to the Eastern neighbors to join Tonga as we are pretty close both geographically and personally.
** Eastern islands: We send an offer to the Eastern neighbors to join Tonga as we are pretty close both geographically and personally.
** thumb|168x168pxExploration to the south: We send 10 Exploration boats from our south-western most island to the south, south-east and south-west, with an order of returning if they don't find anything within 2 weeks. with 4 weeks of food prepared for each Ship
** thumb|220x220pxTrade with the western islands: With our western most islands being kinda far away from Fiji island we increase the amount of trade between them to keep the contact as strong as possible.
** Engagement: The first daugther (Liska) of King Funga has been engaged to the First son (Nongo) of Archduke Amanga.
==== Archduchy of Westria ====
* Head of the State: 
** Emperor Adelhard II Hohenstaufen (B 1480 - present), (R 11th May 1492 - present)
** Prince-Regent Prince Leon Hohenstaufen (B 1430 - still alive), (R 11th May 1492 - 13th May 1498)
*** Head of the Government:
**** Leader of the Wien Council Baron Hans von Trieste (B 1455 - still alive), (1st January 1486 - present)
***** Government: Absolute Feudal Monarchy ruled by an Archduke. Though a lot of powers are also vested in to a council. The title is Archduke of Westria, Last of the Romans. Our ruling dynasty is Hohenstaufen. We are also the Emperor of the HRE since 1351.
*** Heir to the throne:
**** Crown Prince Hans Hohenstaufen (B 1480 - still alive), (R 1492 - present)
*** Religious Head: 
**** Archbishop Jozeph Stein (B 1424 - D 1497), (R 1488 - 1497)
**** Archbishop Johannes von stroof (B 1436 - still alive), (R 1497 - present)
*** Governor of Westrian Netherlands
**** Lord Dries Mertens (B 1456 - still alive), (R 1492 -present)
*** Demographics:
**** Population:
**** Wien: Population: 16,590
**** Amsterdam: Population: 11,000
**** Konr: Population: 9,000
**** Rich: Population: 11,120
**** Polanum: Population: 12,490
**** Bozn: Population: 14,260
**** Trieste: 13,050
**** Antwerp: Population: 6,300
**** Liege: Population: 6,200
**** Luxembourg: Population: 4,100
**** Brussels: Population: 7,100
**** Rural and smaller towns population: 2,263,920
**** Total population: 2,375,230
**** Religion: catholic christians (99%), others (1%)
**** Ethnicities: 60% Westrian, 2% Venetian, 23% Flemish 10% Wallon and "Luxembourger" 5%
** Economy: We are based on agriculture and trade through the danube river and with most of the HRE. We use our own coins which resembles a lot those of the old Roman empire. We have also started with trade from the sea through our port Trieste and Westrian Netherlands.
* Wars and conflicts: 
** Chief Commander: Hans von Haustaffel (B 1456 - still alive), (R 1483 - present)
** Army: Total of
** Pikemen: 7,100
** Swordmen: 4,420
** Bowmen: 4,210
** Cavalry: 6,130
** Crossbowmen: 3,840
** Arquebusier: 3,700
** Navy: Total of
** Cocha: 28
** Cog: 25
** Hoy: 14
** Mediterranean brigantines: 4
** Heavy weaponry
** Cannons: 133
*** Events:
**** Castle construction: Anniballe Bianchi have now finished the construction in 1498  
**** Building a fleet: Continues  
**** Flemish Explorers Interests: Flemish explorers inspired by what they have heard about Columbus wants to go and explore. The Emperor though states that it is to early and they don't even have a navy yet. Though even after the Emperor have told that some explorers tries to unite and buy a few ship and sail away no one knew what happened they have never came back at least not yet.  
* Diplomacy:
==== Council of Yolngu ====
Located to the northern part of modern day Australia, this nation is known for their tribal dependency on each other. While there are, in record four notable tribes there are approximately over 32 tribes within the Yolngu nation.
* Government: Tribal Council. The Chief both represents their tribe and the interests of the Council. They are elected from one of the representatives of the 4 tribes. Head  Shaman is the head of religion and embodies the virtues of the nation, they have many subordinates. There are, of course, elders from many different tribes and have a say in the Council. To become an elder, one must pass a ‘rite of passage’ for suitability. The minimum age is roughly (in modern calendar) 35 years old.
** Chieftain: Koen (1488 - present)
** Head Shaman: Kalti (1482 - present)
** Head Elder: Kippin Gnuger (1465 - present)
** Representatives:
*** Walwallie: Koen
*** Amwari: Suna
*** Jubatti: Pendor
*** Djani: Yarre
** Economy: Traditional (Bartering, Equal Value, etc)
** Main Religion: Dreamtime
** Allies:
*** Syonan: trading allies in Papua
*** Gwarri: neighbouring ally (?)
** Cities and Demographics:
*** Population: ~25,000
*** Ethnicity:
**** Aboriginal: 100%
* Notable Tribes:
** Walwallie - The Diplomats: Walwallie is known for their peaceful approach, diplomacy is one of their greatest suits and has been known to house many chieftains of the Council of Yolngu. They are located in the north eastern part of Yolngu.
** Jubatti - the Fearless Warriors: Known for their warriors, a good majority of this tribe provides the bulk of military power and defense. Warriorship and military traditions were mostly influenced by the Jubatti. They are located in the northern part, close to Walwallie, and border Gwarri.
** Amwari - The Spiritualists : The Amwari tribe are known for their exceptional skills in shamanism and their vast storytellers. It is said the first shaman to ever appear from the Amwari tribe is one that is akin to the Arthurian legend, Merlin. They are located below Jubatti and close to the borders of Gwarri.
** Djani - The Summoners: They are more known for their domestication of animals and farming. The Djani are the closest thing to being scientists and intellectuals. The idea of the domestication of animals and breeding stronger traits to them (like how Europeans breed horses to be larger and faster back then) made them realize the potential. One could say they are the earliest to notice macro-evolution. They are located near Kalkadoon, southern of the Walwallie tribe.
* Traditions:
** Companions: From transitioning from adolescence to adulthood, a good majority of the Yolngu people have loyal animal companions with them. They believe that to have a companion is to have someone to trust fully--- they also act like a spiritual guide for the people.
** Rite of Passages: There are plenty of passages that each tribe takes part of. From turning adolescent to adulthood, to even becoming part of the tribal council.
*** Bora (from adolescent to adulthood): At a certain age adolescence will be sent out from Djani (to choose their companion) to unknown territory to the south. They are blindfolded and sent into the outback, they must find their way back within ten days.
*** Passing of a Warrior: After Bora, many will have the chance to become part of the military, to which they will travel to the Jubatti tribe to go through rigorous training.
** Yearly Games: There are two different types of yearly games the Yolngu take part of. In the middle between the four major tribes, there is one place that remains open and this land is called The Inala. Due to the respect of each other, they will fight until exhaustion (which may result in death). Many games and traditions take place within The Inala; each year The Inala will be led by a singular tribe and chosen by said tribe.
*** Military: The four tribes come together and each different year when it comes to the military, they will choose their topic a year before(spear, sword, companion fighting, etc).
*** Tribal: A “hero” is chosen between the four tribes (but can come from the smaller tribes too). There are a total of five challenges each hero will take part of and points will be allocated to each hero by the Council of Yolngu. These challenges range from spear fighting to difficult terrain endurance; however, the fifth challenge is for the heroes to fight one another in terms of Jubatti Warrior Rites.
** Storyteller of the Stars: There are a total of ten storytellers in the Yolngu, each year (after the ending of the Yearly Games) they will tell stories of the past to the people.
* Wars & Conflicts: None
* Military:
** ~250 Troops
** 1 million yub nubs
* Diplomacy:
** The Kookaburra Treaty: Chieftain of Yolngu has sent a diplomat Kianga with a letter stating for a treaty between the two nations, in an offering of joining forces and becoming united with one another, a kookaburra is sent as a gift. In Yolngu beliefs, a kookaburra means family. This is in hopes that Kalkadoon will merge together with Yolngu.
** Messenger to Wuthayhi: Would like to become allies and trade with each other, by sea.
* Events:
** Sighting of the Bunyip: There have been various sightings of a peculiar creature in the fresh waters. Many believe it is an amalgamation of other animals, while others believe it is a spirit. There is a bit of tension with the people and many adolescent boys and girls are wanting to catch the fame of killing or even capturing the creature.
** Malingee: Farther into the southernmost part of Yolngu, bordering Djani there is an ominous black figure that stalks the outback, many of the people believe this to be an evil spirit.
** Domestication of Animals: For the many years the Council of Yolngu has spent a good majority of their time domesticating certain animals to be loyal and faithful companions, but still allowing them their freedom to be part of the wild. As of their faith they will release their animals into the wild and will only accept certain animals that have shown interest into the place.
*** The Following Animals Are Domesticated (to an extent): many animals are released back into the wild, allowing them to repopulate and still accustom to their natural habitat.
**** Kookaburra - While they are quite loud in nature, certain kookaburras are used for alarming tribes for meetings.
**** Dingo - For hunting other animals, alongside companionship, it is a common animal for those who are going through Bora.
**** Euro (Common Wallaroo) - Still keeping a distance away from these common kangaroos, Djani tribe uses the Euro for finding resources and to traverse through rocky terrains.
**** Many Lizards: From Bearded Dragons to Frilled Lizards to even the Perentie, the people of Yolngu use these lizards as a form of status for Chief, Head Shaman, Head Elder, and the Representatives.
**** Cassowary: Breeding, and often used by the military, they grow at each generation slightly bigger and more loyal.
**** Marsupial Lion: Still wary of this certain species, there is little change to them; however, most are released into the wild soon after.
**** Monitor Lizards: Imported from Synonan, these lizards are already large enough for a local to ride.
==== Gwarri Grand Community ====
*Government: Tribal Monarchy
**Chieftain: Kalmu (b. 1472)
*** Nanmin (b. 1490)
***Brujah (b. 1494)
*Economy:  The economy of Gwarri is primitive and undeveloped. While trade and bartering are commonplace, this rarely extends beyond the trading of tools, food and weaponry as there is currently little demand for other material goods to the Aboriginal people. There is a small but growing agricultural harvest of macadamia nuts which has helped sustain a larger population
*Capital: Garrihu
*Military: 10,000 Warriors
*Demographics: 
**Population: 40,000 (91% Gwarri, 9% other)
**Religion: 100% Dreamer
**Capital: Garrihu
*Wars and Conflicts: See Invasion of Yolngu event
*Diplomacy: N/A
*Events: In a surprise attack, a 10,000 strong force of Gwarri warriors crossed into Yolngu. Using the element of surprise, speed, and overwhelming numbers, the Gwarri will swiftly make their way across the nation, slaughtering any resistance encountered and cannibalizing their remains. Looting, pillaging, and cannibalism will all be utilized to prevent food/supply shortages during the invasion. Once the Yolngu have been defeated in battle, their territories will be absorbed and integrated into my nation
==== The United Kingdoms of the British Isles (Albion) ====
Government: Absolute Monarchy
*Drakes: 
**King Casimir (M, b. 1454 - )
**Queen Abigail (F, 1455 - )
Economy: The economy of British Isles consists of trade and commerce of a variety of materials. The primary export products of the UK are fish, wool, cloth, and a variety of vegetables.
Main Religion: Christianity
Cities and Demographics:
*Population: 6.36 million
*Cities
**London: The capital of England, and location of the throne.
**York: Main center of England’s eastern fishing company.
**Dover: Main location of the British navy. While elements of the navy are located throughout the territory, the headquarters of the navy are located here. In addition, Dover is the main trading hub between it and Caen.
**Brighton: A newer shipbuilding facility located on the English Channel. 
**Birmingham: A quiet town that is the location of McCarthy Arms Company, one of, if not, the oldest firearms companies to date.
**Glasgow: Main hub of Scotland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
**Caen: The main hub where products heading to Britain from land mount ships to cross the channel. Also acts as Henry’s base of operations in France
**Dublin: Main hub of Ireland, and location of the regional capital of the area.
**Calais: One of the few French towns still owned by the British, it is a prosperous city that is one of the most important trading hubs in the North Sea.
*Wars and Conflicts
**War of the Drakes: The United Drake forces are almost victorious in driving out the Griffin forces, who begin to evacuate by sea. However, when they set sail, they sail west, confusing the Albish. 
*Armed Forces
**Total: 289,550 Manpower
**Army
***Total: 127,820
***United Drake Forces: 
****Light Infantry: 7,000
****Frontline Infantry: 15,000
****Longbow Archers: 27,000
****Musketeers: 24,800
****Light Cavalry: 14,000
****Heavy Cavalry: 3,000
****Bow Cavalry: 3,720
****Field Artillerymen: 5,800
*****Field cannons: 1,760
****Logistical Support: 30,000
***Roundtable Knights (Elite): 8,350
****These are Britain’s elite forces. A rebirthed version sprouting from Artoria’s original group of holy knights, this force has never lost a battle, and has unwavering loyalty to the crown and the Order of the Roundtable, willing to fight to the death for the survival of the British Isles.
****While most are able to fight, members of the Roundtable are encouraged to branch out into their own craft, such as pottery and sheepherding, with the idea that everyone should act like a Roundtable Knight and give their all into both their craft and their country. 
****The only way to become a Roundtable Knight is to be selected by an existing member of the group. Most knights tend to make apprentices out of those they recruit to the Roundtable, and generally, no one usually complains when a Roundtable Knight selects someone to join the ranks of the Roundtables. Depending on the country/chapter, one can also be appointed to the Roundtable by the crown.. 
****Notable (Living) Members:
*****The Drake Family
**Navy:
***Personnel: 64,000 (combined between both fleets)
***Naval Vessels:
****Prototype British Caravel: 100
****Dual-purpose Merchant Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warcogs: 3,200
****Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warships: 3,560
Research and Development
*Cannons: With cannon technology slowly chugging along, they are slowly becoming implemented within the navy and army.
**In addition, McCarthy Arms Company begins work on their own cannons, under the code name: MAC Cannon.
*Naval Vessels: The British Caravel fleet is expanded, with lessons learned from their trial-by-fire being implemented into their construction
*McCarthy Arms Company: Continued efforts are made by the firearms company to produce the best equipment for their soldiers, as they research into developing the matchlock rifle into something better
Training and Production
*2,500 musketeers
**Slow conversion of troops to musketeers
*170 British Caravels
*Scrapping of older models or conversion to merchant fleets
**1,500 Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warships
**1,000 Dual-purpose Merchant Pre-”Ship of the Line” Warcogs
*Whatever equipment and personnel is required to maintain numbers on the frontline.
Diplomacy
*European Neighbors: Requests are sent out for food, since it will be a while before mainland Britain can feed its new population.
Events
*War of the Drakes (Part 6): Though the civil war was over, the threat of invaders is still present, with the Griffins still residing in Scotland. As such, a continued offensive is launched at the Griffin forces to the north, in the effort to drive them into the North Sea.
**As they march forth, the Scottish praise the liberating army, happy that civil war is finally over and that a new dawn has been set for the British Empire.
*The Might of the Royal Navy (Part 3): At The Battle of North Sea (1494), the Royal Navy engages with the Griffin/Viking combined fleet. The battle started in Britain’s favor, staying at range as they fired on the combined fleet, but their faster craft managed to close the distance, leading to boarding actions. The fighting was tough, but eventually, the combined fleet was forced to retreat. However, they bought enough time for the Griffins to evacuate from Scotland successfully, as they begin their trek westwards.
*Operation Sol Obtenebratus (Part 3): The Griffins successfully flee from Britain as they take refuge with their viking allies. Eventually, the Griffins would merge with the vikings, but for now, the vikings believe they have the Griffins in their hands, a hammer they can throw at foes at their leisure.
*Journey to the West (Part 1): With the Griffins driven out of Britain, the rulers order scouting parties be sent westward to investigate where the Griffins are heading to. Though it took some time, they gathered together a fleet of five ships, headed by Henry Cabot, set sail on November 10th, 1495, sailing into the unknown with nothing more than a Spanish-made map (bought from a French merchant) and a stalwart crew at his disposal.
Deceased Log
*Rulers
**Pendragon:
***Artoria “Ember” Pendragon (F, b.1317- 1389?) (Reign: 1351 ~ 1369 - 1389) 
***Ash I (M, b. 1347 - 1434) (Reign: 1390 - 1434)
****Sister: Aura (F, b.1350 - 1434)
***Ash II (M, b. 1399 - 1442) (Reign: 1434 - 1442)
***Amber (F, b. 1424 - ) (Reign: 1442 - 1482)
****Brother: Edward (M, b. 1441 - 1481)
**Mordue:
***River Mordue (F, b. 1322 - 1393) (Reign: 1369 - 1393)
***Henry (M, b. 1353 - 1429) (Reign: 1393 - 1429)
****Daughter: Mary (F, b. 1382 - 1399)
***Lionel (M, b. 1388 - 1482) (Reign: 1430 - 1482)
****Son: Leo I (M, b. 1407 - 1465)
*****Leo III (M, b. 1445 - 1478)
****Son: Leo II (M, b. 1423 - 1478)
****Brother: Henry II (M, b. 1398 - 1478)
*Roundtable Knights
**Joan “Anne” of Arc (Died in 1431)
**Sir George Cromwell of Cotswold (Died in 1445)
**Sir George Cromwell II of Cotswold (Died in 1482)
**Sir Rex of Dover (Died in 1482)
*Misc
**Shauna McCarthy (Died in 1489)
***Founder of McCarthy Arms Company, one, if not, the oldest firearms companies in the world.
==== Kingdom of Castille and Leon  ====
* Government: Absolute Monarchy
** Ruler (Queen): Maria I (1477-)
* Economy: The economy is starting to recover, with the use of loans and other measures.
* Alliance - Gladius Christi: Valcanor, Castile - Leon, Agousta      
* Demographics
** Population - 11,090,376
** Ethinicities - 91% Spanish-esque 5% North African 4% Other
** Religon - 93% Catholicism 7% Other
* Cities and Population Spread
** Madrid - 295,000
** Toledo - 91,000
** Cordoba - 95,000
** Burgos - 85,000
** Leon-  295,00
** La Coruna - 95,000
** Oviedo - 87,000
** Rural - 9,546,000
** Fuerte Solaridad - 500
** Fuerte Puedra Alta - 100
** San Sebastian - 90,000
** Granada - 40,000
** Sevilla - 30,000
** Garofe - 35,000
** Malaga - 25,000
** Algecia - 30,000
** --------- Valcanor (Personal Union)
** Valencia - 100,000
** Tarragonna - 80,000
** Murcia - 100,000
** Barcelona - 90,000
** Perrogo - 100,000
** ---------- Nueva Hispania (Colony)
** Atlantis - 20,000
** San Costa - 15,000
** Nea Theossalonica - 15,000
** Thalassopolis - 20,000
** Haitiana - 10,000
* Military - 80,000
** Archers - 14,000
*** Longbow - 6,000
*** Crossbow - 5,000
*** Medium-Sized Bows - 3,000
** Cavalry - 12,500
*** Heavy - 6,250
*** Light' -  3,250
*** Super Light - 2,500
** Standard Knights - 1,000
** Pikemen - 20,000
** Men at Arms - 12,150
** Arquebusers - 13,500
** Naval Personnel - 6,850
* Siege Weapons
** Trebuchets - 125
** Ballista - 150
** Cannons - 155
* Navy
** Transport Ships - 50
*** Crew of 50 Each
** Floating Fortresses - 40
*** Crew of 75 Each
** Sea Falcons - 45
*** Crew of 30 Each
* Wars and Conflicts - 
** Viking Raids - 15 Floating Fortresses and 25 Sea Falcons are posted around the areas most raided by the Vikings to hold them off, until further action can be taken.
* Diplomacy -​​​​​​
** Osnerol - Please remove those pirates from your territory and don't let them in again. We'll park a few Floating Fortresses in your capital and send a warning shot until you say yes.
** Agousta - Castile-Leon, not exactly wanting to shoulder the whole weight of a whole continent, eagerly agrees. 
* Events
** The New Frontier (Part 2) - There is somewhat of an influx of migrants heading towards the protectorates, as the economic situation cuts down on many budgets, causing countless to seek a new life somewhere else.
** Mapping the New World (Part 2) - Later map additions would include most of the East Coast of North America, as well as the coast of Mesoamerica and the northern parts of South America.
** The Beast of Nueva Hispania (Part 2) - It would be later, in 1495, that now about 30 men with arquebuses, pikes, and a single cannon would wait in ambush for the massive beast. Using several goats trapped in a cage, they would successfully lure the beast out, though everything else would instantly go south after that. After consuming several pikemen and bouncing every bullet and then, at worse, taking a cannonball into the mouth, which exploded but which didn't even make it flinch, it massacred the whole company, only leaving 2 men alive, which each offered said testimony. The village would be evacuated as the monster seemed to display a new hostility, and then permanantly sealed off.
** Conquistador Companies (Part 2) - The laying off of a significant portion of the army prompts the creation of many more conquistador companies, as they basically have nowhere else to go.
** Fixing the Economy (Part 4) - It is at this time that hope starts rising, perhaps, for the economic standing of Castile-Leon, and less smaller loans are taken out. Help also arrives in the tribute paid from certain states.
** The Beggining of a New Era - It is decided soon, that unification of the two kingdoms will occur in the period of the next 5 years. The date is planned at March 4th, 1504, that Maria I will be crowned the queen of Hispania, a new unified kingdom that will hopefully soon take a great spot in history. 
====The Syonanese Diarchy | Syonan Nikun-shu====
*Government: Mixed Noble Republic
**Grand Kōshaku of All Syonan, Suwawa and Tidung: The Grand Kōshaku is the ruler of Syonan. He is elected by the Syonanese Diet upon the previous Kōshaku’s death, resignation, or impeachment and serves a life term.
***Noriaki Kakyoin (born 1462, ruled 1491-)
**Subordinate Kōshakus: The constituent kingdoms of Hiraga and Nagasato are each ruled by a subordinate Kōshaku. Subordinate Kōshakus are the second most powerful positions in Syonan, with a subordinate Kōshaku having almost total control in their respective domains, answering only to the Grand Kōshaku and their respective Diets.
***Hiragan Kōshaku:
****Yoshimune Kira (born 1449, ruled 1475-)
***Nagasatoan Kōshaku:
****Ginzo Souji (born 1453, ruled 1482-)
**Syonanese Diet: The Syonanese Diet is the main legislative body of Syonan. A bicameral system based on Syonan’s 2 constituent kingdoms, it is composed of Syonan’s nobility and particularly powerful burgher families. The Syonanese Diet hosts 732 delegates in total.
***Hiragan Diet: The Hiragan Diet is the main legislative body of the constituent Kingdom of Hiraga (located in the northern half of Syonan). Made up of notable Hiragan noble and burgher families, the Hiragan Diet hosts 437 delegates.
***Nagasatoan Diet: The Nagasatoan Diet is the main legislative body of the constituent Kingdom of Nagasato (including the overseas territories of Suwawa and Tidung), located in the southern half of the country. Composed of notable Nagasatoan noble and burgher families, the Nagasatoan Diet hosts 295 delegates.
****Suwawa and Tidung, being governed under Nagasato, is theoretically subject to the Nagasatoan Diet. However, there is little to no representation of the two overseas territories in the Syonanese legislature.
**Political Parties: Although no real political parties exist in Syonan as of yet, there are several loose power blocs within the Syonanese Diet, with borders between specific power blocs sometimes muddy and difficult to discern. Many delegates are influenced by multiple blocs.
***Centralists: The Centralist bloc is composed of those delegates who desire more central government control over local affairs in Syonan. An extremely big tent bloc, Centralists range from those who simply want more government oversight in day to day governance, to supporters of Anjuro Katagiri’s absolutist and imperial policies, to those who want to do away with the Diarchy system altogether. Significantly more powerful in the north than in the south the Centralists, along with their bitter enemies the Federalists, are the two most powerful blocs in the Syonanese Diet.
***Federalists: The Federalist bloc is composed of those delegates who desire less central government control over Syonan. A similarly big tent bloc to the Centralists, they range from feudalists to status quo supporters to even a few Nagastoan secessionists. Significantly more powerful in the south than in the north, the Federalists, along with the Centralists, are the two most powerful blocs in the Syonanese Diet, and are perpetually at odds with one another.
***Traders: Supporting mercantilist policies and touting the trade guilds as the lifeblood of the Syonanese economy, the traders punch far above their weight in power, mostly due to Syonan’s control over the seas. They are the most staunch supporters of the Sulu Sea sound toll. Many of them tend to agree in part with the Militarists on certain supposed “integral territories of Syonan”.
***Militarists: The Syonanese militarists are probably by far the most unified bloc in Syonanese politics, uniformly advocating for stratocratic principles and aggressive foreign policy to “keep Syonan great” (read. continue Syonanese near-hegemony over maritime Southeast Asia). They are quite inclined to randomly scream “Syonan Banzai” and debate you for hours on how Palawan and Sabah are integral territories of Syonan stolen by the Bruneians.
***Traditionalists: The traditionalists are a faction dedicated to preserving the status quo. They are the most socially conservative group, and also tout an isolationist foreign policy, which they call “Sakoku”. No one really takes them seriously at the moment.
***Religious Supremacists: Syonan’s religious supremacists are a mostly fringe group that emphasize increased authority of religious bodies over governance and everyday life. Although the Shinto, Buddhist, Hindu and Xianist blocs clash often, their proposed policies are much the same, designed to give their religion more power in state affairs.
***Reformists: Even with the most conventional parliamentary system, there will always be a couple hardy radicals. ‘Nuff said.
*Administration: Syonan is divided into 2 constituent kingdoms (koku), which are further subdivided into 9 provinces (dō). The 9 provinces are in turn subdivided into 35 prefectures (ken), which are in turn further divided into districts (gun).
**Suwawa and Tidung are considered overseas territories of the constituent Kingdom of Nagasato. They do not have any representation in the Syonanese Diet, and their people are not considered Syonanese citizens (and thus are not awarded the rights of Syonanese citizens) unless they are descended from at least one Syonanese parent or descended from at least one parent that has served in the Syonanese military.
*Capital City:
**Syonanese and Hiragan Capital: Morioh
**Nagasatoan Capital: Nagasato
**Suwawan Capital: Gorontalo
**Tidungese Capital: Kutei
*Economy: Syonan boasts a diverse and robust economy geared towards foreign trade. Major sectors of the Syonanese economy include agriculture, mining, the spice trade, fishing, and logging. The late 15th and early 16th centuries would see the inception of the Syonanese plantation economy, particularly prevalent in the plains of Central Luzon and inland Mindanao, while urban and coastal economies would remain dominated by various merchant guilds.
**Currency: The Syonanese taru is the main currency in Syonan, backed up by gold reserves, with one taru equivalent to around 65 grams (2.29 ounces) of gold. In rural and remote areas, however, the barter system is king, due to limited state influence in these areas.
*Demographics:
**Total Population: 801,075
***Hiraga: 386,886
****Morioh: 27,360
****Mei-nira: 52,924
****Kanakawa: 31,225
****Kitahara: 26,167
****Keishi: 25,092
****Naga: 21,879
***Nagasato: 212,447
****Nagasato-shi: 24,622
****Davao: 32,058
****Pemagarong: 25,123
****Souhama-Shibu: 20,604
****Cagayan: 13,071
****Tsuhama: 12,115
***Suwawa: 71,113
****Gorontalo: 10,519
***Tidung: 130,629
****Kutei: 19,775
**Ethnicities:
***37.8% Syonanese (302,806 people)
****12.9% Yojin (“pure” Syonanese) (39,062 people)
****87.1% In-jin (mixed race Syonanese) (263,744 people)
***29.9% Native Syonanese (239,521 people)
****22.8% Takairō-jin/Tagalog (54,611 people)
****19.7% Kabishi-jin/Visayan (47,185 people)
****12.5% Rusonto-jin/Ilocano (29,940 people)
****7.4% Ibaruno-jin/Bicolano (17,725 people)
****7.1% Nagasato-jin/Maguindanao (17,006 people)
****30.5% Other groups (73,054 people)
***11.9% Malay (95,328 people)
***2.2% Chinese (17,624 people)
***2.1% Japanese (16,823 people)
***8.4% Suwawan (68,091 people)
***6.7% Dayak (53,672 people)
**Religions: Religion in Syonan is not necessarily exclusive, with many Syonanese ascribing to beliefs from 2 or more religions.
***Syonanese Shinto: Syonanese Shinto has diverged greatly from Shinto in the Japanese islands, with many Shinto kami being syncretized with native and Hindu deities, and Theravada and Mahayana Buddhism heavily influencing the religion. Most prevalent in coastal, urban and lowland areas dominated by ethnic Syonanese, Syonanese Shinto is the main religion of Syonan.
****~70% of the population (~560,000 people)
***Syonanese Buddhism: A sect of Buddhism almost totally exclusive to the islands of Syonan, Syonanese Buddhism is heavily influenced by Shinto, Hinduism, Theravada Buddhism and native beliefs. It is by far the most influential Buddhist sect in Syonan, although other sects do manage to gain followers in the Syonanese Isles.
****~62% of the population (~497,000 people)
****Other Buddhist sects (Mahayana, Theravada and Zen Buddhism) are practiced by ~7% of the population (~55,000 people)
***Hinduism: Practiced by many indigenous and mixed-race Syonanese especially in Mindanao and the Visayas, Hinduism in Syonan has been heavily syncretized with Syonanese Buddhism and Shinto (and vice versa), with many Hindu gods in Syonan being almost indistinguishable from the Syonanese variants of Shinto kami. A more “pure” version of Hinduism exists in coastal Tidung.
****~35% of the population (~280,000 people)
***Xianism: Xianism states that the sole god of man, Tian, has endowed humans with the ability to become "Xian", basically deities, unlocked by committing good deeds in Tian's name, and understanding Tian and the way the universe works. Unlike many Eastern religions, Xianism is a monotheistic religion. Practitioners of the religion are mostly confined to the ethnic Chinese minority within Syonan, and are most prevalent in Pemagarong and Mindoru Prefectures.
****~2% of the population (~16,000 people)
***Other: In remote, mountainous areas of inland Syonan, as well as in the jungles of Tidung and Suwawa, many native tribes still live as they did before Syonanese settlement on the islands, and still worship their old gods in much the same way as they once did.
****~19% of the population (~152,000 people)
*Military:
**Grand Army of Syonan:
***Deployed forces: 5,000 (mostly garrisons in coastal forts and/or peacekeepers in the outlying territories of Suwawa and Tidung)
***Total forces: 25,000
****3,500 Heavy Breakthrough Elite Infantry
****2,000 Field Artillery Personnel
****7,500 Light Infantry
****1,000 Light Mixed Cavalry
****2,000 Homeland Security Infantry (Military Police)
***Reservists/Potential levies: 15,000
**Syonan Nikun Royal Navy:
***Total sailors: 26,000
***Total ships (excluding coastal patrol): 514 ships
****SNRN Muramasa-class Oceanic Battlecruiser Muramasa
*****Crew: 120
****SNRN Yamamoto-class Oceanic Battlecruiser Yamamoto
*****Crew: 70
****SNRN Yamamoto-class Oceanic Battlecruiser Higashikata
*****Crew: 70
****12 Muramasa-class Oceanic Battlecruisers
*****Crew: 120
****28 Yamamoto-class Oceanic Battlecruisers
*****Crew: 70
****221 Subarashi Pagong-class Oceanic Cruisers
*****Crew: 60
****250 Subarashi Dātsu-class Oceanic Interceptors
*****Crew: 40
****540 Tsuna-class Torpedo Boats
*****Crew: 10
****495 Transport Ships
*Research:
**Type 001 Yajiri Torpedo Mod. 1498: An updated model of the Yajiri Torpedo allowing it to reach faster speeds in water and improving its accuracy.
**Subarashi Kulog Taihou Mk.V: Small improvements are made to the cannons, improving reliability at sea.
**Bakuchiku Mk.I: The Bakuchiku cannon is now standard fare for all Syonanese ships.
**Kogata-jū: A variant of the Javanese arquebus indigenous to Syonan, the Kogata-jū has become the standard firearm of choice for the Syonanese Army.
**Reptilian Growth: Continued breeding of the Filipino monitor lizard has caused the species to grow in size, through decades, if not centuries will be required for the lizards to grow even larger.
***That being said, they are now large enough to be farmed for food, as these monitor lizards slowly become a delicacy in the Nagasatoan region.
*Diplomacy:
**Majapahit: We propose to your people an alliance, preferred access to Syonan’s markets, and the ability to use each other’s ports, so that we may be able to reap the rewards of our prosperity together, forever.
**Dai Viet: We ask your honorable nation for an alliance and the ability to use your ports and vice versa. May our two nations prosper together!
*Events:
**Keep Syonan Great: The Diarchy of Syonan has been the premier power in Maritime Southeast Asia for over a century, and Grand Kōshaku Kakyoin is not about to let this state of affairs change. Announcing a policy of “Keeping Syonan Great”, he shifts the Syonanese government’s focus into strengthening the armed forces (particularly the Syonanese Navy), creating strategic alliances with major regional powers like Majapahit and Dai Viet, taking control over the seas of Southeast Asia, and revitalizing the cities and farms of the country.
**Military Reforms and Preparations: A slew of military reforms and revitalization of existing defences begins to be carried out, with several important coastal forts, most notably Fort Yoshikage on Ameshima Island (OTL Corregidor Island), at the entrance of Mei-nira Bay, fitted with the latest cannons and naval mines. Meanwhile, the command structure of the Syonanese Navy is overhauled in order to streamline communication through the ranks. Construction of a massive naval facility in Shubiko Bay (Subic Bay) begins, and once completed in 1509 will become the main base of operations for the Syonanese Navy.
**Birth of the Syonanese Plantation System: Pioneered by one Matsushiro Shōhei, a major Nagasatoan landowner and nobleman with substantial lands in Tidung and Rutawa-do, the Syonanese Plantation System would begin coming into vogue in the arable lowland areas of the Syonanese Isles as well as in the Tidung and Suwawa Overseas Territories in the early 16th century. Using Bornean Dayak, Malay, or Suwawan debt slaves (with the occasional Native Syonanese tacked on), landowners could run sugar, cotton, rice, or cinnamon plantations at an immense profit (as they did not have to pay their imported debt slaves wages).
**Nakamura Souji’s Bizarre Adventure (pt.1): Nakamura Souji never felt at home in the Souji palace in Nagasato. It was all too big, too extravagant, too, for a lack of a better word, artificial. So it would be no surprise that as soon as she turned 18, Nakamura would set off into the big wide unknown that was the jungles of Tidung. Living among the Dayak tribes for a while, she would eventually gain much clout with them and would often act as an intermediary among the tribes and the Syonanese authorities. Eventually, Nakamura would decide to move on from living in the jungles of Borneo. She decided that just as her ancestors Ojirou and Taihou Souji travelled to the northern and western edges of the world, so she would travel the south and the east. It is with this in mind that in 1498, she, along with some of her inseparable and equally adventurous Dayak friends, would join a 500-strong government-led expedition and diplomatic legation to the far-off country of Yolngu, at the edge of the world...
==== Republic of Venice ====
* Government: Oligarch republic
** Doge: Paolo Romano
** Chairman of the council: Alessandro Bianchi
** Head Judge of the national Justice System: Antonio Rossi
** Financer of the Nation: Leonardo Marino
** Governer of the Aegean: Adrian Katrakis
* Economy: Trade and finance are the main
sources of income, though our Aegean Colonies and the linen industry are
 factors in the economy. Agriculture is also present.
* Capital: Venice
* Demographics:
** Population: 180000
*** Ethnicities: 80% Venetian, 10% Greek, 4% Cypriots, 3% German, 2% Eskosian, 1%Slavokan
** Religion: 
*** Roman Catholic 99%
*** Other: 1%
* Military:  1710 active,  8280 reserve
** Navy
*** 350 sailors and soldiers (excludes oarsmen)
*** 6 galleys
*** 10 support galleys
*** 1 Mediterranean brigantine
** Army
*** Heavy Cavalry- 140
*** Light Cavalry: 240
*** Pikeman and Swordsmen-750
*** Crossbowmen- 200
*** Arquebus-30
*** Cannon-5
*** Trebuchet-2
* Wars and Conflicts (italics for potential): Trouble
 with Genoa: Genoan hostilities have flared up after losing their Black 
Sea colonies and have taken it out on our Cyprus and Crete. we hope this
 doesn't escalate into war.
* Diplomacy:
** Atouman: Leave our Aegean Colonies alone!
** Westria: Alliance? You have the military and I have the economy.
* Events:
** Forts: Euboea and Cyprus have been fortified on the order
 of the Governer of the Aegean. This will protect our colonies from 
Pirates, Genoans and Atoumans.
** Paolo Romano is new doge: A new doge has been chosen.
Paolo Romano has promised a stronger economy, a better defense and 
improving living conditions (hopefully).
** Research: Arquebuses, cannons, and trebuchet are being researched in hopes we can produce more of them.
** Pirate attack: Pirates attacked a merchant galley with Copper
heading to Naples. Thanks to the timely arrival of our navy, we managed 
to fend off the pirates for the merchants to carry on.
==== Nihon no Domei ====
* Government: Feudal Confederation
** Emperor: Uchiha Ryu [Hogo-sha]
** Shogun: Yamagata Jiro
** Congress of Daimyo: A body consisting of the 24 Daimyo and certain outside observers.
*** Chairman of the Congress: Nishimiya Yuzuru
*** List of Daimyo: Midoriya, Nanbu, Odawara, Fujiwara, Mogami, Yatogami, Niigata, Tachibana, Shiba, Nagao, Matsudaira, Takeda, Oda, Chuosanmyaku, Tanabe, Kanzaki, Miyoshi, Mori, Uzumaki, Chosokame, Otomo, Ryuzoji, Honkobu-Taira, Taira, Ryukyu
*** Autonomous Territories: Izumo-Matsue (Joseonese), Chiba (Eskosian)
*** Outside Observers: Ezo (Friend of the Domei), Kansha (officially a Daimyo), Joseon (Friend of the Domei)
** Clans: Shin-Taira, Oda, Miyamizu
* Allies: Ezo, by personal union with Fujiwara; Joseon, defensive military alliance
* Capital: Kyoto
* Demographics:
** Population: 12,580,000
** Ethnicities: Yamatai (78%), Chinese-origin (5%), Joseon (8%), Syonan (6%), Other (2%)
** Official Religion: Shinto, with Buddhist influences
* Population Distribution:
** Urban Population [out-of-date]: 1,950,000 - 435,000 (Edo), 382,000 (Kyoto), 198,000 (Hiroshima), 174,000 (Fukushima), 135,000 (Kobe), 305,000 (cities with less than 100,000 population)
** Rural Population [out-of-date]: 13,150,000 - 1,310,000 (Chugoku), 6,210,000 (Tohoku), 2,450,000 (Chubu), 1,100,000 (Kyushu), 890,000 (Shikoku), 1,570,000 (Kansai)
* Wars and Conflicts (italics: Potential War): 
** N.A 
* Army:
** Horses [15,000]: Modest steeds trained to gallop across the rough and uneven terrain of Nihon's islands. They can also be employed for charging out of boats onto land, although that kind of situation is comparably rarer.
** General infantry [63,000]: Rudimentarily trained infantry with a general focus on close-ranged melee and shortrange bow combat. Second priority for usage of battering rams and other siege equipment, usually assisting other infantry and auxillaries with tasks.
** Irregular infantry [63,000]: Infantry-in-training as well as part-time infantry that does not serve for lifetime employment. Mostly the former. First priority for handling of siege equipment.
** Support staff [15,000]:  Infantry serving in entirely logistical roles. Equipped with extreme short range equipment such as daggers for self-defence, the bulk of many impromptu convoys.
** Auxillary infantry [16,000]: Long-range bowmen and combat medics. Heavily trained, many chosen to be officers upon promotion in the field. 
** Irregular auxillaries [28,000]: Often merchants and mercenaries serving the same role as auxillary infantry, auxillaries-in-training or officers serving in combat. 
* Highest-ranking generals:
** N_A
* Navy:
** Kawataro-fune [57]: An armoured slow-moving battleship which covers the deck in metal plating and a layer of steel behind the caravel structure to give it a special amount of versatility. If it is sinking, it can last for enough hours to bring it back to shore or at least into a kamikaze attack.
** Hayai-fune [33]: A restored line of lightly-armoured battleships designed to quickly board another ship before sinking it. Incredibly fragile.
** Supply ships [152]: Unarmoured fast-moving cargo ships as well as heavy lightly-armoured supply ships. The former used to resupply close to land; the latter used to carry along supplies on longer, no-docking expeditions.
** Irregular converteds [8]: Various ships with various amounts of armour and what not attached on; mostly former Kei-fune and and Hayai-fune and cargo ships. Heavily personalised, often used as fleet commander ships.
** 39,000 sailors: close-quarters trained, basic infantry training and ship training
* Admirals:
** N-A 
* Diplomacy: 
** N-A
* Economics:
** De-centralisation: The collapse of central authority in Nihon as well as the chaos of widespread rioting pushes many skilled workers and artisans into rural areas and an exodus to Kansha, which is more or less happy to receive them; meanwhile, this kind of decentralisation leads to the advent of informal communes in parts of Nihon, particularly Shikoku, Kyushu and Chugoku. It also leads to power being shifted right back into the hands of regional Daimyo, who wield outsized power over the country now, removing the centre of power from Kyoto and permanently changing the dynamics of power in the region.
** Value of Gold: While barter has remained one of the biggest methods of trade within the country, gold is the currency by which trade with foreign merchants has been practiced. The main source of gold in Nihon, however, are the Han nations to the East, Kansha and Syonan; it has no actual power over the premier currency it uses. Thus, this leads to barter trade being exceedingly common and the usage of gold remaining restricted to the tiny upper class of Nihon.
*** Actual monetary value: One ounce of gold can currently buy eight sacks of rice (7.4kg total).
* Culture:
** Yamatai: The dominant culture on the three main islands, practiced by the vast majority of ethnic Nihonese; it emphasises the importance of self and the privilege of existence. A partly individualistic culture with overtly communal streaks that designates the greatness of finding a specific calling and engaging it with the most effort possible; giving rise to a society that prizes the arts as well as the value of literature. While it does not shun the sciences, they are not often given priority; meanwhile, the military and warriors are given outsized importance against all else. Its envisioning of Shinto has numerous distinct cultural streaks from the nations that existed before Yamato united the three main islands under its own banner; as well as little reminders of the past.
** Ainu: A distinct, unique culture native to Tohoku and Ezo; a kind of communal culture that emphasises the community and a place within that community. It speaks of the importance of discovering a place within society and fulfilling the callings asked of you by others, and that no individual is above the common good. Its adoption of arts and literature is thus comparably limited, but it is the Ainu which have advanced Nihon's science so far, partly due to the fact that they are encouraged to go to school from younger ages (and generally live in more urbanised societies). Their envisioning of Shinto is more akin to a kind of lifestyle, which promotes certain practices and discourages others; one which has, surprisingly, remained largely sturdy for the last 400 years.
** Joseonese-Han: A minority culture arising from the great giants from across the sea; Joseonese-Han is a monstrous beast of mish-mashed cultures, from distinct Han streaks arising almost 600 years ago to the original Xia cultures. It is almost entirely reliant on distinct, tiny Xianist sects and practices a form of Buddhism mixed with Shinto.
* Events:
** The Struggle of the New Era [5]:
*** Edo's Day in the Sun - Summer 1496: With the collapse of authority in Kyoto, a new power arises to its Northeast. For centuries Edo and its surrounding towns have been as large, if not larger than the capital of Nihon; but the infighting of the region meant they could not take power, and no matter what, a string of politically-savvy Southerners - Gozen Tomoe, Uchiha Tomoko, for example - have kept them out of power. But with the collapse of central authority and a lack of anyone to fill the power vaccuum nor the regionalised authorities required to assert the civil war seen at the beginning of the century, Edo becomes the centre of power in Nihon by default. As a civilian centre with considerably more in the way of economic power since the mass-decentralisation which plagued the beginning of the Bakufu's rule, Edo, whom some have taken to informally referring to as Tokyo, begins its rise to what will one day become one of the giants of the world's metropolises. For now, however, Edo's rise has strong implications - the Council's meeting-place shifts to Edo Castle, and a large fort begins construction on a patch of land where water will be re-routed around it, forming a moat of sorts. Shogun Yamagata, realising this, also shifts his home to Edo, creating a system where he lives in Edo but stays in Kyoto for the ceremonial duties of the Shogun. This will not bode well...
*** A Curious Sight - Winter 1497: A haze of white greeted his eyes, then the moment he opened them, he realised that an arrow had taken the liberty of introducing itself to his upper abdomen. Shogun Yamagata barely survives a nearly fatal attempt at assassination by a ninja who is then caught clumsily trying to swim through Edo River. The ninja, upon interrogation, reveals that he is a member of the Tachibana family, which inspires the ire of the Shogun upon the daimyo. Within weeks, the Tachibana daimyo has been decimated by raids by his Shinsengumi, an evolution of the secret police first pioneered under former Empress Uchiha, forcing it to the sidelines and placing it squarely under his thumb. Entirely cognizant of the threat, he begins spending considerably more time in Edo, where he watches plays and dramas in the presence of the Tachibana family head, particularly the last play in The Autumn Sunrise Falls Down; which depicts Tomoe Gozen burning down a clan head's home with him trapped inside simply to taunt the weakened family head. He receives noticeably scrutiny for this, with the geisha and other actors received to play for him expressing fears about what he plans to do with them. Still, he seems to be holding onto power just fine right now, right?
*** Desparation Avails - Spring 1498: The name says it all. Because despite the appearance of absolute strength that he has attempted to cultivate, Yamagata is desperate to consolidate his power and realises that the decentralisation of Nihon has sparked a thread which will inevitably lead to his deposition as a supreme leader and instead turning it back into a disparate feudal federation that fights for power. Not exactly in the habit of trying to lose his position, he quietly shifts part of the Shinsengumi to operate with ninjas hired out from the Ninja Association to take out his political rivals. This, however, is revealed - someone lets the news out that he is assassinating damiyo - and when he arrives at the Council, he is pensive as the eyes of the various leaders around him fall upon him. He quietly relinquishes his power to govern on behalf of the Emperor, effectively also relinquishing the power of the Chrysenthamum Throne and thus establishing a precedent where Kyoto can and will no longer interfere or interact with clans' internal affairs. This is lovely news to the ever-expanding Miyamizu clan, which after a brief stint attempting to revive an old legacy has reverted back to simply being Tachibana; which quickly spreads further North and attains the support of various Eastern daimyo.
** The Phoenix of Nihon [2]:
*** Old Friends - Autumn 1496: Nagato, while out to make a deal with the leader of Tanabe, runs into an old flame of hers - Matsudaira Chihiro; a lower-ranking general of the Imperial Army put out of business by the lack of war. The two rekindle a brief romantic relationship tempered by a lack of actual interest, before getting to some more serious business. Chihiro offers Nagato several hundred auxillary infantrymen, particularly her small Kansha Battalion which has proven itself well, to Nagato for her usage; in exchange, she refuses to perform any actions against the Matsudaira to the death. Nagato, considering her chances, decides to take the opportunity to expand the ranks of an organisation which thus far has remained rather small into a business front. Adopting the name 'Kamakura Company', it also takes on a sizeable mercenary front and offers its services in Kansha and beyond; although it seems to become more popular in Kansha, wracked in its own civil conflict. Still, the two agree that something must be done about that idiot residing in the Imperial Palace in Kyoto, and Nagato might just have an idea...
*** The Puppet Master - Summer 1497: Offering her protection to the Emperor, Nagato plainly lays out the facts of the situation to him. Shogun Yamagata, in her opinion, will lose power within the next two winters; the Emperor will thus lose much of the political authority he has previously enjoyed and become a cultural symbol easy to manipulate. Nagato simply states that should he not accept the offer, she can get things done another way; Emperor Ryu, guilt-wracked and deeply addicted to various herbal substances from the Han nations to the West, accepts quickly and easily. Thus, she begins to use that power of hers to quietly push the rapid decentralisation of Nihon forward, dismissing most of Ryu's advisors and furthermore closing the old National Convention building (some say she orchestrated its timely demise months later). Whatever it may be, she seems determined to get on top in this system, and she may just be very, very happy.
*** I'm In Charge - Winter 1499: Upon hearing about Shogun Yamagata's power relinquishing a year before this, Nagato fully centralised the organisation of the Ninja Association and Kamakura Company back in Kyoto before issuing a quiet declaration to most of Nihon: we are ready to be hired, and with few exceptions, there is nothing that we won't do. The Ninja Association's employees begin to be seen all across Nihon - the Daimyo of Chosokame is brutally slashed to death and his body buried beneath heaps of snow, the Shrine in Fukushima becomes witness to an impromptu immolation that kills the child of the Oda clan head. The escalation in the murders further adds to her infamy, her Legend only growing more horrific by the day; this sudden spring in activity begins an period that although it has not been named, will go down in history as the Reign of Kanzaki. She becomes the pre-eminent dealer of back-doors politics in all Nihon, everyone and everything in the country seemingly visible to her eyes alone. Taking control of the Nihonese Southern Company from her aging uncle, she also begins substantial reaching out to Syonan and even a few in southmost Zhaowa. She is a true puppet master.
Notable People:
* 1401-1473 [The Last Days of the Heian]:
** Uchiha Tomoko (1387 - 1469) [deceased]: Head of the Yamatai faction during the Civil War and later Empress (1412-1469) under the name 'Uchiha no Ichiban'.
** Mori Kyoko (1378 - 1473) [deceased]: One of the two heads of the Peoples' League during the Civil War, later Speaker of the National Convention unopposed until death. Spouse: Kido Mirio.
** Hori Shizuku (1377 - 1456) [deceased]: The other head of the Peoples' League, a minor political player in Hiroshima after the war. Committed suicide under threat of involuntary execution.
** Midoriya Kaitou (1383 - 1472) [deceased]: A minor player in the Civil War who gained popularity as a capable administrator. Birth name Zhang Kaisheng. Spouse: Midoriya Yuki.
** Seishiro Kirie (1381 - 1463) [deceased]: One of the heads of the Outsiders who found herself alienated from her hometown in her pursuit of political unity. Became a remarkable writer, writing works such as The Use of War, a critical book on the purpose of strife. Spouse: Bakushi Yona.
** Bakushi Yona (1380 - 1463) [deceased]: A Yamatai-Eskosian, best known for fighting for the political rights of the tiny Eskosian minority in Nihon. Became a political kingmaker after the war. Spouse: Seishiro Kirie.
** Hu Jin-Yo (1376 - 1462) [deceased]: A Joseon-Yamatai, best known as a Joseonese reunificationist who participated in a minor role during the Civil War. Afterwards, provided much financial support to the Nihonese army advancing in Kyongsong before dying in a tragic accident.
** Kanzaki Izuku (1394 - 1489) [deceased]: First Shogun then Taisho, well known for unconventional military tactics that precipitated asymmetrical warfare against enemy forces. Lived a relatively stunted life afterwards, travelled into Joseon and participated in its war against Kyongsong before travelling West in hopes of retracing the steps of Bulijin Khatun, a dream promptly foiled. Spouse: Yonekura Hiyori.
** Nishimiya Asuka (1372 - 1479) [deceased]: Shogun after her predecessor Kanzaki was passed over due to ignoring the Empress, she became something of a despot and massively expanded the powers of the military as well as a small secret police under the direction of Empress Uchiha and Speaker Mori. Lived a quiet, nondescript life. Spouse: Ryuzoji Mirio.
* 1474 - ??? [The Rise of the Bakufu]
** Uchiha Ryu (1467 - ??): Adopted son of Empress Uchiha, originally groomed to be an apt successor of hers; he was soon convinced to take another path by the Regent. Overthrown in 1487.
** Senjougahara Ryuko (1459 - 1489): Popular regent originally meant to become successor to Uchiha, eventually sidelined. With a massive amount of political power, however, she pulled strings to keep herself as Regent and manipulated the new Emperor as she wished. Murdered by an assassin.
** Senmyaku Hyo-in (1436 - 1486): Powerful orator of the Dochaku who advocated for their betterment. Eventually sidelined due to the maneuvring of Empress Uchiha.
** Yamagata Jiro (1461 - ??): An upstart military man who became Shogun at the behest of the late Nishimiya Asuka. Soon evolved into a broadly popular political figure who usurped the throne from Uchiha Ryu.
* Kanzaki Family: From a minor clan in old Minamoto arose one of the defining political and military families of the early Bakufu. This chronicles its most famous members.
** Kanzaki Izuku (1394-1489): Grandfather of the entire family. Began the Kanzaki name by abandoning usage of the old Minamoto clan and rising as first a potential Emperor before becoming one of the most prolific generals in Nihon's history. However, his attempts at glory were foiled and eventually he gave up, passing his life's work to a strange girl who might just get some use out of it.
==== Valcanor ====
* Government: Absolute Monarchy (Personal Union with Castile)
** Queen: Maria I 
** Others:
*** Prince Benito, B 1470- (Hidden in Laszlofold)
*** Prince Fidel, B 1471
** Notable Past Royalty: 
*** King Agustin III (B 1364-1449, Ruled 1394-1449, struck down in war against the Mauretanians.) 
*** Princess Sophia Hohenstaufen of Westria (B 1388-1462, Born in Westria, ruled as Queen from 1449 to 1454, stepped down for her daughter Lela.)
*** Princess Selina, B 1411-1484 (Ruled in Westria as Queen for a time, returned to Valcanor before death. 
*** Princess Lela, B 1415-1494 (Ruled 1454-1477, forced from power. A symbol of Valcan independence that ironically asserted Castilian dominance over her homeland.)
*** Prince Lazaro, B 1415-1499 (Stripped of the throne by his husband-in-law, he went rogue and joined the Sicilian military. After failing to take Melita, he lived the rest of his life in isolation.)
* Economy: The economy is recovering faster due to increased trade, though for the time being it seems like the Valcan Western Expedition Alliance is just a money vacuum. Surely once the treasures of the West are brought back to Europe we will experience more economic growth, right?
* Capital: Valencia
* Demographics:
** Population: ~6,000,000
*** Valencia, Shining capital city: 106,255
*** Barcelona, Center of economy and industry: 103,235
*** Perrogo, Home of the Valcan Navy: 90,615
*** Tarragona, Keystone of culture: 74,329
*** Andorra, The final Valcan frontier: 73,949
*** Murcia, Agricultural powerhouse: ~50,000
*** Rural Areas and Smaller Communities: ~5,501,617
** Ethnic Groups: 
*** 93.85% Spanish (Valencian descent)
*** 4% Spanish (other descent)
*** ~.75% North African 
*** ~.5% French
*** 0.9% Other
** Religion: 
*** 97% Roman Catholic 
*** ~1% Arzham
*** ~2% Other 
* Military: 80,000 active 
** Human Resources:
*** 12,600 Foot Soldiers (Swordmen)
*** 12,250 Spearmen
*** 11,500 Cavalrymen
*** 3,700 Knights and Royal Guards
*** 8,500 Heavy Infantry
*** 200 Generals, Commanders and Strategists
*** 10,500 Standard Bowmen
*** 10,000 Longbowmen
*** 10,000 Crossbowmen
*** 550 Cannon-men 
*** 400 Arquebusiers 
*** 800 Elite Warriors (Assassins, spies)
** 400,000 Reserve Troops 
** Siege Weapons and Artillery:
*** 55 Battering Rams
*** 55 Catapults
*** 60+ Trebuchets
*** 110+ Large Cannons
*** 225+ Small Cannons
*** 500 Arquebuses
** Navy:
*** 120+ Transports
*** 80+ Cargo Ships 
*** 10 Large Transports
*** 27 Sea Riders
*** 21 Naval Kings
*** 12 Salvaged Scourges
** Trading Fleet:
*** 135+ Merchant Ships
* Wars and Conflicts:
** N/A
* Diplomacy:
** N/A
* Events
** The Re-Established Hero, Part 4: As the hero Hanzila nears his final few years, he devotes all his time to his family and community, continuing to train his great-nephew Velasco and great-niece Calixta in the Suazo way of fighting: just charge in and hope for the best. Hanzila also puts large amounts of money towards the VWEA
** Go Sell some Vases or Something, Part 3: Though trading is somewhat slowed down by the escort of naval vessels until our ships reach their destination or pass Sicily, we still benefit from a speedier economic recovery.
** I Smell a New World, Part 2: The Valcan Western Expedition Alliance’s initial ships reach Nueva Hispania before they realize they will need much more to successfully grow and expand there. The ships send as messaged ship back telling them to bring more equipment. Leandro Collizan, a prominent figure in the Valcan navy, leads a fleet across the great sea, bringing hopefully enough ships, firepower, and manpower to seize some nearby islands for their homeland. 
** I Smell a New World, Part 2.5: Rumors of unification are tossed around in the government and upper class. Merchants and nobles invest in the VWEA, thinking that if the New World does prove fruitful and safe then it would make a good home.
** It’s been long enough: Laszlofold is annexed by Valcanor. 
** Well Lazaro’s ded 
Category:Map Game Archives
Category:Konig des Menschen (Map Game)